ERRATA. p. 20, Ex. (ii), for ratio, OQ, kr t read difference, OQ minus a con- stant, br-h'Q. p. 28, Ex. (8), for infinite read finite. */ p. 35, Ex. (5), for cosh read sinh. • p. 41, Ex, (5), for + 16 read +16;/. y p. 46, Ex. (35), /or F{5, *), ^(a, £) Mad J*(*, 6), F{x, a) J p. 60, last line, for all values of t read t = 0. •/ p. 79, Ex. (9), for 4x - Zy read 4x - 3. / p. 87, equation (3) and previous line, for =0 read = N. / p. 113, lines 14, 15, 18 and 21, for a! read af-\ v pp. 126 and 130, the text assumes, what is easily proved, that a limit does exist. p, 160, Ex. (20), for non-plane read nun-developable. / p. 198, Ex. (45), for e x read e' !x . </ p. iii, Art. 28, Ex. (16), answer should read Q = Q^e" Rtl ' iL f cos ni + ( *- sin tit J, where ^(-A.—). ^ p. iii, Art. 29, Ex. (12), for $ read $| and for :; read K- y p. v, Ex. (3), for Ber^z read Be~* x and for Ex read E. J p. v, Ex, (8), for - eos read + eos. / p. v, Ex. (15), for Ax"* read Ax* J p. v, Ex. (33), for xe-*** read .4! ( ~ bU - * p. vii, Ex. (18), for +| read -■}. / p. x, Ex. (18), for cos read cosh. / p. xiv, Art. 123, Ex. (7), for -tan read +ta»./ p. xv, Ex. (9), for - read + . 7 p. xvii, Art. 145, Ex. (4), for t read s+2. /. p. xviii, Art. 151, Ex. (5), for Ixt^ read -e*H *< Piaggio's Differential Equations. BELL'S MATHEMATICAL SERIES ADVANCED SECTION General Editor: WILLIAM P. MILNE, M.A., D.Sc. Professor of Mathematics, Leeds University AN ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS G. BELL AND SONS, LTD. LONDON : PORTUGAL ST. , KINGSWAY CAMBRIDGE : DEIGHTON, BELL AND CO. NEW YORK : HARCOURT, BRACE AND CO. BOMBAY: A. H. WHEELER AND CO. AN ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS BY H. T. H. PIAGGIO, M.A., D.Sc. PROFESSOR OP MATHEMATICS, UNIVERSITY COL&XGB, NOTTINGHAM 70RMERLY SENIOR SCHOLAR OK ST. JOHN'S COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE LONDON G. BELL AND SONS, LTD. 1921 First published May 1920. Reprinted 1921. GLASGOW: PRINTED AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS BY ROBERT MACLEHOSE AND CO. LTD. PKEFACE " The Theory of Differential Equations," said Sophus Lie, " is the most important branch of modern mathematics." The subject may be considered to occupy a central position from which different lines of development extend in many directions. If we travel along the purely analytical path, we are soon led to discuss Infinite Series, Existence Theorems and the Theory of Functions. Another leads us to the Differential Geometry of Curves and Surfaces. Between the two lies the path first discovered by Lie, leading to continuous groups of transformation and their geometrical interpretation. Diverging in another direction, we are led to the study of mechanical and electrical vibrations of all kinds and the important phenomenon of resonance. Certain partial differential equations form the start- ing point for the study of the conduction of heat, the transmission of electric waves, and many other branches of physics. Physical Chemistry, with its law of mass-action, is largely concerned with certain differential equations. The object of this book is to give an account of the central parts of the subject in as simple a form as possible, suitable for those with no previous knowledge of it, and yet at the same time to point out the different directions in which it may be developed. The greater part of the text and the examples in the body of it will be found very easy. The only previous knowledge assumed is that of the elements of the differential and integral calculus and a little coordinate geometry. The miscellaneous examples at the end of the various chapters are slightly harder. They contain several theorems of minor importance, with hints that should be sufficient to enable the student to solve them. They also contain geometrical and physical applications, but great care has been taken to state the questions in such a way that no knowledge of physics is required. For instance, one question asks for a solution of a certain partial vi PREFACE differential equation in terms of certain constants and variables. This may be regarded as a piece of pure mathematics, but it is immediately followed by a note pointing out that the work refers to a well-known experiment in heat, and giving the physical meaning of the constants and variables concerned. Finally, at the end of the book are given a set of 115 examples of much greater difficulty, most of which are taken from university examination papers. [I have to thank the Universities of London, Sheffield and Wales, and the Syndics of the Cambridge University Press for their kind per- mission in allowing me to use these.] The book covers the course in differential equations required for the London B.Sc. Honours or Schedule A of the Cambridge Mathematical Tripos, Part II., and also includes some of the work required for the London M.Sc. or Schedule B of the Mathematical Tripos. An appendix gives sugges- tions for further reading. The number of examples, both worked and unworked, is very large, and the answers to the unworked ones are given at the end of the book. A few special points may be mentioned. The graphical method in Chapter I. (based on the MS. kindly lent me by Dr. Brodetsky of a paper he read before the Mathematical Association, and on a somewhat similar paper by Prof. Takeo Wada) has not appeared before in any text-book. The chapter dealing with numerical integration deals with the subject rather more fully than usual. It is chiefly devoted to the methods of Runge and Picard, but it also gives an account of a new method due to the present writer. The chapter on linear differential equations with constant co- efficients avoids the unsatisfactory proofs involving " infinite con- stants." It also points out that the use of the operator D in finding particular integrals requires more justification than is usually given. The method here adopted is at first to use the operator boldly and obtain a result, and then to verify this result by direct differentiation. This chapter is followed immediately by one on Simple Partial Differential Equations (based on Riemann's "Partielle Differential- gleichungen "). The methods given are an obvious extension of those in the previous chapter, and they are of such great physical importance that it seems a pity to defer them until the later portions of the book, which is chiefly devoted to much more difficult subjects. In the sections dealing with Lagrange's linear partial differential equations, two examples have been taken from M. J. M. Hill's recent paper to illustrate his methods of obtaining special integrals. PREFACE Vll In dealing with solution in series, great prominence has been given to the method of Frobenius. One chapter is devoted to the use of the method in working actual examples. This is followed by a much harder chapter, justifying the assumptions made and dealing with the difficult questions of convergence involved. An effort has been made to state very clearly and definitely where the difficulty lies, and what are the general ideas of the somewhat complicated proofs. It is a common experience that many students when first faced by a long " epsilon-proof " are so bewildered by the details that they have very little idea of the general trend. [ have to thank Mr. S. Pollard, B.A., of Trinity College, Cambridge, for his. valuable help with this chapter. This is the most advanced portion of the book, and, unlike the rest of it, requires a little know- ledge of infinite series. However, references to standard text-books have been given for every such theorem used. I have to thank Prof. W. P. Milne, the general editor of Bell's Mathematical Series, for his continual encouragement and criticism, and my colleagues Mr. J. Marshall, M.A., B.Sc, and Miss H. M. Browning, M.Sc, for their work in verifying the examples and drawing the diagrams. I shall be very grateful for any corrections or suggestions from those who use the book. H. T. H. PIAGGIO. University College, Nottingham, February, 1920. CONTENTS PACK Historical Introduction xv CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION AND DEFINITIONS. ELIMINATION. GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION ART. 1-3. Introduction and definitions 1 4-6. Formation of differential equations by elimination - - 2 7-8. Complete Primitives, Particular Integrals, and Singular Solutions - - ■ 4 9. Brodetsky and Wada's method of graphical representation - 5 10. Ordinary and Singular points 7 Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter I - - - 10 CHAPTER II EQUATIONS OF THE FIRST ORDER AND FIRST DEGREE 11. Types to be considered 12 12. Exact equations 12 13. Integrating factors 13 14. Variables separate 13 15-17. Homogeneous equations of the first order and degree - - 14 18-21. Linear equations of the first order and degree 16 22. Geometrical problems. Orthogonal trajectories - - - 19 Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter II - - - - 22 CHAPTER III LINEAR EQUATIONS WITH CONSTANT COEFFICIENTS 23. Type to be considered "25 24. Equations of the first order 25 CONTENTS PAGE ART. 25. Equations of the second order . - . . . 25 26. Modification when the auxiliary equation has imaginary or complex roots 26 27. The case of equal roots 27 28. Extension to higher orders 27 29. The Complementary Function and the Particular Integral - .29 30-33. Properties of the operator D 30 34. Complementary Function when the auxiliary equation has repeated roots 32 35-38. Symbolical methods of finding the Particular Integral. Ten- tative methods and the verification of the results they give 33 39. The homogeneous linear equation 40 40. Simultaneous linear equations 42 Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter III. (with notes on mechanical and electrical interpretations, free and forced vibrations and the phenomenon of resonance) 43 CHAPTER IV SIMPLE PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 41. Physical origin of equations to be considered - - - 49 42-43. Elimination of arbitrary functions and constants 49 44. Special difficulties of partial differential equations - - - 51 45-46. Particular solutions. Initial and boundary conditions - - 52 47-48. Fourier's Half- Range Series 54 49-50. Application of Fourier's Series in forming solutions satisfying given boundary conditions - 56 , Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter IV. (with notes on the conduction of heat, the transmission of electric waves and the diffusion of dissolved salts) - 57 CHAPTER V EQUATIONS OF THE FIRST ORDER, BUT NOT OF THE FIRST DEGREE 51. Types to be considered - 62 52. Equations solvable for p 62 53. Equations solvable f or y 63 54. Equations solvable for a; 64 CONTENTS Xl CHAPTER VI SINGULAR SOLUTIONS ART. PAOK 55. The envelope gives a singular solution 65 56-58. The c-discriminant contains the envelope (once), the node- locus (twice), and the cusp-locus (three times) 66 59-64. The ^-discriminant contains the envelope (once), the tac-locus (twice), and the cusp-locus (once) 71 65. Examples of the identification of loci, using both discriminants 75 66-67. Clairaut's form 76 Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter VI - - - - 78 CHAPTER VII MISCELLANEOUS METHODS FOR EQUATIONS OF THE SECOND AND HIGHER ORDERS 68. Types to be considered 81 69-70. y or x absent - - - , 82 71-73. Homogeneous equations 83 74. An equation occurring in Dynamics 85 75. Factorisation of the operator 86 76-77. One integral belonging to the complementary function known 87 78-80. Variation of Parameters - - - - - -. - 88 81. Comparison of the different methods 90 Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter VII. (introducing the Normal form, the Invariant of an equation, and the Schwarzian Derivative) 91 CHAPTER VIII NUMERICAL APPROXIMATIONS TO THE SOLUTION OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 82. Methods to be considered 94 83-84. Picard's method of integrating successive approximations - 94 85. Numerical approximation direct from the differential equa- tion. Simple methods suggested by geometry - - - 97 86-87. Runge's method 99 88. Extension to simultaneous equations 103 89. Methods of Heun and Kutta 104 90-93. Method of the present writer, with limits for the error - 105 xii CONTENTS CHAPTER IX SOLUTION IN SERIES. METHOD OF FROBENIUS ART. PAGE 94. Frobenius' form of trial solution. The indicial equation - 109 95. Case I. Roots of indicial equation unequal and differing by a quantity not an integer 110 96. Connection between the region of convergence of the series and the singularities of the coefficients in the differential equation 112 97. Case II. Roots of indicial equation equal - - - - 112 98. Case III. Roots of indicial equation differing by an integer, making a coefficient infinite 114 99. Case IV. Roots of indicial equation differing by an integer, making a coefficient indeterminate 116 100. Some cases where the method fails. No regular integrals - 117 Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter IX. (with notes on the hypergeometric series and its twenty-four solu- tions) 119 CHAPTER X EXISTENCE THEOREMS OF PICARD, CAUCHY, AND FROBENIUS 101. Nature of the problem 121 102. Picard's method of successive approximation ... 122 103-105. Cauchy's method 124 106-110. Frobenius' method. Differentiation of an infinite series with respect to a parameter - - - - - - -127 CHAPTER XI ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS WITH THREE VARIABLES AND THE CORRESPONDING CURVES AND SURFACES 111. The equations of this chapter express properties of curves and surfaces - - - - - - - - - - 133 112. The simultaneous equations dx\P — dylQ—dz\R - - - 133 113. Use of multipliers 135 114. A second integral found by the help of the first - - - 136 115. General and special integrals 137 CONTENTS xiii ART. PAGE 116. Geometrical interpretation of the equation Pdx+Qdy + Rdz=0 - - - - 137 117. Method of integration of this equation when it is integrable - 138 118-119. Necessary and sufficient condition that such an equation should be integrable 139 120. Geometrical significance of the non-integrable equation - 142 Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter XI - - - 143 CHAPTER XII PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF THE FIRST ORDER. PARTICULAR METHODS 121-122. Equations of this chapter of geometrical interest - - - 146 123. Lagrange's linear equation and its geometrical interpretation 147 124. Analytical verification of the general integral - - - 149 125. Special integrals. Examples of M. J. M. Hill's methods of obtaining them 150 126-127. The linear equation with n independent variables - - - 151 128-129. Non-linear equations. Standard I. Only p and q present - 153 130. Standard II. Only p, q, and z present 153 131. Standard III. f(x, p)=F(y, q) ------ 154 132. Standard IV. Partial differential equations analogous to Clairaut's form 154 133-135. Singular and General integrals and their geometrical signifi- cance. Characteristics 155 136. Peculiarities of the linear equation 158 Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter XII. (with a note on the Principle of Duality) ------ 160 CHAPTER XIII PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF THE FIRST ORDER. GENERAL METHODS 137. Methods to be discussed - - • 4 ~ - - - 162 138-139. Charpit's method - 162 140-141. Three or more independent variables. Jacobi's method - 165 142. Simultaneous partial differential equations - - - - 168 Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter XIII ... 170 XIV CONTENTS CHAPTER XIV PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF THE SECOND AND HIGHER ORDERS ART. PAGE 143. Types to be considered 172 144. Equations that can be integrated by inspection. Determina- tion of arbitrary functions by geometrical conditions - 172 145-151. Linear partial differential equations with constant coefficients 173 152-153. Examples in elimination, introductory to Monge's methods - 179 154. Monge's method of integrating Rr+Ss + Tt = V - - - 181 155. Monge's method of integrating Rr +Ss + Tt + U(rt - s 2 ) = V - 183 156-157. Formation of Intermediate Integrals 183 158. Further integration of Intermediate Integrals - - 186 Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter XIV. (with notes on the vibrations of strings, bars, and membranes, and on potential) 188 APPENDIX A Necessary and sufficient condition that the equation M dx+Ndy=Q should be exact 191 APPENDIX B An equation with no special integrals ----- 192 APPENDIX C The equation found by Jacobi's method of Art. 140 is always integrable -193 APPENDIX D Suggestions for further reading - - - - . -194 Miscellaneous Examples on the Whole Book (with notes on solution by definite intregals, asymptotic series, the Wronskian, Jacobi's last multiplier, finite difference equations, Hamilton's dynamical equations, Foucault's pendulum, and the perihelion of Mercury) - - - 195 Answers to the Examples Index - HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION The study of Differential Equations began very soon after the invention of the Differential and Integral Calculus, to which it forms a natural sequel. Newton in 1676 solved a differential equation by the use of an infinite series, only eleven years after his discovery of the fluxional form of the differential calculus in 1665. But these results were not published until 1693, the same year in which a differential equation occurred for the first time in the work of Leibniz * (whose account of the differential calculus was published in 1684). In the next few years progress was rapid. In 1694-97 John Bernoulli f explained the method of " Separating the Variables," and he showed how to reduce a homogeneous differential equation of the first order to one in which the variables were separable. He applied these methods to problems on orthogonal trajectories. He and his brother Jacob tt (after whom "Bernoulli's Equation" is named) succeeded in reducing a large number of differential equa- tions to forms they could solve. Integrating Factors were probably discovered by Euler (1734) and (independently of him) by Fontaine and Clairaut, though some attribute them to Leibniz. Singular Solutions, noticed by Leibniz (1694) and Brook Taylor (1715), are generally associated with the name of Clairaut (1734). The geo- metrical interpretation was given by Lagrange in 1774, but the theory in its present form was not given until much later by Cayley (1872) and M. J. M. Hill (1888). The first methods of solving differential equations of the second or higher orders with constant coefficients were due to Euler. D'Alembert dealt with the case when the auxiliary equation had equal roots. Some of the symbolical methods of finding the par- ticular integral were not given until about a hundred years later by Lobatto (1837) and Boole (1859). The first partial differential equation to be noticed was that giving the form of a vibrating string. This equation, which is of the second order, was discussed by Euler and D'Alembert in 1747. Lagrange completed the solution of this equation, and he also * Also spelt Leibnitz. t Also spelt Bernouilli. ft Also known as James. xv xvi HISTORICAL INTRODUCTION dealt, in a series of memoirs from 1772 to 1785, with partial dif- ferential equations of the first order. He gave the general integral of the linear equation, and classified the different kinds of integrals possible when the equation is not linear. These theories still remain in an unfinished state ; contributions have been made recently by Chrystal (1892) and Hill (1917). Other methods for dealing with partial differential equations of the first order were given by Charpit (1784) and Jacobi (1836). For higher orders the most important investigations are those of Laplace (1773), Monge (1784), Ampere (1814), and Darboux (1870). By about 1800 the subject of differential equations in its original aspect, namely the solution in a form involving only a finite number of known functions (or their integrals), was in much the same state as it is to-day. At first mathematicians had hoped to solve every differential equation in this way, but their efforts proved as fruitless as those of mathematicians of an earlier date to solve the general algebraic equation of the fifth or higher degree. The subject now became transformed, becoming closely allied to the Theory of Functions. Cauchy in 1823 proved that the infinite series obtained from a differential equation was convergent, and so really did define a function satisfying the equation. Questions of convergency (for which Cauchy was the first to give tests) are very prominent in all the investigations of this second period of the study of dif- ferential equations. Unfortunately this makes the subject very abstract and difficult for the student to grasp. In the first period the equations were not only simpler in themselves, but were studied in close connection with mechanics and physics, which indeed were often the starting point of the work. Cauchy's investigations were continued by Briot and Bouquet (1856), and a new method, that of " Successive Approximations," was introduced by Picard (1890). Fuchs (1866) and Frobenius (1873) have studied linear equations of the second and higher orders with variable coefficients. Lie's Theory of Continuous Groups (from 1884) has revealed a unity underlying apparently disconnected methods. Schwarz, Klein, and Goursat have made their work easier to grasp by the introduction of graphical con- siderations, and a recent paper by Wada (1917) has given a graphical representation of the results of Picard and Poincare. Runge (1895) and others have dealt with numerical approximations. Further historical notes will be found in appropriate places throughout the book. For more detailed biographies, see Rouse Ball's Short History of Mathematics. CHAPTEK I INTKODUCTION AND DEFINITIONS. ELIMINATION. GKAPHICAL KEPEESENTATION 1. Equations such as % §--** (1) ^'S^ 1 *-^ 8 * < 2 > = *% (3) 1 + \dx) J "dx*' dy_ x h :..... (4) dx y*(l + a s ) 4 =a ™> •■••• (5) involving differential coefficients, are called Differential Equations. 2. Differential Equations arise from many problems in Algebra, Geometry, Mechanics, Physics, and Chemistry. In various places in this book we shall give examples of these, including applications to elimination, tangency, curvature, envelopes, oscillations of mechanical systems and of electric currents, bending of beams, conduction of heat, diffusion of solvents, velocity of chemical reactions, etc. 3. Definitions. Differential equations which involve only one independent variable,* like (1), (2), (3), and (4), are called ordinary. Those which involve two or more independent variables and partial differential coefficients with respect to them, such as (5), are called partial. * In equations (1), (2), (3), (4) x is the independent and y the dependent variable. In (5) x and t are the two independent variables and y the dependent. r.D.E. A 2 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS An equation like (1), which involves a second differential co- efficient, but none of higher orders, is said to be of the second order. (4) is of the first order, (3) and (5) of the second, and (2) of the third. The degree of an equation is the degree of the highest differential coefficient when the equation has been made rational and integral as far as the differential coefficients are concerned. Thus (1), (2), (4) and (5) are of the first degree. (3) must be squared to rationalise it. We then see that it is of the second degree, as v| occurs squared. Notice that this definition of degree does not require x or y to occur rationally or integrally. Other definitions will be introduced when they are required. 4. Formation of differential equations by elimination. The problem of elimination will now be considered, chiefly because it gives us an idea as to what kind of solution a differential equation may have. We shall give some examples of the elimination of arbitrary constants by the formation of ordinary differential equations. Later (Chap. IV.) we shall see that partial differential equations may be formed by the elimination of either arbitrary constants or arbitrary functions. 5. Examples. (i) Consider x = A cos (pt — a), the equation of simple harmonic motion. Let us eliminate the arbitrary constants A and a. Differentiating, -=- = -pA sin (pt - a) and -p = ■■ - p 2 A cos (pt - a) = - p 2 x. Thus -j-^= -p 2 x is the result required, an equation of the second order, whose interpretation is that the acceleration varies as the distance from the origin. (ii) Eliminate p from the last result. Differentiating again, -5-3= ~P 2 ~j7' f/*^T I Ht (a T I Hence -p U- = - p 2 = ^2 \x, (from the last result). Multiplying up, x . -^ = -j- • j^, an equation of the third order. ELIMINATION 3 (iii) Form the differential equation of all parabolas whose axis is the axis of x. Such a parabola must have an equation of the form y z = ia(x-h). Differentiating twice, we get dy ~ and y^~2+ \j-J =0, which is of the second order. Examples- for solution. Eliminate the arbitrary constants from the following equations : y (1) y = Ae** + Be-**. •/ (2) y = A cos 3x + B sin 3x. ^(3) y = Ae Bx . J (4) y = Ax + A*. J (5) If z 2 + */ 2 = a 2 , prove that /= --, and interpret the result geometrically. ax V J (6) Prove that for any straight line through the origin - =-p, and interpret this. x dx J (7) Prove that for any straight line whatever -?-|=0. Interpret this. dx 6. To eliminate n arbitrary constants requires (in general) a differ- ential equation of the n th order. The reader will probably have arrived at this conclusion already, from the examples of Art. 5. If we differentiate n times an equation containing n arbitrary con- stants, we shall obtain (n + 1) equations altogether, from which the n constants can be eliminated. As the result contains an n th differ- ential coefficient, it is of the n th order.* * The argument in the text is that usually given, but the advanced student will notice some weak points in it. The statement that from any (n + 1) equations n quantities can be eliminated, whatever the nature of those equations, is too sweeping. An exact statement of the necessary and sufficient conditions would be extremelv complicated. Sometimes less than {n + 1) equations are required. An obvious case is P = (-A +B)x, where the two arbitrary constants occur in such a way as to be really equivalent to one. A less obvious case is y 2 — 2Axy + Bx 2 . This represents two straight lines through the origin, say y = m l x and y=m 2 x, from each of which we easilv get v dv * x = &x' ° f the first inst,ead of the second order. The student should also obtain this result by differentiating the original equation and eliminating B. This will give {y~x^y y -Ax)=0. 4 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 7. The most general solution of an ordinary differential equation of the n th order contains n arbitrary constants. This will probably seem obvious from the converse theorem that in general n arbitrary con- stants can be eliminated by a differential equation of the n th order. But a rigorous proof offers much difficulty. If, however, we assume * that a differential equation has a solution expansible in a convergent series of ascending integral powers of x, we can easily see why the arbitrary constants are n in number. Consider, for example, j^ = ^» 0I> order three - Assume that y=a +%« + «2oT + — + %T! + - to infinity- Then, substituting in the differential equation, we get x •n—l a z +a^x+a 5 ^+...+a n ^-^=a 1 + a 2 x+a 3 ^ + ...+a n ^—^ [ , SO «3 = «i, ^4 == ^2j a n = a n-2 = a n-& = Q ^ G - ( X Z X 5 \ /X 2 X* X % \ Hence y=a Q +a 1 [x+^ } +-^+...)+a 2 [^+-^ + l ^+...J = a + a x sinh x+a 2 (cosh x - 1), containing three arbitrary constants, a , a x and a 2 . Similar reasoning applies to the equation dx n ~ J \' y ' dx' dx v '"' dx n -V In Dynamics the differential equations are usually of the second order, e.g. -jf +p 2 y = 0, the equation of simple harmonic motion. To get a solution without arbitrary constants we need two con- ditions, such as the value of y and dy/dt when t =0, giving the initial displacement and velocity. 8. Complete Primitive, Particular Integral, Singular Solution. The solution of a differential equation containing the full number of arbitrary constants is called the Complete Primitive. Any solution derived from the Complete Primitive by giving particular values to these constants is called a Particular Integral. * The student will see in later chapters that this assumption is not always justifiable. GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION 5 Thus the Complete Primitive of ~- % = -# is y = a + a x sinh x + a 2 (cosh x - 1), or y = c +a 1 sinh x+a 2 cosh x, where c = a Q -a 2 , or y = c+ae x +be~ x , where a-=\(a x + a 2 ) and 6 = J(a 2 -«i)- This illustrates the fact that the Complete Primitive may often be written in several different (but really equivalent) ways. The following are Particular Integrals : y=i, taking c=4, a 1 =a 2 =0 ; y = 5 sinh x, taking a x = 5, e=a 2 =0 ; y = 6 cosh a?- 4, takings = 6, a x =0, c=-4; y=2+e a; -3e- a! , taking c=2, a = l, 6=-3. In most equations every solution can be derived from the Com- plete Primitive by giving suitable values to the arbitrary constants. However, in some exceptional cases we shall find a solution, called a Singular Solution, that cannot be derived in this way. These will be dispussed in Chap. VI. Examples for solution. Solve by the method of Art. 7 : 'w %-* / (3) Show that the method fails for -=-= -• [log x cannot be expanded in a Maclaurin series.] J (4) Verify by elimination of c that y = ex + - is the Complete Primitive of y = x A + 1 1 '.1 . Verif v also that w 2 = 4a; is a solution of the differential 9 dx I dx J equation not derivable from the Complete Primitive {i.e. a Singular Solution). Show that the Singular Solution is the envelope of the family of lines represented by the Complete Primitive. Illustrate by a graph. 9. Graphical representation. We shall now give some examples of a method * of sketching rapidly the general form of the family of curves representing the Complete Primitive of i -■«*«* * Due to Dr. S. Brodetsky and Prof. Takeo Wada. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS where f(x, y) is a function of x and y having a perfectly definite finite value * for every pair of finite values of x and y. The curves of the family are called the characteristics of the equation. Ex. (i) !=«• Here g-»- i +*aH* ,+i, 0'- i >- Now a curve has its concavity upwards when the second differential coefficient is positive. Hence the characteristics will be concave up above y = l, and concave down below this line. The maximum or minimum points lie on x=0, since dy/dx = there. The characteristics near y = \, which is a member of the family, are flatter than those further from it. These considerations show us that the family is of the general form shown in Fig. 1. y Fig. 1. Ex. (ii) dy dx = y + e a Here ^=^ + e« = y + 2e». dx*- dx We start by tracing the curve of maxima and minima y + e x =-0, and the curve of inflexions y + 2e x = 0. Consider the characteristic through the origin. At this point both differential coefficients are positive, so as x increases y increases also, and the curve is concave upwards. This gives us the right-hand portion of the characteristic marked 3 in Fig. 2. If we move to the left along this we get to the *Thus excluding a function like y/x, which is indeterminate when x=0 and .V=0. GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION curve of minima. At the point of intersection the tangent is parallel to Ox. After this we ascend again, so meeting the curve of inflexions. After crossing this the characteristic becomes convex upwards. It still ascends. Now the figure shows that if it cut the curve of minima again y Fig. 2. the tangent could not be parallel to Ox, so it cannot cut it at all, but becomes asymptotic to it. The other characteristics are of similar nature. Examples for solution. Sketch the characteristics of : (1) (2) (3) fx = y{1 - X) - dx * dy dx = y + x 2 . 10. Singular points. In all examples like those in the last article, we get one characteristic, and only one, through every point of the plane. By tracing the two curves ^ = and -^|=0 we can easily sketch the system. If, however, f(x, y) becomes indeterminate for one or more points (called singular points), it is often very difficult to sketch the 8 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS system in the neighbourhood of these points. But the following examples can be treated geometrically. In general, a complicated analytical treatment is required.* Ex. (i). -r-=-- Here the" origin is a singular point. The geo- metrical meaning of the equation is that the radius vector and the tangent have the same gradient, which can only be the case for straight Fig. 3. lines through the origin. As the number of these is infinite, in this case an infinite number of characteristics pass through the singular point. _, .... dy x . y dy Ex. (u). -/=--, i.e. »._^=_l. . ax y x ax This means that the radius vector and the tangent have gradients FIG. 4. whose product is -1, i.e. that they are perpendicular. The char- acteristics are therefore circles of any radius with the origin as centre. * See a paper, " Graphical Solution," by Prof. Takeo Wada, Memoirs of the College of Science, Kyoto Imperial University, Vol. II. No. 3, July 1917. GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION 9 In this case the singular point may be regarded as a circle of zero radius, the limiting form of the characteristics near it, but no characteristic of finite size passes through it. Ex. (iii . / = ^T7-- v ' ax x + ky Writing dy/dx = tan \Js, y/x=ta,n 6, we get tan 6 - k tan ^ = l+/btan0' i.e. tan \fs + k tan \Js tan 6 = tan B-k, tan 6 - tan \ls , l - e - n — i — 7TL — I = k > 1 + tan tan \Js i.e. tan (0 - yjs) = k, a constant. The characteristics are therefore equiangular spirals, of which the singular point (the origin) is the focus. Fig. 5. These three simple examples illustrate three typical cases. Sometimes a finite number of characteristics pass through a singular point, but an example of this would be too complicated to give here.* * See Wada's paper. 10 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES ON CHAPTER I. Eliminate the arbitrary constants from the following : J (1) y = Ae* + Ber* + C. v/ (2) y = Ae x + Be 2x + Ce 3x . [To eliminate A, B,C from the four equations obtained by successive differentiation a determinant may be used.] / (3) y = e x {A cos x + B sin x). y (4) y = c cosh-, (the catenary). Find the differential equation of J (5) All parabolas whose axes are parallel to the axis of y. >/ (6) All circles of radius a. S (7) All circles that pass through the origin. V (8) All circles (whatever their radii or positions in the plane xOy). [The result of Ex. 6 may be used. ] / (9) Show that the results of eliminating a from 2y=x ~£ +ax ' (1) and 6 from y = x~-bx 2 , (2) are in each case x 2 ^-2x-^- + 2y=±0 (3) dx 2 ax [The complete primitive of equation (1) must satisfy equation (3), since (3) is derivable from (1). This primitive will contain a and also an arbitrary constant. Thus it is a solution of (3) containing two constants, both of which are arbitrary as far as (3) is concerned, as a does not occur in that equation. In fact, it must be the complete primitive of (3). Similarly the complete primitives of (2) and (3) are the same. Thus (1) and (2) have a common complete primitive.] J (10) Apply the method of the last example to prove that y + ~ = 2ae x dx and y-^- = 2be~ x y dx have a common complete primitive. J (11) Assuming that the first two equations of Ex. 9 have a common dy . complete primitive, find it by equating the two values of -=- in terms of x, y, and the constants. Verify that it satisfies equation (3) of Ex. 9. J (12) Similarly obtain the common complete primitive of the two equations of Ex. 10. MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 11 J (13) Prove that- all curves satisfying the differential equation Wx- 1+X \dx) +X dx* cut the axis of y at 45°. y (14) Find the inclination to the axis of x at the point (1, 2) of the two curves which pass through that point and satisfy ;d 2 - 2 - 2x + x 2 . f (15) Prove that the radius of curvature of either of the curves of Ex. 14 at the point (1, 2) is 4. J (16) Prove that in general two curves satisfying the differential equation J®)* + y *L + i= \dx/ ax pass through any point, but that these coincide for any point on a certain parabola, which is the envelope of the curves of the system. / (17) Find the locus of a point such that the two curves through it satisfying the differential equation of Ex. (16) cut (i) orthogonally ; (ii) at 45°. j (18) Sketch (by Brodetsky and Wada's method) the characteristics of -^ = x + eV. ax CHAPTER II EQUATIONS OF THE FIRST ORDER AND FIRST DEGREE 11. In this chapter we shall consider equations of the form ax where M and N are functions of both x and y. This equation is often written,* more symmetrically, as Mdx+Ndy=0. Unfortunately it is not possible to solve the general equation of this form in terms of a finite number of known functions, but we shall discuss some special types in which this can be done. It is usual to classify these types as (a) Exact equations ; (b) Equations solvable by separation of the variables ; (c) Homogeneous equations ; (d) Linear equations of the first order. The methods of this chapter are chiefly due to John Bernouilli of Bale (1667-1748), the most inspiring teacher of his time, and to his pupil, Leonhard Euler, also of Bale (1707-1783). Euler made great contributions to algebra, trigonometry, calculus, rigid dynamics, hydrodynamics, astronomy and other subjects. 12. Exact equations, f Ex. (i). The expression ydx>+xdy is an exact differential. Thus the equation ydx + xdy=0, giving d(yx)=0, i.e. yx = c, is called an exact equation. * For a rigorous justification of the use of the differentials dx and dy see Hardy's Pure Mathematics, Art. 136. t For the necessary and sufficient condition that Mdx +Ndy—0 should be exact see Appendix A. 12 EQUATIONS OF FIRST ORDER AND FIRST DEGREE 13 Ex. (ii). Consider the equation tan y , ofo + tan x ,dy = 0. This is not exact as it stands, but if we multiply by cos x cos y it becomes sin y cos x dx + sin x cos y dy = 0, which is exact. The solution is sin y sin x = c. 13. Integrating factors. In the last example cos x cos y is called an integrating factor, because when the equation is multiplied by it we get an exact equation which can be at once integrated. There are several rules which are usually given for determining integrating factors in particular classes of equations. These will be found in the miscellaneous examples at the end of the chapter. The proof of these rules forms an interesting exercise, but it is generally easier to solve examples without them. 14. Variables separate. Ex. (i). In the equation — = tan y . dy, the left-hand side involves x only and the right-hand side y only, so the variables are separate. Integrating, we get log x = - log cos y + c, i.e. log (a; cos y)=c, x cos y = e c = a, say. Ex. (U). % =2x y- The variables are not separate at present, but they can easily be made so. Multiply by dx and divide by y. We get — = 2xdx. y Integrating, log y = x 2 + c. As c is arbitrary, we may put it equal to log a, where a is another arbitrary constant. Thus, finally, y = ae d> . Examples for solution. •^(1) {12x + 5y-9)dx + (5x + 2y-4:)dy = 0. V(2) {cos x tan y + cos (x + y)} dx + {sin x sec 2 y + cos (x + y)} dy = 0. ^(3) (sec x tan x tan y - e x ) dx + sec x sec 2 y dy = 0, ^(4) (x + y) (dx - dy) =dx + dy. V(5) ydx-xdy + 3x 2 y 2 e^dx=0. V(6) y dx-xdy=0. v (7) (sin x + cos x) dy + (cos x - sin x) dx — 0. "(8, g=*y. ^(9) y dx-xdy = xy dx. AlO) tanxdy = coty dx. 14 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 15. Homogeneous equations. A homogeneous equation of the first order and degree is one which can be written in the form dx J \xJ' To test whether a function of x and y can be written in the form of the right-hand side, it is convenient to put V -=v or y=vx. x u If the result is of the form f(v), i.e. if the x's all cancel, the test is satisfied. „ dy x* + y 2 dy l+v % mi . W ' dx = ~2x^~ becomes ~i,T~ 2~' Thls equation is homo- Ex ' ^' dx = ~x? becomes d =XV *' Tllis is not hom °g e neous. 16. Method of solution. Since a homogeneous equation can be reduced to ^=f(v) by putting y=vx on the right-hand side, it is natural to try the effect of this substitution on the left-hand side also. As a matter of fact, it will be found that the equation can always be solved * by this substitution (see Ex. 10 of the miscel- laneous set at the end of this chapter). Ex. (i). dy^xt + y* dx 2x* Put y = vx, dy dv . l ' e ' dx = V + X d~ ' ^ y 1S a * unctlon °f x > so is v )- U/t) 1 -4- *?)^ The equation becomes v + x -7- = Separating the variables, dx 2 ' i.e. 2xdv=(l+v 2 -2v)dx. 2dv dx (v-1) 2 x — 2 Integrating, = log x + c. v — 1 Di y -2-2 -2x 2x But v = ~, so — - = = = . x v-1 y y-x x-y x Multiplying by x -- y, 2x = (x - y) (log x + c). * By " solved " we mean reduced to an ordinary integration. Of course, this integral may not be expressible in terms of ordinary elementary functions. EQUATIONS OF FIRST ORDER AND FIRST DEGREE 15 Ex. (ii). (x + y)dy + (x- y) dx = 0. mi • dy y-x This gives / = - p dx y + x Putting y = vx, and proceeding as before, we get dv v — 1 dx v + 1 dv v-1 v 2 + l %.e. a? T -= — T -w= —. dx v + l v + l „ . , . ,, (v + l) dv dx Separating the variables, ^ — z — = — , — vdv dv dx i.e. — s — z , — r = — • v 2 + l v 2 + l x Integrating, - 1 log (v 2 + 1 ) - tan _1 t? = log x + c, i.e. 2 log x + log (v 2 + 1) + 2 tan -1 !; + 2c = 0, loga; 2 (t; 2 + l)+2tan -1 u + a = 0, putting 2c = a. Substituting for «, log (?/ 2 + x 2 ) + 2 tan- 1 - + a = 0. 17. Equations reducible to the homogeneous form. -n ,-v mi ,. dy y-x + 1 Ex. (l). The equation -r-=- = w u aa; 2/ + a? + 5 is not homogeneous. This example is similar to Ex. (ii) of the last article, except that y-x . ,11 y-x+1 is replaced by - =• y+x x y+x+o Now y-x=0 and y + x = represent two straight lines through the origin. The intersection of y-x+l=0 and y + x + 5=0 is easily found to be (-2, -3). Put x = X-2 ; y=Y - 3. This amounts to taking new axes parallel to the old with ( - 2, - 3) as the new origin. Then y-x+l=Y-X and y + x + b=Y + X. Also dx = dX and dy = dY. • x. dY Y ~ x The equation becomes jy = V — Y' As in the last article, the solution is log ( Y 2 + Z 2 ) + 2 tan- 1 -= + a =0, i.e. log[(^ + 3) 2 + (a; + 2) 2 ] + 2tan- 1 ^i| + a=0. X ~T 4U 16 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Ex.(ii). ^ y-x + l dx y-x + o This equation cannot be treated as the last example, because the lines y-x+1—0 and y-x+5=0 are parallel. As the right-hand side is a function oiy-x, try putting y-x=z, dy _dz dx dx' The equation becomes 1 +-=- = — -, dm z + o dz = -4 dx z + 5 Separating the variables, (z + 5) dz — - 4 dx. Integrating, \z* + 5z= -ix + c, i.e. z 2 + 10z + &x = 2c. Substituting for z, (y - x) 2 + 10 (y - x) + 8x = 2c, i.e. (y-x) 2 + 10y-2x = a, putting 2c = a. Examples for solution. «/ (1) (2x -y)dy = (2y - x) dx. [Wales. ] >/ (2) (x*-y 2 )^- = xy. [Sheffield.] V (3) 2 % = y ~ + V - % . [Math. Tripos. ] 4 (4) x f x = y + V(x 2 + y*). , dy_ 2x + 9y-20 ( ' dx~6x + 2y-10' 7(6) {I2x + 2ly-9)dx + {4:7x + ±0y + 7)dy=0. i m d y_ Sx -*y- 2 g Kn dx 3x-±y-3' J (8) (x + 2y) (dx - dy) = dx + dy. 18. Linear equations. The equation ^+Py = Q, where P and Q are functions of x (but not of y), if said to be linear of the first order. A simple example is j~ + x -V =xZ - EQUATIONS OF FIRST ORDER AND FIRST DEGREE 17 If we multiply each side of this by x, it becomes dy le ' dx~( x ^ =xS ' Hence, integrating, xy = | a; 4 + c. We have solved this example by the use of the obvious integrating factor x. 19. Let us try to find an integrating factor in the general case. If R is such a factor, then the left-hand side of R^+RPy=RQ is the differential coefficient of some product, and the first term Rj^ shows that the product must be Ry. Put, therefore, R% + BPy^(Ry) -*% + ,%. This gives RPy=y^, i.e. Pdx=^ s , i.e. \Pdx=\ogR, ^Pdx This gives the rule : To solve -f+Py = Q, multiply each side by \pdx # ax e , which will be an integrating factor. 20. Examples. (i) Take the example considered in Art. 18. dy 1 ax x HereP=-, so |P<fcc=loga;, and e lo « x =x. Thus the rule gives the same integrating factor that we used before. (ii) -^ + 2xy = 2e-*\ Here P = 2x, \Pdx = x 2 , and the integrating factor is e* 2 . P.D.E. 18 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Multiplying by this, e* 2 £ + 2xe**y = 2, i.e. |<^)=2. Integrating, ye x * = 2x + c, y = (2x + c)e-* i . Here the integrating factor is e 3 *. Multiplying by this, e 3 * ^ + 3e 3x y = e & *, i.e. -^-(2/e 3 *)=e 5a! . Integrating, */e 3a! = Ae 5a! + c, ^=ie 2aJ + ce- 3a '. 21. Equations reducible to the linear form. Ex. (i). x y-% == y Se ~ x% - Divide by y 3 , so as to free the right-hand side from y. 1 1 dy We get x -y*"tftor e ' 1 1^/1 t.e. a; . -s + - -^ l ■ i)-*""- «/ 2 2 eke V^ 1 dz _■ „,, Putting^. 2* + s -&r*. This is linear and, in fact, is similar to Ex. (ii) of the last article with z instead of y. Hence the solution is z = (2x + c) e~ x \ i.e. — = (2x + c)e-*\ t e&> y - ± J(2x + c)' This example is a particular case of " Bernoulli's Equation " where P and Q are functions of x. Jacob Bernouilli or Bernoulli of Bale (1654-1705) studied it in 1695, EQUATIONS OF FIRST ORDER AND FIRST DEGREE 19 Ex. (ii). (2x-10f)f x + y = 0. dx This is not linear as it stands, but if we multiply by — , we get dx 2x _ . i.e. -=-+ — =10w 2 . ay y This is linear, considering y as the independent variable. Proceeding as before, we find the integrating factor to be y 2 , and the solution „ K y*x=2y b + c, i.e. x = 2y 3 + cy~ 2 . Examples for solution. 1(1) (x + a)^-3y = ( x + a) 5 . [Wales.] 7(2) a?coso;^ + y(aJBina? + cosa;) = l. [Sheffield.] dy J (3) x log x £ + y = 2 log x. >/(4) x 2 y -X s j- = y i cos x. J (5) y + 2% = y>(x-l). J (6) {x + 2f)J=y. dx dy dx dy dx J (7) dx + xdy = e-y&Qc 2 y dy. 22. Geometrical Problems. Orthogonal Trajectories. We shall now consider some geometrical problems leading to differential equations. y Ex. (i). Find the curve whose subtangent is constant. The subtangent TN = PN cot ^ = y ^ . 20 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Hence y £ = h dx = k—, y x + c = klogy, X y = aeF, putting the arbitrary constant c equal to Jc log a. Ex. (ii). Find the curve such that its length between any two points PQ is proportional to the ratio of the distances of Q and P from a fixed point 0. If we keep P fixed, the arc QP will vary as OQ. Use polar co-ordinates, taking as pole and OP as initial line. Then, if Q be (r, 6), we have s = Jcr. But, as shown in treatises on the Calculus, (ds)* = (rd6)* + (dr)*. Hence, in our problem, F(<Zr) 2 = (rcZ0) 2 + (<Zr) 2 , i.e. cZ0=±V(fc 2 -l)v ldr = , say, a r giving r = ce a9 , the equiangular spiral. Ex. (iii). Find the Orthogonal Trajectories of the family of semi- cubical parabolas ay 2 = x 3 , where a is a variable parameter. Two families of curves are said to be orthogonal trajectories when every member of one family cuts every member of the other at right angles. , We first obtain the differential equation of the given family by eliminating a. Differentiating ay 2 = x z , we get 2at/ ^ = 3x 2 , 2 dy 3 /-, \ whence, by division, yfrTx Now ^ = tan^, where \j, is the inclination of the tangent to the axis of x. The value of \fr for the trajectory, say \[r', is given by \/r = T//±!7r, i.e. tan \Js=- cot \}s', dx i.e. dy — tor tne given ia,iiu.yy is w uc io^ia^u »j , for the given family is to be replaced by - j for the trajectory EQUATIONS OF FIRST ORDER AND FIRST DEGREE 21 Making this change in (1), we get 2dx_3 V dy~x 2xdx + Sy dy=0, , 2x 2 + 3y 2 = c, a family of similar and similarly situated ellipses. Ex. (iv). Find the family of curves that cut the family of spirals r = aQ at a constant angle a. As before, we start by eliminating a. Ihis gives — j— = 6. Now — j— =tan <j>, where <f> is the angle between the tangent and the radius vector. If <p' is the corresponding angle for the second family, tj> — <p ± a, , tan<£±tana + h tan d> =~ — *- ==- — y-x, r 1 + tan <p tan a 1 - kO putting in the value found for tan <j> and writing k instead of it tan a. Thus, for the second family, rdd = B + h dr 1-kO' The solution of this will be left as an exercise for the student. The result will be found to be r = c(d + k) k2+l e- ke . Examples for solution. J (1) Find the curve whose subnormal is constant. J (2) The tangent at any point P of a curve meets the axis of x in T. Find the curve for which OP = PT, being the origin. v (3) Find the curve for which the angle between the tangent and radius vector at any point is twice the vectorial angle. J (4) Find the curve for which the projection of the ordinate on the normal is constant. Find the orthogonal trajectories of the following families of curves : v (5) x 2 -y 2 = a 2 . ^(6) x$ + y% = a*. y (7) px 2 + qy 2 = a 2 , (p and q constant). • (8) r6 = a. /(9) r = ^. J (10) Find the family of curves that cut a family of concentric circles at a constant angle a. 22 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES ON CHAPTER II. /(I) (W-x) d £=y. ^(2) x d £=y+2V(y*-x 2 )- ^ (3) tan x cos y dy+sux ydx + e sin * dx=0. ^(4) X * d ¥- + Zy* = xy*. [Sheffield.] >/(5) x* d £ = f + yW{y 2 -**)' , dy ax + hy + g / (6) Show that ir-U^Tf represents a family of conies. / (7) Show that ydx-2xdy = represents a system of parabolas with a common axis and tangent at the vertex. ^ (8) Show that (4:X + 3y + l)dx + (3x + 2y + l)dy=0 represents a family of hyperbolas having as asymptotes the lines x + y=0 and 2x + y + l=0. yj (9) If -=^ + 2t/tan cc = sina; and w=0 when x = Itt, show that the maximum value of y is -|-. u [Math. Tripos.] V (10) Show that the solution of the general homogeneous equation dti /v\ of the first order and degree ^ c =f\~) is f &» log X = \-eT^ hC > where v = yfx. ^ (11) Prove that x h y k is an integrating factor of py dx + qxdy + x m y n (ry dx + sx dy) = h+1 k+1 , h+m+1 k+n+1 if = and — = • " p q r s Use this method to solve V 3ydx- 2x dy + xhj- 1 (lOy dx - Gx dy) = 0. / (12) By differentiating the equation [ f(xy) + F(xy) d(xy) x_ n if(xy)-F(xy) xy B y 1 verify that xy{f(xy)- F(xy)j ^miscellaneous examples . 2$ is an integrating factor of f(xy) ydx + F (xy) xdy=0. • Hence. solve (x*y* + xy + l)ydx-(x*y*-xy + l)zdy=0. / (13) Prove that if the equation M dx + N dy = is exact, dN = dM dx dy' [For a proof of the converse see Appendix A.] y/ (14) Verify that ..the condition for an exact equation is satisfied by {Pdx+Qdy)el Ax)dx =Q •£-£♦««■»• Hence show that an integrating factor can always be found for Pdx+Qdy=0 lf Qldy dxA is a function of x only. Solve by this method • (X s + xy*) dx + 2y z dy = 0. v (15) Find the curve (i) whose polar subtangent is constant ; >/(ii) whose polar subnormal is constant. /(16) Find the curve which passes through the origin and is such that the area included between the curve, the ordinate, and the axis of x is k times the cube of that ordinate. J (17) The normal PG to a curve meets the axis of x in G. If the distance of G from the origin is twice the abscissa of P, prove that the curve is a rectangular hyperbola. 7 (18) Find the curve which is such that the portion of the axis of x cut off between the origin and the tangent at any point is proportional to the ordinate of that point. V (19) Find the orthogonal trajectories of the following families of curves: y ^ ( x -l)2 + y 2 + 2ax = 0, >/ (ii) r = a6, y/ (iii) r = a + cosnd, and interpret the first result geometrically. J (20) Obtain the differential equation of the system of confocal conies x 2 y 2 _ 1 and hence show that the system is its own orthogonal trajectory. >/ (21) Find the family of curves cutting the family of parabolas y z = 4:ax at 45°. 24 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS ▼ (22) If u + iv =f{x + iy), where u, v, x and y are all real, prove that the families w = constant, v = constant are orthogonal trajectories. ., „ , dhi d 2 u n d 2 v d 2 v Also prove that -~— 9 + =-5 = = 5-5 + 5-=. r ox 2 oy 2 ox 2 oy* [This theorem is of great use in obtaining lines of force and lines of constant potential in Electrostatics or stream lines in Hydrodynamics. u and v are called Conjugate Functions. ] >/ (23) The rate of decay of radium is proportional to the amount remaining. Prove that the amount at any time t is given by A=A e~ kt . / (24) If j=g(\-^\ and v = if * =0, prove that t; = jfctanh %-. [This gives the velocity of a falling body in air, taking the resistance of the air as proportional to v 2 . As t increases, v approaches the limiting value h. A similar equation gives the ionisation of a gas after being subjected to an ionising influence for time t.] \f (25) Two liquids are boiling in a vessel. It is found that the ratio of the quantities of each passing off as vapour at any instant is pro- portional to the ratio of the quantities still in the liquid state. Prove that these quantities (say x and y) are connected by a relation of the form y = cx*. [From Partington's Higher Mathematics for Students of Chemistry, p. 220.] CHAPTER III LINEAR EQUATIONS WITH CONSTANT COEFFICIENTS 23. The equations to be discussed in this chapter are of the form *&+f&L+~+f~l+**-M- w where f(x) is a function of x, but the p's are all constant. These equations are most important in the study of vibrations of all kinds, mechanical, acoustical, and electrical. This will be illustrated by the miscellaneous examples at the end of the chapter. The methods to be given below are chiefly due to Euler and D'Alembert.* We shall also discuss systems of simultaneous equations of this form, and equations reducible to this form by a simple transformation. 24. The simplest case ; equations of the first order. If we take n = l and /(a) =0, equation (1) becomes Po^+PiV^ ' < 2 > i.e. p -^+Pidx=0, or p l°g V +Pi x = constant, so log y = - PiXJPo + constant = -Piv/Po+l°g A > sa 7> giving ys=Ae-n"n>. 25. Equations of the second order. If we take n = 2 and f(x)=0, equation (1) becomes ft^+fti+W-0 (3) * Jean-le-Rond D'Alembert of Paris (1717-1783) is best known by " D'Alem- bert's Principle " in Dynamics. The application of this principle to the motion of fluids led him to partial differential equations. 25 26 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS The solution of equation (2) suggests that y=Ae mx , where m is some constant, may satisfy (3). With this value of y, equation (3) reduces to Ae mx (p m 2 +p x m +p 2 ) =0. Thus, if m is a root of p m 2 +p 1 m+p 2 =0, (4) y=Ae mx is a solution of equation (3), whatever the value of A. Let the roots of equation (4) be a and /3. Then, if a and fi are unequal, we have two solutions of equation (3), namely y=Ae°* and y=Be px . Now, if we substitute y^Ae** +Be px in equation (3), we shall get Ae«*(p a* + Pl a +p 2 ) +Be^(p /3 2 +p x $ +p 2 ) =0, which is obviously true as a and fi are the roots of equation (4). Thus the sum of two solutions gives a third solution (this might have been seen at once from the fact that equation (3) was linear). As this third solution contains two arbitrary constants, equal in number to the order of the equation, we shall regard it as the general solution. Equation (4) is known as the " auxiliary equation." Example. To solve 2^ + 5^| + 2y = put y = Ae mx as a trial solution. This leads to Ae mx (2m 2 + 5m + 2)--=0, which is satisfied by m = - 2 or - £. The general solution is therefore y = Aer 2x + Be'**. 26. Modification when the auxiliary equation has imaginary or complex roots. When the auxiliary equation (4) has roots of the form p + iq, p - iq, where i 2 = - 1, it is best to modify the solution y=Ae^ +i ^ x +Be^-^ x , (5) so as to present it without imaginary quantities. To do this we use the theorems (given in any book on Analytical Trigonometry) e nx = cos qx + { gin qx> e~ i 9 x = cos qx - i sin qx. Equation (5) becomes y = e*> x {A (cos qx + i sin qx) + B (cos qx - i sin qx) } = e px {E cos qx+F sin qx}, writing E for A +B and F for i(A -B). E and F are arbitrary LINEAR EQUATIONS WITH CONSTANT COEFFICIENTS 27 constants, just as A and B are. It looks at first sight as if F must be imaginary, but this is not necessarily so. Thus, if ^ = 1+2* and 5 = l-2i, E = 2 and F = -4. Example. ^_ 6 ^ + 13« = dx 2 dx 9 leads to the auxiliary equation w 2 -6m + 13=0, whose roots are m — 3 ±2*. The solution may be written as or in the preferable form y = e Zx (E cos 2x + F sin 2x), or again as y = Ce %x cos (2a; - d), where C cos a = E and C sin a = .F, so that C=J{E* + F>) and t&n a = F/E. 27. Peculiarity of the case of equal roots. When the auxiliary equation has equal roots a =/3, the solution y=Aer x +BeP* ~ reduces to v y = (A+ B) e°*. Now A+B, the sum of two arbitrary constants, is really only a single arbitrary constant. Thus the solution cannot be regarded as the most general one. We shall prove later (Art. 34) that the general solution is y = (A+Bx)e?*. 28. Extension to orders higher than the second. The methods of Arts. 25 and 26 apply to equation (1) whatever the value of n, as long as/(aj)=0. dhi „d 2 y „ dy ft The auxiliary equation is ra 3 -6m 2 + llm-6 = 0, giving m=>l, 2, or 3. Thus y = Ae x + Be 2x + Ce Sx . Ex.(ii). U-*y-°- The auxiliary equation is m 3 - 8 =0, i.e. (m - 2) (m 2 + 2m + 4) = 0, giving m = 2 or —l±i\/3. Thus * y = Ae 2x + er x ( E cos x\/3 + F sin zy/3), or y = Ae 2x + Ge~ x cos (x-\/3 - a). 28 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Examples for solution. Solve <roS*»3-!-*-* ^ (8) What does the solution to the last example become if the initial conditions are ^ y = l, -/=0 when x = 0, and if y is to remain ^finite when x = + oo ? Solve '< 9 > 3+«3+**-<* 7(11)^+8^=0. /(is)g-M»-a /72A i(\ 4 ( 13 ) ^^2 + 90 = 0, given that = a and tt=0 when Z=0. [The approximate equation for small oscillations of a simple pen- dulum of length I, starting from rest in a position inclined at a to the vertical. ] v (14) Find the condition that trigonometrical terms should appear in the solution of g2 s ^ s m W* +h Tt +cs=0 - [The equation of motion of a particle of mass m, attracted to a fixed point in its line of motion by a force of c times its distance from that point, and damped by a frictional resistance of h times its velocity. The condition required expresses that the motion should be oscillatory, e.g. a tuning fork vibrating in air where the elastic force tending to restore it to the equilibrium position is proportional to the displacement and the resistance of the air is proportional to the velocity. ] J (15) Prove that if k is so small that k 2 /mc is negligible, the solution of the equation of Ex. (14) is approximately e~ kt / 2m times what it would be if k were zero. [This shows that slight damping leaves the frequency practically unaltered, but causes the amplitude of successive vibrations to diminish in a geometric progression.] LINEAR EQUATIONS WITH CONSTANT COEFFICIENTS 29 J (16) Solve L^ + R^ + Q=0, given that Q=Q and ^ = when t = 0, and that OR 2 < £L. [Q is the charge at time t on one of the coatings of a Leyden jar of capacity C, whose coatings are connected when t = by a wire of resist- ance R and coefficient of self-induction L. ] 29. The Complementary Function and the Particular Integral. So far we have dealt only with examples where the f(x) of equation (1) has been equal to zero. We shall now show the relation between the solution of the equation when f(x) is not zero and the solution of the simpler equation derived from it by replacing f(x) by zero. To start with a simple example, consider the equation It is obvious that y=x is one solution. Such a solution, con- taining no arbitrary constants, is called a Particular Integral. Now if we write y=x+v, the differential equation becomes 2 S +5 ( i+ l) +2 <— >= B+2 *- n dv 2 K dv a A i.e. 2^-„+5j-+2v=0, ax 2 ax giving v = Ae~ 2x +Be~ ix , so that y=x+Ae~ 2x +Be-i x . The terms containing the arbitrary constants are called the Complementary Function. This can easily be generalised. If y =w is a particular integral of d n y d n ~ x y dy , fl . ta . ,, , d n u d n ~ r u du ,, » ,— sothat Po-^i+Pi-^^i + -+Pn-i-^+PnU=f(x), (7) put y=u+v in equation (6) and subtract equation (7). This gives d n v d n -H dv n /ox ^& + ^3^ + - +p '- 1 ^ +J '» , ' =0 (8) If the solution of (8) be v = F(x), containing n arbitrary con- stants, the general solution of (6) is y=u+F(x), and F(x) is called the Complementary Function. 30 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Thus the general solution of a linear differential equation with constant coefficients is the sum of a Particular Integral and the Com- plementary Function, the latter being the solution of the equation obtained by substituting zero for the function of x occurring. Examples for solution. Verify that the given functions are particular integrals of the follow- ing equations, and find the general solutions : ' (1 >'* ; S-'lh*-- ^(2)3; g-lS§ + l*-«. J (3) 2 sin 3a; ; -JL + 4y= -10 sin 3a;. For what values of the constants are the given functions particular integrals of the following equations ? I (4) a*-, ^ + 13| + 42y-I12 e - •jo 4 (5) ae bt ; ~ + 9s = eOe~K J (6) a sin px ; § + </ = 12 sin 2x. v/ (7) a sin px + b cos px; ^ + 4^ + 3y = 8oosa;-6sinaj. Obtain, by trial, particular integrals of the following : ' < 9 > +2 l +6 ^ 80 ^- '< 10 > £+«§+«,- w: 1/(111 ^ + % = «»" 6^- >/(12) d ^-8^ + 9y = 4f)sm5x. < < 13 > S +8 l+ 2 « 30. The operator D and the fundamental laws of algebra. When a particular integral is not obvious by inspection, it is convenient to employ certain methods involving the operator D, which stands f ° r dx' Tilis °P erator is also useful in establishing the form of the complementary function when the auxiliary equation has equal roots. Z> 2 will be used for J^, D* for ~, and so on. LINEAR EQUATIONS WITH CONSTANT COEFFICIENTS 31 The expression 2 ^ + 5 ^ + 2y may then be written W 2 y + 5Dy+2y, or (2Z)2+5D + 2)y. We shall even write this in the factorised form (2D + l)(D+2)y, factorising the expression in D as if it were an ordinary algebraic quantity. Is this justifiable ? The operations performed in ordinary algebra are based upon three laws : I. The Distributive Law m(a + b) =ma +mb ; II. The Commutative Law ab=ba; III. The Index Law a m . a n =a m+n . Now D satisfies the first and third of these laws, for D(u+v)=Du + Dv, an d D"».D n w=D w+n .w (m and n positive integers). As for the second law, D(cu)=c (Du) is true if c is a constant, but not if c is a variable. Also D m {D n u)=D n (D m u) (m and n positive integers). Thus D satisfies the fundamental laws of algebra except in that it is not commutative with variables. In what follows we shall write F (D) s pj> + p x B n - x + ...+ p n -i D + Pn> where the p's are constants and n is a positive integer. We are justified in factorising this or performing any other operations depending on the fundamental laws of algebra. For an example of how the commutative law for operators ceases to hold when negative powers of D occur, see Ex. (iii) of Art. 37. 31. F(D)e ax =e ax F(a). Since De ax =ae ax , Q2 e ax =a 2 e ax t and so on, F{D) e ax = (PoD n +p 1 D n ~ 1 + ... +p n -iD +p n ) & x = (Po<* n + 2¥* n_1 + • • • + Pn-i a + ?») eax ^e°^(a). 32 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 32. P(D){eax V } = e ax F (D +a) V, where V is any function of x. By Leibniz's theorem for the n th differential coefficient of a product, D»{eP*V} = (D»e°*) V + »(£»- V*) (DV) + In (n - 1 ) (D»- 2 e ax ) (D 2 V) + ... + e ax (D n V) =a n e ax V +na n - 1 e a *DV +±n(n - l)a n ~ 2 e ax D 2 V + ... + e ax D n V =e ax (a n +na n -WV + \n(n - l)a n ~ 2 D 2 + ... +D n ) V = e ax (D+a) n V. Similarly D»-i{e* x V}=e ax (D + a)»-*F, and so on. Therefore F(D){e" x V) = (p Q D* + Pl Dn~i + ... +^_ lZ ) +^){ e «*7} = e**{p (Z> + «)* +^(2) +a)«-i + ... +# I _ 1 (Z) +a) +^}7 = e a<B #(i)+a)7. 33. F(D2) cos ax =F( - a 2 ) cos ax. Since D 2 cos ax = - a 2 cos ax, D 4 cos ax = ( - a 2 ) 2 cos ax, and so on, F(D 2 ) cos a® = (2> D 2 « +Pl D 2 "- 2 + _ +^^2 +1 g cos ax = (Po(~ a 2 ) n +M - a 2 )"" 1 + ... +p n _ 1 ( - a 2 ) +p n } cos ax = F(-a % ) cos ax. Similarly F(D 2 ) sin ax = F( - a 2 ) sin ax. 34. Complementary Function when the auxiliary equation has equal roots. When the auxiliary equation has equal roots a and a it may be written m2 _ 2ma +a2=0 The original differential equation will then be i.e. (D 2 -2aD+a 2 )y=0, (D- a ) 2 y=0 (9) We have already found that y=Ae« x is one solution. To find a more general one put y=e« x V, where 7 is a function of * By Art. 32, (D - a) 2 {e**7} = e**(D - a + a) 2 V = e«*D 2 V. Thus equation (9) becomes D 2 V=0, i.e. V=A+Bx, so that y=e ax (A+Bx). LINEAR EQUATIONS WITH CONSTANT COEFFICIENTS 33 Similarly the equation (D -a) p y=0 reduces to D P V =0, giving V = (A 1 + A& + A z x 2 + . . . + Ap^xp- 1 ), and y = e°- x (A t + A^x + A s x 2 + . . . + Ap^xP- 1 ). When there are several repeated roots, as in (D-anD-(3)«(D- y yy=0, (10) we note that as the operators are commutative we may rewrite the equation in the form (D-/3nD-yY{(D- a yy}=0, which is therefore satisfied by any solution of the simpler equation (D~ a y y =o (ii) Similarly equation (10) is satisfied by any solution of (2>-j8)*y=0, (12) or of (D-y) r y=0 (13) The general solution of (10) is the sum of the general solutions of (11), (12), and (13), containing together (p+q+r) arbitrary constants. Ex. (i). Solve (D i -8D 2 + 16)y=0, i.e. (D 2 -i) 2 y = 0. The auxiliary equation is (m 2 -4) 2 = 0, m = 2 (twice) or -2 (twice). Thus by the rule the solution is y = {A + Bx)e 2x + {E + Fx)e~ 2x . Ex. (ii). Solve (D 2 + l) 2 y = 0. The auxiliary equation is (m 2 + l) 2 = 0, m=i (twice) or -i (twice). Thus y = (A + Bx) e™ + ( E + Fx) e~™, or better y = (P + Qx) cos x + (R + Sx) sin x. Examples for solution. / (1) (D* + 2D S + D 2 )y = 0. /(2) (D 6 + 3D 4 + 3D 2 + 1) y = 0. /(3) (.D 4 -2D 3 + 2Z) 2 -2.D + l)s/ = 0. V(4) (4Z) 5 - 3D 3 - D 2 ) y=0. ^ (5) Show that F (D 2 ) {P cosh ax + Q sinh ax) = F (a 2 ) (P cosh ax + Q sinh ax). ^ (6) Show that (D - a) in (e ax sin px) =.p^ e ax sin px. 35. Symbolical methods of finding the Particular Integral when f(x) =e ax . The following methods are a development of the idea of treating the operator D as if it were an ordinary algebraic quan- P.D.E. C 8-x 34 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS tity. We shall proceed tentatively, at first performing any opera- tions that seem plausible, and then, when a result has been obtained in this manner, verifying it by direct differentiation. We shall use I the notation j7^/(») to denote a particular integral of the equation F(D)y=f(x). (i) lif{x)=e ax , the result of Art. 31, F(D)e a!C = e ax F(a) suggests that, as long as F(a)=f=0, ^j-^ e ax may be a value of — S^r e ax . Jb [a) - F(D) This suggestion is easily verified, for 'Mm"}"^ 1 ***-* 1 - (ii) If F{a) =0, (Z) - a) must be a factor of F(D). Suppose that F(D)=(D -a) p <f>(D), where 4>(a)=f=0. Then the result of Art. 32, F{D){e ax V} =e ax F(D +a)V, suggests that the following may be true, if 7 is 1, J_ e - = 1 a „ 1 (e»*.l) *» 1 F(D) {D-ay^D) 6 (D-ayAtia)]-^)^- 1 adopting the very natural suggestion that j. is the operator inverse to D, that is the operator that integrates with respect to x, while jp integrates p times. Again the result obtained in this tentative manner is easily verified, for = e aa! , by Art. 31. LINEAR EQUATIONS WITH CONSTANT COEFFICIENTS 35 In working numerical examples it will not be necessary to repeat the verification of our tentative methods. Ex. (i). (D + 3) 2 y = 50e 2x . The particular integral is 1 .50e 2 * = J^ = 2e 2 *. (D + 3) 2 (2+3) 2 Adding the complementary function, we get y = 2e 2x + (A + Bx)e~ Sx . Ex. (ii). (D-2) 2 y = 50e 2x . If we substitute 2 for D in /p_2)» 50e2X ' we § et infinit y- But using the other method, — ^ • 50e 2a! = 50e 2a ' ~ . 1 = 50e 2 * . |z 2 = 25z 2 e 2a! . Adding the complementary function, we get y = 2bx 2 e 2x + (4 + Bx) e 2x . Examples for solution. Solve • (1) (Z> 2 + 6D + 25) y = 104e 3a! . * (2) (D 2 + 2pD + p 2 + q 2 )y = e ax . • (3) (D 2 - 9) V = 54e 3 *. • (4) (Z> 3 - D) y = e x + e~ x . • (5) (D a -p 8 jy = ai»BKya;. </ (6) (£ 3 + 4Z> 2 + 4D) </ = 8e- 2 ». 36. Particular Integral when f (x) =cos ax. From Art. 33, (j> (D 2 ) cos ax =></>{- a 2 ) cos ax. This suggests that we may obtain the particular integral by writing - a 2 for D 2 wherever it occurs. Ex. (i). (D 2 + 3.D + 2)# = cos2:z. wmm ■ oos «— zi+b+s • cos *-w=* • c08 2 *- To get D 2 in the denominator, try the effect of writing 1 3D + 2 3D-2~9Z> 2 -4' suggested by the usual method of dealing with surds. This gives 3D + 2 A cos 2x = - -fa{$D cos 2x + 2 cos 2ac) — 36 — 4 = -^(-6 sin 2x + 2 cos 2a?) = ^ (3 sin 2x - cos 2x) . 36 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Ex. (ii). (D 3 + 6D 2 + 11 D + 6) y = 2 sin 3a. 2 sin 3a = 2 — -^ — — — — = — - sin 3a £ 3 + 6.D 2 + llZ> + 6 -9D-54 + 11D + 6 1 Z)-24 D + 24 sin 3a sin 3a Z> 2 -576 = - -FffT (3 cos 3a + 24 sin 3a) = - T ^- T (cos 3x + 8 sin 3a;). We may now show, by direct differentiation, that the results obtained are correct. If this method is applied to [0 (Z> 2 ) + Dxfr (D 2 ) ]y = P cos ax + Q sin ax, where P, Q and a are constants, we obtain ( - a 2 ) . (P cos aa + Q sin aa) + a\/r ( - a 2 ) . (P sin ax-Q cos ax) {0(-a 2 )} 2 + a 2 {^(-a 2 )} 2 . It is quite easy to show that this is really a particular integral, provided that the denominator does not vanish. This exceptional case is treated later (Art. 38). Examples for solution. Solve • (1) (Z> + l)*/ = 10sin2a. /(2) (Z) 2 -5D + 6) ?/ = 100sin 4a. >/(3) (D 2 + 8D + 25)2/ = 48cosa-16sina. • (4) (D 2 + 2D + 401) y = sin 20a + 40 cos 20a. J (5) Prove that the particular integral of d 2 s n1 ds „ -7-5- + 2k -y- + p^s = a cos oi may be written in the form b cos (qt - e), where b = aj{(p 2 -q 2 ) 2 + 4:k 2 q 2 }^ and tan e = 2kq/(p 2 -q 2 ). v Hence prove that if a is a variable and k, p and a constants, b is greatest when q = \/(p 2 -2k 2 )=p approx. if k is very small, and then e = 7r/2 approx. and b = a/2kp approx. [This differential equation refers to a vibrating system damped by a force proportional to the velocity and acted upon by an external periodic force. The particular integral gives the forced vibrations and the complementary function the free vibrations, which are soon damped out (see Ex. 15 following Art. 28). The forced vibrations have the greatest amplitude if the period 2irlq of the external force is very nearly equal to that of the free vibrations (which is LINEAR EQUATIONS WITH CONSTANT COEFFICIENTS 37 2tt/-\/(^ 2 -k 2 )=2Tr/p approx.), and then e the difference in phase between the external force and the response is approx. 7r/2. This is the important phenomenon of Resonance, which has important applications to Acoustics, Engineering and Wireless Telegraphy.] 37. Particular integral when f(x) =x m , where m is a positive integer. In this case the tentative method is to expand wrj)) m a ser ^ es °* ascending powers of D. Ex.(i). ^4^=1(1 +i^ 2 )-^ 2 =1(1-^ + ^1**. ..)x* = i(z 2 -i)- Hence, adding the complementary function, the solution suggested for (D* + ±)y = x* is y = l(x 2 -^)+A cos 2a; + 2? sin 2a;. Ex. (ii). D*-Id + 3 * = h (r=D ~ 3^d)^> hj partial fractions > f / D D 2 2) 3 D 4 M »i|(l + D + D 8 + D» + D* + ...)-*(l+3- + -9- + 27 + gi+- < ))^ Adding the complementary function, the solution suggested for (2) 2 -42> + 3)s/ = ar J is y=\x z + ^x i + ^-x + ^ + Ae x + Be Zx . =96.i.i(^-|), from Ex. (i), = 2x i -6x 2 . Hence the solution of 2) 2 (2) 2 + 4) y = 96x 2 should be y = 2a; 4 - 6a; 2 + 4 cos 2a? + B sin 2a; + E + Fx. Alternative method. 96a; 2 = H.i(l-i£ 2 + T V£*-...)* 2 Da(2)a + 4) ~2) 2 = (242)- 2 -6+f2) 2 -...)a; 2 = 2a^-6x 2 + 3. 38 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS This gives an extra term 3, which is, however, included in the complementary function. * The method adopted in Exs. (i) and (ii), where F(D) does not contain D as a factor, may be justified as follows. Suppose the expan- sions have been obtained by ordinary long division. This is always possible, although the use of partial fractions may be more convenient in practice. If the division is continued until the quotient contains D m , the remainder will have D m + X as a factor. Call it 0(D) . D m+1 . Then 1 d> ( D) D m+1 -^^ = c + Cl D + c 2 D^ + ...+c m D m + ^ { '/ (1) F(D) ° x 2 m F(D) This is an algebraical identity, leading to 1 = F(D){c + c x B + c 2 D* + ...+ c m D m } + <f> ( D) . D™+i (2) Now equation (2), which is true when D is an algebraical quantity, is of the simple form depending only on the elementary laws of algebra, which have been shown to apply to the operator D, and it does not involve the difficulties which arise when division by functions of D is concerned. Therefore equation (2) is also true when each side of the equation is regarded as an operator. Operating on x m we get, since D m + 1 x m = 0, x m =F(D){(c + c 1 D + c 2 D* + ...+c m D m )x m }, (3) which proves that the expansion obtained in (1), disregarding the remainder, supplies a particular integral of F{D)y = x m . It is interesting to note that this method holds good even if the expansion would be divergent for algebraical values of D. To verify the first method in cases like Ex. (iii), we have to prove that i -^ . {(c + Cl Z) + c 2 D 2 + ... +c m D™) x% i.e. (c D~ r + CjT)-^ 1 + c 2 D~ r + 2 + ...+ c m D~ r + m ) x m , is a particular integral of {F(D) . D r }y = x m , i.e. that {F(D) . D r }{(c D- r + c 1 D~^+ 1 +c 2 D- r + 2 + ... +c m D- r+m ) x m } = x m (4) Now {F( D) . Z>'} u = F(D) . {D'u}, also D r {(c s D ~ ''+*) x m } = {c s B s ) x m ; hence the expression on the left-hand side of (4) becomes F(D) {(c + cj) + c 2 Z> 2 + . . . + c m D^) x m } = x™, by (3), which is what was to be proved. In the alternative method we get r extra terms in the particular integral, say (c m+1 D-r+™+i + ...+c m+r D m ) x m . These give terms involving the (r-l) th and lower powers of x. But these all occur in the complementary function. Hence the first method is preferable. * The rest of this article should be omitted on a first reading. LINEAR EQUATIONS WITH CONSTANT COEFFICIENTS 39 Note that if D~ x u denotes the simplest form of the integral of u, without any arbitrary constant, D- 1 (D.1) = 2>" 1 .0 = 0, while D(D- 1 .l) = D.x = l, so that D(D-i.l)±D-K(D.l). Similarly D m (D~ m . x n )=f=D- m {D m . x n ), if m is greater than n. So when negative powers of D are concerned, the laws of algebra are not always obeyed. This explains why the two different methods adopted in Ex. (iii) give different results. Examples for solution. Solve V (1) (D + l)y = x*. y (2) (D 2 + 2D)</ = 24z. /(3) (D*-6D + 9)y=5±x + 18. J (4) (D*-6D* + 9D*)y = Mx + l8. v ( 5 ) (2)2 _ ]) _ 2) y = 44 - 76a; - 48aA ^(6) (D 3 -D 2 -2D)y=U-7Qx-i8x 2 . 38. Particular integrals in other simple cases. We shall now give some typical examples of the evaluation of particular integrals in simple cases which have not been dealt with in the preceding articles. The work is tentative, as before. For the sake of brevity, the verification is omitted, as it is very similar to the verifications already given. Ex. (i). (D 2 + 4)3/ = sin2z. We cannot evaluate -^— j-sin2cc by writing -2 2 for D\ as in Art. 36, for this gives zero in the denominator. But i sin 2x is the imaginary part of e 2ix , and p 2ix_.g2ix — _ .1 as in Art. 35, D2 + 4 e (D + 2*) 2 + 4 ' ~ e D{D + ti) i-{(>-S^-)-'} (1 > ~ e ^UB = - ^*a;(cos 2x + i sin 2x) ; 40 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS hence, picking out the imaginary part, Via 4.4 sm 2% = - i% cos 2x, Adding the complementary function, we get y = A cos 2x + B sin 2x - \x cos 2x. Ex. (ii). (2)2 -5D + 6)y = e 2x x 3 . (2) 2 -52) + 6) * ~\2^D~3^D = e 2x ( -~ —^-3 r . \ 2) l-2)/ X = e 2 * ( - 1 - 1 - 2) - 7)2 _ 2)3 _ 2)4 _ .. \ aa = e 2 *( - |x 4 - a; 3 - 3a; 2 - 6x - 6). Adding the complementary function, we get y = J_e Sx - e 2x {\x* + X s + 3a; 2 + 6x - B), including the term - 6e 2x in Be 2x . Ex. (iii). (2) 2 - 62) + 13) y = 8e 3x sin 2x. .r . 8e 3 * sin 2a; = 8e»* , ox> * ox • . s i n 2cc 7772 a n , ., r . oe— sin za; = ae 01 "-— - — : (2) 2 -62) + 13) {(£ + 3) 2 -6(2) + 3) + 13} = 8e3a, -7ii— 7 sin 2a; 2) J + 4 = 8e 3a; ( - £a; cos 2a;) (see Ex. (i) ) = - 2x£ x cos 2a-. Adding the complementary function, we get y = e 3x (A cos 2a; + B sin 2a; - 2a; cos 2x). These methods are sufficient to evaluate nearly all the particular integrals that the student is likely to meet. All other cases may be dealt with on the lines indicated in (33) and (34) of the miscel- laneous examples at the end of this chapter. Examples for solution. Solve V(l) {D 2 + l)y = icosx. /(2) (D-l)y = (x + S)e 2x . V (3) (2)3 - 32) - 2) y = 540afcr «. y (4) (2) 2 + 22) + 2) y = 2e~ x sin x. / (5) (2) 2 + 1)2^ = 243; cos a;. ,/ (6) (D 5 -D)y = 12e" + 8 sina;-2a;. • (7) (2)2 - 6D + 25) «/ = 2e 3a! cos ix + 8e 3a! (l- 2a;) sin 4a;. 39. The Homogeneous Linear Equation. This is the name given to the form (p^D n +p 1 x n ~ 1 D n ~ 1 + ...+p n ) y= f ( x ). It reduces to the type considered before if we put x = e\ LINEAR EQUATIONS WITH CONSTANT COEFFICIENTS 41 Ex. (x 3 D 3 + 3x 2 D 2 + xD)y = 2ix 2 . Put x = e l , dx dt~^~ X ' , . , _ d dt d 1 d so that £=—=__ = -_; + ^; x 2 \ dt + dt 2 ) aA dt + dt 2 ) + x 2 \ dt aA efe + cfcV + aA <ft a + -A/^-S^ + ^V aA dt dt 2 + dtV' d 2 <P\ dt?) thus the given differential equation reduces to ~-^ = 24e 2 ', giving y = A + Bt + Ct 2 + 3e? t = A + Blogx + C(logx) 2 + 3x 2 . Another method is indicated in (28)-(30) of the miscellaneous examples at the end of this chapter. The equation p {a + bx) n D n y + p x (a + bx) n - x D n - x y + .-.+ p n y =/ (*) can be reduced to the homogeneous linear form by putting z-a+bx, giving ^ Jyjy^dz^dy ■ dx dz dx dz' Examples for solution. J (1) x* d X-2x d fi + 2y = lx i . /(2) x 2 ^| + 9x^ + 25« = 50. dx 2 dx . dx 2 dx a V (3) a= 3 f^ + 3a; 2 ^f + a^ + 8*/ = 65cos(loga ; ). dxr dx 2 dx V (5) (l+2^g-6(l+2o ; )^ + l^=8(H-2^. V (6) (l + ^g-f(l+a ; )g + 2/ = 4co S log(l+ a; ). 42 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 40. Simultaneous linear equations with constant coefficients. The method will be illustrated by an example. We have two de- pendent variables, y and z, and one independent variable x. D stands for j~, as before. Consider (5D + 4) y-{2D + l)z = e~ x , (1) (D+8)y- 3z =5e-* (2) Eliminate z, as in simultaneous linear equations of elementary algebra. To do this we multiply equation (1) by 3 and operate on equation (2) by (2D + 1). Subtracting the results, we get {3 (5D + 4) - (2D + 1) (D + 8)} y = 3er* - (2D + 1) 5e~», i.e. (-2D 2 -2D + 4)?/ = 8e~ x , or (D 2 +D-2)^/=-4e- a! . Solving this in the usual way, we get y = 2e- x +Ae x +Be~ 2x . The easiest way to get z in this particular example is to use equation (2), which does not involve any differential coefficients of z. Substituting for y in (2), we get Ue~ x + 9Ae x + QBe~ 2x - 3z = be~ x , so that z = 3e-« + ZAe x + 2Be~ Zx . However, when the equations do not permit of such a simple method of finding z, we may eliminate y. In our case this gives {-(D+8)(2D + l)+3(5D + 4)} 2 / = (D+8)e- a: -(5D+4)5e- a ', i.e. (- 2D 2 -2D +4) z = 12e-», giving z = 3e~ x + Ee x + Fe~ 2x . To find the relation between the four constants A, B, E, and F, substitute in either of the original equations, say (2). This gives (D + 8) (2e-» + Ae x + Be~* x ) - 3 (3e-» + Ee x +" F<r**\ = he~ x , i.e. $A - ZE) e x + (6B - 3F) e~ 2x = 0, whence E =3A and F = 2B, so z = 36-* + Ee x + Fe~ Zx = 3e~ x + SAe x + 2Be~ Zx , as before. Examples for solution. / (1) Dy- Z = 0, >l (2) (D-l7)y + (2D-8)z = 0, {D-l)y-(D + l)z = 0. (13D- 53)2/- 2^=0. ^ (3) (2D 2 -D + 9)i/-(D 2 + D + 3)z=0, (2D 2 + D + 7)*/-(D 2 -D + 5)z = 0. LINEAR EQUATIONS WITH CONSTANT COEFFICIENTS 43 J (4) (D + l)y=z + e x , J (5) (Z) 2 + 5)*/-4z = -36 cos Ix, (D + l)z = y + e x . y + D 2 z = 99cos7x. i (6) (2D + l)y + (D + 32)z = 91e- x + U7 sin 2a; + 135 cos 2a;, ^ _ (D _ 8) z = 296-* + 47 sin 2a; + 23 cos 2as. MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES ON CHAPTER HI. Solve 7(1) (D-l) 3 */ = 16e 3 *. ^(2) (4D 2 + 12D + 9)?/ = 144a*f |a! . /(3) (D 4 + 6D 3 + llD 2 + 6D)2/ = 20e- 2a; sinx. V(4) (D 3 -D 2 + 4J9-4)^ = 68e a; sin2a;. ^(5) (J> 4 -6Z) 2 -8Z)-3)2/ = 256(a; + l)e 3a! . / (6) ( D 4 - 8D 2 - 9) y = 50 sinh 2a;. >/ (7) (D 4 - 2D 2 + 1) y = 40 cosh a;. v/(8) (D-2) 2 i/ = 8(a: 2 + e 2a! + sm2a;). ^(9) (D-2) 2 2/ = 8a; 2 e 2a! sin2a;. V(10) {D 2 + l)y = 3 cos 2 x + 2 sin 3 x. >/(ll) (D 4 + 10Z) 2 + 9)*/ = 96sm2a;cosa;. V (12) (D-a) a y = a x , where a is a positive integer. jm) dhj Idy 12 log x y ^ + ?^ = 10. y(13) ^" 2 + S^~"^^" U4 ' &« + *& < ^ t2 W +t dt +2 ^ ' >/ (21) Show that the solution of (D 2 ^ 1 - 1) y = consists of Ae* and n pairs of terms of the form e C9! (B r cos sx + C> sin sx), 2irr , . 2xr where C=C0S 2^+1 * = sm 2n+r r taking the values 1, 2, 3 ... n successively. (22) If (D-a)u=0, (D-a) v = u, and (D-a)y = v, find successively u, v, and y, and hence solve (D-a) 3 2/=0. 44 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS ^ (23) Show that the solution of (D-a)(D-a-h)(D-a-2h)y = can be written Ae ax + Be ax ^—^^-+ Ce ax ( e2to - 2eto + 1 ) t h h 2 , Hence deduce the solution of (D-a) s y = 0. [This method is due to D'Alembert. The advanced student will notice that it is not quite satisfactory without further discussion. It is obvious that the second differential equation is the limit of the first, but it is not obvious that the solution of the second is the limit of the solution of the first.] ■J (24) If {D-afe mx is denoted by z, prove that z, ^-, and ~ all vanish when m = a. " m dm sj Hence prove that e ax , xe ax , and x 2 e ax are all solutions oi(D- afy = 0. [Note that the operators (D-af and ^r- are commutative.! dm J J /ok\ csi. j.r. j. cos ax-cos(a + h)x < (25) Show that {a + h /_ a , is a solution of (D 2 + a 2 ) y = cos {a + h)x. 4 Hence deduce the Particular Integral of (D 2 + a 2 )y = cos ax. [This is open to the same objection as Example 23.] (26) Prove that if V is a function of x and F{D) has its usual meaning, >/ (i) D n [xV] ^xDnV + nDn-^V; >/(ii) F(D)[xV] = xF{D)V + F'(D)V; V(iv) <j>(D)[x n V] = x n <p(D)V + nx n - 1 <f>'(D)V +... + n C r x n ~ r <p r (D)V where f(D) stands for * + "' to (w + 1 > terms > yf (27) Obtain the Particular Integrals of (i) {D-l)y = xe 2x , J (ii) (D + l)y = x 2 cosx, s/ by using the results (iii) and (iv) of the last example. v (28) Prove, by induction or otherwise, that if 6 stands for #-=-, ^ n ^=0(e-i)(e-2)...(e-n+i)y. >/ (29) Prove that ^ (i) F(B)x m =x m F(m)', 1 x m 4 (ii) TWf m ~F(mj' P rovided F ( m )+°1 where V is a function of x. LINEAR EQUATIONS WITH CONSTANT COEFFICIENTS 45 v (30) By using the results of the last question, prove that the solu- tionof A*y A dy a , . , . A nh x % j^ 2 -ix~ + 6y = x 5 is %x 5 + Ax a + Bx b , where a and b are the roots of m(m- 1) - 4m + 6 = 0, i.e. 2 and 3. </ (31) Given that (D-l)y = e* x , prove that (D-l)(D-2)y = 0. J By writing down the general solution of the second differential equation (involving two unknown constants) and substituting in the first, obtain the value of one of these constants, hence obtaining the solution of the first equation. J (32) Solve j~+p 2 y= sin ax by the method of the last question. / (33) If u x denotes e ax I ue~ ax dx, u 2 denotes e bx I u^er^ dx, etc., prove the solution of F(D)y = u, where F(D) is the product of n factors. (D-a)(D-b)... may be written y = u n . This is true even if the factors of F{D) are not all different. • Hence solve (D-a)(D-b)y = e ax log x. 7 (34) By putting „ into partial fractions, prove the solution of F(D)y = u may be expressed in the form 2-F77-re aa! | ue~ ax dx, F'(a) J provided the factors of F(D) are all different. [If the factors of F(D) are not all different, we get repeated inte- grations.] Theoretically the methods of this example and the last enable us to solve any linear equation with constant coefficients. Unfortunately, unless u is one of the simple functions (products of exponentials, sines and cosines, and polynomials) discussed in the text, we are generally left with an indefinite integration which cannot be performed. If u =f(x), we can rewrite e ax I ue~ ax dx in the form j{t)e a ^-^dt, Jk where the lower limit Jc is an arbitrary constant. 46 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS >/ (35) (i) Verify that 1 Cx P J k is a Particular Integral of [Remember that if a and b are functions of x (ii) Obtain this Particular Integral by using the result of the last example. 7 (iii) Hence solve (D 2 + l)y = cosec x. y (iv) Show that this method will also give the solution of (in a form free from signs of integration), if f(x) is any one of the func- tions tan x, cot x, sec x). V (36) Show that the Particular Integral of ^f + p*y = h cos pt repre- sents an oscillation with an indefinitely increasing amplitude. [This is the phenomenon of Resonance, which we have mentioned before (see Ex. 5 following Art. 36). Of course the physical equations of this type are only approximate, so it must not be assumed that the oscillation really becomes infinite. Still it may become too large for safety. It is for this reason that soldiers break step on crossing a bridge, in case their steps might be in tune with the natural oscillation of the structure. ] J (37) Show that the Particular Integral of d 2 y „, dy represents an oscillation with a variable amplitude ~te~ ht j . 2 P Find the maximum value of this amplitude, and show that it is very large if h is very small. J What is the value of the amplitude after an infinite time ? [This represents the forced vibration of a system which is in reson- ance with the forcing agency, when both are damped by friction. The result shows that if this friction is small the forced vibrations soon become large, though not infinite as in the last example. This is an advantage m some cases. If the receiving instruments of wireless telegraphy were not in resonance with the Hertzian waves, the effects would be too faint to be detected.] LINEAR EQUATIONS WITH CONSTANT COEFFICIENTS 47 v/(38) Solve S~ n4y=0, [This equation gives the lateral displacement y of any portion of a thin vertical shaft in rapid rotation, x being the vertical height of the portion considered. ] J (39) If, in the last example, -i = ^=0 when x=0 and x = l, prove that y = E(cos nx - cosh nx) + F (sin nx - sinh nx) and cos nl cosh wZ = 1 . [This means that the shaft is supported at two points, one a height I above the other, and is compelled to be vertical at these points. The last equation gives n when I is known. ] J (40) Prove that the Complementary Function of ^ + 3^ + 4^ + 2w -40 becomes negligible when t increases sufficiently, while that of oscillates with indefinitely increasing amplitude. [An equation of this type holds approximately for the angular velocity of the governor of a steam turbine. The first equation corre- sponds to a stable motion of revolution, the second to unstable motion or " hunting." See the Appendix to Perry's Steam Engine.] J (41) Prove that the general solution of the simultaneous equations : m dt* Ve ae at' d 2 y „ dx m dT^ Ee W where m, V, H, and e are constants, is x = A + B cos (cot - a), V y = -Y=t + C + B sin (aot-a), a He i where oo = — and A, B, G, a are arbitrary constants. * (Lor u-tj Given that — = — = a; = y = when t = 0, show that these reduce to dt dt * ' V X=—=z(l-CO8 00t), (jOit V y = —fy (oot - sin cot), the equations of a cycloid. ^ 48 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS [These equations give the path of a corpuscle of mass m and charge e repelled from a negatively-charged sheet of zinc illuminated with ultra-violet light, under a magnetic field H parallel to the surface. V is the electric intensity due to the charged surface. By finding ex- perimentally the greatest value of x, Sir J. J. Thomson determined 2V . . m —jj, from which the important ratio — is calculated when V and H are known. See Phil. Mag. Vol. 48, p. 547, 1899.] \J (42) Given the simultaneous equations, — G/l.-t t- - Qj L o J- 1 -a-. where L v L 2 , M, c x , c 2 , E and p are constants, prove that I x is of the form a x cos pt + A x cos (mt -a) + B 1 cos (nt - /3), and I 2 of the form a 2 cos ^ + -42 cos ( mt - a) + 5 2 cos («i - /3), where a x = jVc^l - p 2 c 2 L 2 ), EM „ % -^°CiC 2 , & denoting the expression (L X L 2 - ikf 2 ) c^ 4 - (L x c x + L 2 c 2 )p* + 1 ; m and w are certain definite constants ; A x , B v a and f3 are arbitrary constants ; and A 2 is expressible in terms of A x and 5 2 in terms of A 2 . Prove further that m and w are real if L 1? L 2 , M, c x , and c 2 are real and positive. [These equations give the primary and secondary currents I x and I 2 in a transformer when the circuits contain condensers of capacities c x and c 2 . L x and £ 2 are the coefficients of self-induction and M that of mutual induction. The resistances (which are usually very small) have been neglected. E sin pt is the impressed E.M.F. of the primary.] CHAPTER IV SIMPLE PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 41. In this chapter we shall consider some of the ways in which partial differential equations arise, the construction of simple par- ticular solutions, and the formation of more complex solutions from infinite series of the particular solutions. "We shall also explain the application of Fourier's Series, by which we can make these complex solutions satisfy given conditions. The equations considered include those that occur in problems on the conduction of heat, the vibrations of strings, electrostatics and gravitation, telephones, electro-magnetic waves, and the diffusion of solvents. The methods ofHhis chapter are chiefly due to Euler, D'Alembert, and Lagrange.* 42. Elimination of arbitrary functions. In Chapter I. we showed how to form ordinary differential equations by the elimination of arbitrary constants. Partial differential equations can often be formed by the elimination of arbitrary functions. Ex. (i). Eliminate the arbitrary functions / and F from .y=f(x-al) + F(x + at) (]) We get ^ =f'(x - at) + F'(x + at) and ^\^f"{x-al) + F"{x + at) (2) Similarly ~ = - af'(x - at) + aF'(x + at) and d ^=a*f"(x-at)+a*F"(x + at) (3) * Joseph Louis Lagrange of Turin (1736-1813), the greatest mathematician of the eighteenth century, contributed largely to every branch of Mathematics. He created the Calculus of Variations and much of the subject of Partial Differential Equations, and he greatly developed Theoretical Mechanics and Infinitesimal Calculus. P.p.ls, 49 p 50 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS From (2) and (3), g = ^ % (4) a partial differential equation of the second order.* Ex. (ii). Eliminate the arbitrary function / from £-£■© a nd 2 _ = _ /'l™) , dy x \x/ dz dz _ dx *dy Examples for solution. Eliminate the arbitrary functions from the following equations : v (1) z=f(x + ay). * (2) z=f(x + iy) + F(x-iy), where i 2 =-\. V (3) z =-•/(£ cos a + y sin a-at) + F(x cos a + y sin a + a£). v(4) z=f(x 2 -y 2 ). y/(5) z^e^+^fiax-by). (6) *-*»/(!). 43. Elimination of arbitrary constants. We have seen in Chapter I. how to eliminate arbitrary constants by ordinary differential equations. This can also be effected by partials. Ex. (i). Eliminate A and p from z= Ae pt sin^a;. We get d 2 z —- = -p 2 Ae vt sm. px t ox z and d 2 z — = p 2 Ae pt sin px ; therefore d 2 z d 2 z dx 2+ dt*~ ' Ex. (ii). Eliminate a, b, and c from z = a(x + y) + b{x-y)+abt + c. dz , We get =-=a + 6, dz , =-=a-6, dz , * This equation holds for the transverse vibrations of a stretched string. The most general solution of it is equation (1), which represents two waves travelling with speed a, one to the right and the other to the left, PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 51 But (a + 6) 2 -(rt-&) 2 = 4a&. M \dy) dt Therefore (*)*-(*)•-& Examples for solution. Eliminate the arbitrary constants from the following equations : ''(l) z = Ae~ p2t cos px. (2) z = Ae~ pt cos qx sin ry, where p 2 = q 2 + r\ ^(3) z = ax + (l-a)y + b. ^(4) z = ax + by + a 2 + b 2 . </(5) z = (x-a)* + (y-b)*. v/(6) az + b = a 2 x + y. 44. Special diflSculties of partial differential equations. As we have already stated in Chapter I., every ordinary differential equation of the n th order may be regarded as derived from a solution con- taining n arbitrary constants* It might be supposed that every partial differential equation of the n th order was similarly derivable from a solution containing n arbitrary functions. However, this is not true. In general it is impossible to express the eliminant of n arbitrary functions as a partial differential equation of order n. An equation of a higher order is required, and the result is not unique.f In this chapter we shall content ourselves with finding particular solutions. By means of these we can solve such problems as most commonly arise from physical considerations. £ We may console ourselves for our inability to find the most general solutions by the reflection that in those cases when they have been found it is often extremely difficult to apply them to any particular problem. § * It will be shown later (Chap. VI.) that in certain exceptional cases an ordinary differential equation admits of Singular Solutions in addition to the solution with arbitrary constants. These Singular Solutions are not derivable from the ordinary solution by giving the constants particular values, but are of quite a different form. t See Edwards' Differential Calculus, Arts. 512 and 513, or Williamson's Differential Calculus, Art. 317. J The physicist will take it as obvious that every such problem has a solution, and moreover that this solution is unique. From the point of view of pure mathematics, it is a matter of great difficulty to prove the first of these facts : this proof has only been given quite recently by the aid of the Theory of Integral Equations (see Heywood and Frechet's L' Equation de Fredholm et ses applications a la Physique Malh6matique). The second fact is easily proved by the aid of Green's Theorem (see Oarslaw's Fourier's Series and Integrals, p. 206). § For example, Whittaker has proved that the most general solution of Laplace's equation r) 2 F 7fV 7PV V— I f(x cos t + y sin t + iz, t) dt, Jo but if we wish to find a solution satisfying certain given conditions on a given surface, we generally use a solution in the form of an infinite series. 52 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 45. Simple particular solutions. Ex. (i). Consider the equation ^=-^^1 (which gives the con- duction of heat in one dimension). This equation is linear. Now, in the treatment of ordinary linear equations we found exponentials very useful. This suggests z = e mx+nt as a trial solution. Substituting in the differential equation, we get m 2 e mx+nt = ne mx+nt a? which is true if n = m 2 a 2 . Thus e mx+m ' iaH is a solution. Changing the sign of m, e ~ mx+m2aH is also a solution. Ex. (ii). Find a solution of the same equation that vanishes when t= +00 . In the previous solutions t occurs in e" 2 " 2 '. This increases with t, since m 2 a 2 is positive if m and a are real. To make it decrease, put m = ip, so that m 2 a 2 = - p 2 a 2 . This gives Jv*-&* as a solution. Similarly e -*i*-ift»* is a solution. Hence, as the differential equation is linear, e-^iAe^ + Be-***) is a solution, which we replace, as usual, by e -p*«*(2? cos px + F sin px). d 2 z d 2 z Ex. (iii). Find a solution of 3-1 + 3-2 = which shall vanish when y = + 00 , and also when cc=0. ^ Putting z = e mx + n v, we get (m 2 + n 2 )e mx+n y = Q, so m a + w a =0. The condition when y = + 00 demands that w should be real and negative, say n = - p. Then .m=±ip. Hence e- py {Ae i][,x + Be~^ x ) is a solution, i.e. e - ^(2? cos 2**; + .Fain px) is a solution. But z=0 if a?=0, so #=0. The solution required is therefore .Fe-^sin px. Examples for solution. J (1) ^ == —M. ) given that y = when x= + 00 and also when £= + 00 . Ox Ot J (2) — =— ^-4, given that z is never infinite (for any real values of v ' dx 2 a 2 oy 2 x or y), and that z=0 when x=0 or y = 0. J (3) _ + a -- = 0, given that 2 is never infinite, and that — =0 when dx oy & x x = y=0. PAR/HAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 53 / »2y a2ir 327 / (4) ^ + !lJL + " = o, given that F=0 when z=+oo, when ox 2 ay 2 oz i y= — oo , and also when 2=0. v/ (5) ~ =^-^-, given that V is never infinite, and that V = and da; 2 oyoz dV dV dV n , n 5— = — = — =0 when x=*y=z=Q. ox ay oz 22T7 32T7* *\~\T J (6) ?r^r + -^=^, given that 7=0 when «== +oo, when a=0 or 9a; 2 o«/ 2 at I, and when ?/=0 or I. 46. More complicated initial and boundary conditions.* In Ex. (iii) of Art. 45, we found Ferw sin px as a solution of &z 9 2 2 =n dx 2 + dy 2 ~ ' satisfying the conditions that 2=0 if t/= + oo or if a;=0. Suppose that we impose two extra conditions,! say z=0 if x = l and z = Ix - x 2 if y =0 for all values of a; between and I. The first condition gives sin pi =0, i.e. pl = mr, where w is any integer. For simplicity we will at first take I = 7r, giving p = n, any integer. The second condition gives F sin px = ttx - x 2 for aZZ values of x between and ?r. This is impossible. However, instead of the solution consisting of a single term, we may take Fje-v sin x + F^ sin 2x + F s e~ z y sin 3a; + ... , since the equation is linear (if this is not clear, cf . Chap. III. Art. 25), giving p the values 1, 2, 3, ... and adding the results. By putting y =0 and equating to -wx - x 2 we get Fj sin x +F 2 sin 2x+F 3 sin 3a; + ... <= ttx - x 2 for all values of x between and tt. The student will possibly think this equation as impossible to satisfy as the other, but it is a remarkable fact that we can choose values of the .F's that, make this true. This is a particular case of a more general theorem, which we now enunciate. * As t usually denotes time and x and y rectangular coordinates, a condition such as 2=0 when t = is called an initial condition, while one such as z=0 if x=0, or if x=l, or if y=x, is called a boundary condition. t This is the problem of finding the steady distribution of temperature in a semi-infinite rectangular strip of metal of breadth I, when the infinite sides are kept at 0° and the base at [lx - x 2 )". 54 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 47. Fourier's Half-Range Series. Every function of x which satisfies certain conditions can be expanded in a convergent series of the form f (x) = a x sin x + a 2 sin 2x + a z sin 3x + . . . to inf. for all values of x between and 7r (but not necessarily for the extreme values x = and x = tt). This is called Fourier's * half-range sine series. The conditions alluded to are satisfied in practically every physical problem.f Similarly, under the same conditions f(x) may be expanded in a half -range cosine series l + \ cos x + 1 2 cos 2x + 1 3 cos 3a; + . . . to inf. These are called half-range series as against the series valid between and 2ir, which contains both sine and cosine terms. The proofs of these theorems are very long and difficult. % How- ever, if it be assumed that these expansions are possible, it is easy to find the values of the coefficients. Multiply the sine series by sin nx, and integrate term by term, § giving I f(x) sin nxdx=a 1 1 sin x sin nx dx + a 2 I sin 2x sin nxdx + ... . The term with a n as a factor is pit '"I sin 2 nx dx £ (1 - cos 2nx) dx = - ft " \x - „ sin 2nx J Jo 2 1 2n Jo = 2^ n 7T. * Jean Baptiste Joseph Fourier of Auxerre (1768-1830) is best known as the author of La Thtorie analytique de la chaleur. His series arose in the solution of problems on the conduction of heat. fit is sufficient for f(x) to be single- valued, finite, and continuous, and have only a limited number of maxima and minima between a; = and x = ir. However, these conditions are not necessary. The necessary and sufficient set of conditions has not yet been discovered. t For a full discussion of Fourier's Series, see Carslaw's Fourier's Series and Integrals and Hobson's Theory of Functions. §The assumption that this is legitimate is another point that requires justification. PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 55 The term involving any other coefficient, say a r , is a r 1 sin rx sin nx dx . Jo =5" T {cos (n -r)x -cos (n +r)z} da; 2 Jo q r f sin (w - r) x sin (n + r) x ~F_ Q ~2~L n-r n+r J So all the terms on the right vanish except one. Thus I f{x)&mnxdx = la n Tr, or a n = - I /(&) sin wa; <fo. ■""Jo Similarly, it is easy to prove that if f(x) = b + b x cos a; + 6 2 cos 2ic + ... for values of x between and ir, then b = ~[ f(x)dx ttJo and b n = -\ f(x) cos nxdx for values of n other than 0. 48. Examples of Fourier's Series. (i) Expand irx-x 2 in a half -range sine series, valid between x=0 find iJC == 7T It is better not to quote the formula established in the last article. Let Trx-x i = a 1 sin x + a 2 sin 2x + a 3 sin Sx + ... . Multiply by sin nx and integrate from to ir, giving r (ttx-x 2 ) sin nxdx = a n \ sin 2 nx dx = ^ a «> as before. Now, integrating by parts, r(7ra;-x 2 )sinwa;&=r-i(7ra;-a; 2 )coswxJ + - ^(tt -2x) cos nxdx =0 + [\(7r-2x)smnx] +-=1 sin wrote l_n 2 Jo w Jo = - — Tcos nxT=-z if w is odd or if n is even. n z l Jo n z Thus a„ =-^ if n is odd ot if % is even, giving finally Q ttx - x 2 = - (sin x + J T sin Sx + T % T sin 5a; + . . •)• 56 DIFFEBENTIAL EQUATIONS (ii) Expand/(a;) in a half-range series valid from x=0 to x = x, where f(x) = mx between x=0 and x = ~ 2> and f{x)=m{ir-x) between x = ~ and x^tt. rfiflj? f iS r Se /i a?) iS ^ by different ana lytical expressions in different parts of the range.* The only novelty lies in the evaluation or the integrals. In this case jAx) sin nx c& = j* f( x ) sin nx dx+ (j( x ) sin nx dx r- * = I mx sin nx dx + f m(7r - a) sin wz <fe. if We leave the rest of the work to the student. The result is 4m . — (sin x - £ sin 3x + -gL sin 5x - ^\ sin 7x + ...). „™™ 6 S * ude f 1 t i s 1 houId draw the graph of the given function, and compare it with the graph of the first term and of the sum of the first . two terms of this expansion, f * Examples for solution. betwtr^otd"" fUnCti0nS " half " iange ^ SeriCS ' ^ >/ (1) 1. J (2) x. /(3) &. / (4) cosx. /( 6 ) «-. / (6) f(x)=0 from z=0 to x=Z, and from x = ~ to tt, f(x)=(lx-7r)(37r-±x) from z = v to « = — . / (7) Which of these expansions hold good (a) for x=0 ? (6) forx = 7r? 49. Application of Fourier's series to satisfy boundary conditions. We can now complete the solution of the problem of Art. 46 We found in Art. 46 that F x e~y sin x + F 2 e~ 2 ^ sin 2x + F 3 e~^ sin 3x + . . . satisfied all the conditions, if F t smx+F 2 sin 2x+F 3 sin 3x + ...== ttx - x 2 for all values of x between and tt. exprZriTalMTf r r, aP ^ e - S ^ * A*> ? § iven ^ a § ra P h with n ° analytical expression at all if the conditions given in the footnote to Art. 47 are satisfied metiS ra T 5 un ? tl °n geographically, these integrals are deiermSed by ariih- metical approximation or by an instrument known as a Harmonic Analysed Art 59 ^Morf ,?!f a F hS Wil1 b6 f °- Und j . n C ™ s ^s Fourier's Series and Inteqrah, art. 59. More elaborate ones are given in the Phil. Mag., Vol. 45 (1898). PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 57 In Ex. (i) of Art. 48 we found that, between and tt, o - (sin x + 2V sm &c + ii-5 sin bx + ...) = ttx- x 2 . IT Thus the solution required is g - (e~y sin x + ^ter 3 y sin Zx + 1 i T e ~ 5j/ sm 5a? + . . .). 50. In the case when the boundary condition involved I instead of 7r, we found Ferw sin px as a solution of the differential equation, and the conditions showed that p, instead of being a positive integer n, must be of the form rnr/l. Thus F x e~^ 1 sin irx/l + Ftfr 2 ^ 1 sin 2irx/l + ... satisfies all the conditions if F x sin ttx/1 + F 2 sin 2ttx/1 + . . . = Ix - x 2 for all values of x between and I. 72 72 Put 7rx/l=z. Then \x-x 2 =—Airz-z 2 ). The *"s are thus -= 7T 2 7T Z times as much as before. The solution is therefore 8Z 2 -3 (er*l l sin irxjl +^ T e~ Zir yl l sin Sttx/I + Ti^er^/i sin 5ttx/1 + ...). MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES ON CHAPTER IV. / 1 -Jt V (1) Verify that V — —r t e iKt is a solution of d 2 V_l dV dx 2 ~K dt' J (2) Eliminate A and p from V=Ae-*> x sin (2p 2 Kt-px). dV d 2 V y (3) Transform ^=K^-hV dW v d 2 W t0 ~cT =K ^¥ by putting V=e~ M W. [The first equation gives the temperature of a conducting rod whose surface is allowed to radiate heat into air at temperature zero. The given transformation reduces the problem to one without radiation.] I (4) Transform dt~r 2 dr\ dr) dt Br 2 by putting W = rV. [The first equation gives the temperature of a sphere, when heat flows radially.] 58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS \/ (5) Eliminate the arbitrary functions from ' V = ±[f(r-at) + F(r + at)l i J V (6) (i) Show that if e mx+int is a solution of where n and h are real, then m must be complex. ^(ii) Hence, putting m=-g-if, show that V e~ gx sin (nt -/a) is a solution that reduces to V sinnt for x=0, provided K(g 2 -f 2 )=h and n^Kfg. ^(iii) If V=0 when x = +oo , show that if iT and w are positive so are g and /. [In Angstrom's method of measuring K (the " diffusivity "), one end of a very long bar is subjected to a periodic change of temperature V sin nt. This causes heat waves to travel along the bar. By measur- ing their velocity and rate of decay n/f and g are found. K is then calculated from K = n/2fg.] I dV d 2 V v (7) Find a solution of ^- = Zry reducing to V sin nt for x=0 and to zero f or % — + oo . ot ox [This is the problem of the last question when no radiation takes place. The bar may be replaced by a semi-infinite solid bounded by a plane face, if the flow is always perpendicular to that face. Kelvin found K for the earth by this method.] y/ (8) Prove that the simultaneous equations are satisfied by V = Vtfr<*+V) x+int , if g*-f* = RK-n 2 LC, 2fg = n(RC + LK), and I 2 {R + iLn) = 7 2 (Z + iCn). [These are Heaviside's equations for a telephone cable with resist- ance R, capacity C, inductance L, and leakance K, all measured per unit length. 1 is the current and V the electromotive force.] J (9) Show that in the last question g is independent of n if RC = KL. [The attenuation of the wave depends upon g, which in general depends upon n. Thus, if a sound is composed of harmonic waves of different frequencies, these waves are transmitted with different degrees of attenuation. The sound received at the other end is therefore MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 59 distorted. Heaviside's device of increasing L and K to make RC = KL prevents this distortion.] £ (10) In question (8), if L~K=0, show that both V and I are propagated with velocity \/(2n/RC). [The velocity is given by n/f.] J (11) Show that the simultaneous equations kdP_dy_dfi. _fida = BR _dQ . c ~9t~dy ~ dz ' c dt dy dz' kdQ_da_dy, _£?# = ?*L??; c dt ~ dz dx' c dt dz dx ' kdR_d]3_da. _fidy = dQdP^ c ~dt~dx dy' c dt dx dy ' are satisfied by P = ; a = ; Q = 0; j3 = /3 sin p{x-vt); R = R smp(x-vt); y = 0; provided that v=c/Vhft, and &=-VWm)#o- [These are Maxwell's electromagnetic equations for a dielectric of specific inductive capacity k and .permeability fi. P, Q, R are the components of the electric intensity and a, &, y those of the magnetic intensity, c is the ratio of the electromagnetic to the electrostatic units (which is equal to the velocity of light in free ether). The solution shows that plane electromagnetic waves travel with the velocity c/vJcfi, and that the electric and magnetic intensities are perpendicular to the direction of propagation and to each other.] dV d 2 V V (12) Find a solution oi ~^ = K ^ such that F=£oo if J=+oo; 7=0 if x=0 or 7r, for all values of t ; Y^ttx-x 2 if t = 0, for values of x between and x. [N.B. Before attempting this question read again Arts. 46 and 49. V is the temperature of a non-radiating rod of length tt whose ends are kept at 0°, the temperature of the rod being initially (ttx-x 2 ) at a distance x from an end.] / (13) What does the solution of the last question become if the length of the rod is I instead of tt ? [N.B. Proceed as in Art. 50.] ,/ (14) Solve question (12) if the condition F = for a? = or tt is dV replaced by g-=0 for x=0 or ir. [Instead of the ends being at a constant temperature, they are here treated so that no heat can pass through them.] j (15) Solve question (12) if the expression ttx - x* is replaced by 100. 60 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (16) Find a solution of -^-^K^ such that V=J=co if t= +00 ; 7 = 100 if z=0 or 7r for all values of t ; 7=0 if t=0 for all values of x between and ir. [Here the initially ice-cold rod has its ends in boiling water.] v (17) Solve question (15) if the length is I instead of tt. If I increases indefinitely, show that the infinite series becomes the integral 200 fl _.„. . — r -e~ Aat sm ax da. t Jo a [N.B. This is called a Fourier's Integral. To obtain this result Put (2r + l)7r/l = a and 2ir/1 = da. Kelvin used an integral in his celebrated estimate of the age of the earth from the observed rate of increase of temperature underground. (See example (107) of the miscellaneous, set at the end of the book.) Strutt's recent discovery that heat is continually generated within the earth by radio-active processes shows that Kelvin's estimate was too small.] yf (18) Find a solution of -=- = #— such that 7 is finite when t = + oo ; dY n ^j -=-=0 when x=0,\ , ox V for all values of t ; 7=0 when x = l,J F= 7 when t=0, for all values of x between and I. [If a small test-tube containing a solution of salt is completely submerged in a very large vessel full of water, the salt diffuses up out of the test-tube into the water of the large vessel. If 7 is the initial concentration of the salt and I the length of test-tube it fills, V gives the concentration at any time at a height x above the bottom of the test-tube. The condition ^- = when x=0 means that no diffusion takes place at the closed end. 7=0 when x = l means that at the top of the test-tube we have nearly pure water.] >f (19) Find a solution of |^ = v 2 |^ such that y involves x trigonometrically ; y = when x=0 or tt, for all values of t ; dy 57=0 when t = 0, for all values of x ; y = mx between x=0 and — , Z y = m(7r-x) between x = — and ir, f-ftr all Yflliififi of f MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 61 [N.B. See the second worked example of Art. 48. y is the transverse displacement of a string stretched between two points a distance ir apart. The string is plucked aside a distance m7r/2 at its middle point and then released.] \J * (20) Writing the solution of j\ = D z y, where D is a constant, in the form „ „ „ y^^A + e-^B, deduce the solution of r^ 2 =rf in the form ' y Jf(t + x) + F(t-x) by substituting -^ for D, f{t) and F(t) for A and B respectively, and using Taylor's theorem in its symbolical form f(t + x) = e* J) f(t). [The results obtained by these symbolical methods should be regarded merely as probably correct. Unless they can be verified by other means, a very careful examination of the argument is necessary to see if it can be taken backwards from the result to the differential equation. Heaviside has used symbolical methods to solve some otherwise insoluble problems. See his Electromagnetic Theory. ] V * (21) From the solution of -=? = D 2 y, where D is a constant, deduce that of a^=-59 m tne f° rm dx dt* a2 , x% ^ [This is not a solution unless the series is convergent. ] Use this form to obtain a solution which is rational, integral, and algebraic of the second degree in t. / *(22) Transform the equation ^|= : » 2 5^ D y changing the inde- pendent variables x and t to X and T, where X = x-at; T = x + at. Hence solve the original equation. * To be omitted on a first reading. CHAPTER V EQUATIONS OF THE FIRST ORDER BUT NOT OF THE FIRST DEGREE 51. In this chapter we shall deal with some special types of equations of the first order and of degree higher than the first for which the solution can sometimes be obtained without the use of infinite series. These special types are : (a) Those solvable for p. (b) Those solvable for y. (c) Those solvable for x. 52. Equations solvable for p. If we can solve for p, the equation of the n th degree is reduced to n equations of the first degree, to which we apply the methods of Chap. II. Ex. (i). The equation p 2 +px+py + xy=0 gives p— -x or p = -y ; from which 2y= -x 2 + Cl or x= -log y + c 2 ; or, expressed as one equation, (2y + x 2 - Cl )(x + logy-c 2 )=0 (1) At this point we meet with a difficulty ; the complete primitive apparently contains two arbitrary constants, whereas we expect only one, as the equation is of the first order. But consider the solution (2y + x 2 -c)(x + logy~c)=0 (2) If we are considering only one value of each of the constants c, c x , and c 2 , these equations each represent a pair of curves, and of course not the same pair (unless c = c 1 = c 2 ). But if we consider the infinite set of pairs of curves obtained by giving the constants all possible values from - oo to + oo , we shall get the same infinite set when taken altogether, though possibly in a different order. Thus (2) can be taken as the complete primitive. 62 EQUATIONS OF THE FIRST ORDER 63 Ex. (ii). p 2 +p- 2=0. Here p = l or p = -2, giving y=x + c x or y=-2x + c 2 . As before, we take the complete primitive as (y-x-c)(y + 2x-c)=0, not (y-x-c 1 ){y + 2x-c 2 )=0. Each of these equations represents all lines parallel either to y = x or to y = — 2x. Examples for solution. ^(1) p 2 +p-6=0. ^(2) p 2 + 2xp = 3x 2 . (3) p 2 = x 5 . >/ (4) x + yp 2 =p{l+xy). V(5) p s -p(x 2 + xy + y 2 )+xy(x + y)=0. V(6) j9 2 -2^cosha; + l=0. 53. Equations solvable for y. If the equation is solvable for y, we differentiate the solved form with respect to x. Ex. (i). p 2 -py + x=0. Solving for y, V =Z V + -- „.„. . . dp 1 x dp Differentiating, p= ,_ +___-, l\dx f l\dx «__■, \ p) dp p 2 This is a linear equation of the first order, considering p as the independent variable. Proceeding as in Art. 19, the student will obtain x=p(c + cosh.~ 1 p)(p 2 - 1) . X -h Hence, as y=p + ~, y=p + (c + co8h.- 1 p)(p 2 -l) . These two equations for x and y in terms of p give the parametric equations of the solution of the differential equation. For any given value of c, to each value of p correspond one definite value of x and one of y, defining a point. As p varies, the point moves, tracing out a curve. In this example we can eliminate p and get the equation con- necting x and y, but for tracing the curve the parametric forms are as good, if not better. Ex. (ii). 3p 5 -py + 1=0. Solving for y, y = 3p* + p~ x . •^.«. . . *~ ->dp «dp Differentiating, p = 12;P 3 -r- - V T^» i.e. dx = (12p 2 -p- 3 )dj). Integrating, x = 4p 3 + \p~ 2 +cA and from above,' y = 3p A +p~ 1 . J The student should trace the graph of this for some particular value of c, say c=0. 64 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 54. Equations solvable for x. If the equation is solvable for x, dx we differentiate the solved form with respect to y, and rewrite -r- 1 in the form - . V Ex. p 2 -py + x=0. This was solved in the last article by solving for y. Solving for x, x—py- p 2 . Differentiating with respect to y, 1 dp . dp which is a linear equation of the first order, considering p as the inde- pendent and y as the dependent variable. This may be solved as in Art. 19. The student will obtain the result found in the last article. Examples for solution. J (1) x = ±p + ip 3 . ^ (2) p 2 -2xp + l=0. v(3) y=p 2 x+p. \/(4) y = x+p 3 . j(5) p 3 +p = ev. - ,/(6) 2y+p 2 + 2p = 2x(p + l). v(7) p 3 -p(y + 3)+x=0. -J (8) y=psmp + co$p. J (9) y=pta,np+logcosp. ,/(10) eV~y=p 2 -l. J (ll)V^n{x-^). J (12) Prove that all curves of the family given by the solution of Ex. 1 cut the axis of y at right angles. Find the value of c for that curve of the family that goes through the point (0, 1). Trace this curve on squared paper. •J (13) Trace the curve given by the solution of Ex. 9 with c = 0. Draw the tangents at the points given by p = 0, p = l, p = 2 and p = 3, and verify, by measurement, that the gradients of these tangents are respectively 0, 1, 2 and 3. CHAPTER VI SINGULAR SOLUTIONS* 55. We know from coordinate geometry that the straight line y=mx+— touches the parabola y 2 = iax, whatever the value of m. Tib Consider the point of contact P of any particular tangent. At P the tangent and parabola have the same direction, so they have a common value of -=?, as well as of x and y. Fig. 7. But for the tangent m=^-=p say, so the tangent satisfies the differential equation y=*px-\ — . Hence the equation holds also for the parabola at P, where x, y> and p are the same as for the tangent. As P may be any point on the parabola, the equation of the parabola y^^^ax must be a solution of the differential equation, as the student will easily verify. * The arguments of this chapter will be based upon geometrical intuition. The results therefore cannot be considered to be proved, but merely suggested as probably true in certain cases. The analytical theory presents grave difficulties (see M. J. M. Hill, Proc. Lond. Math, floe., 1918). p.d.e. 65 E 66 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS In general, if we have any singly infinite system of curves which all touch a fixed curve, which we will call their envelope* and if this family represents the complete primitive of a certain differential equation of the first order, then the envelope represents a solution of the differential equation. For at every point of the envelope x, y, and p have the same value for the envelope and the curve of the family that touches it there. Such a solution is called a Singular Solution. It does not contain any arbitrary constant, and is not deducible from the .Complete Primitive by giving a particular value to the arbitrary constant in it. • Example for solution. ^ Prove that the straight line y-x is the envelope of the family of parabolas y = x + l{x-c) 2 . Prove that the point of contact is (c, c), and that p=?l for the parabola and envelope at this point. Obtain the differential equation of the family of parabolas in the form y=x + (p-l) 2 , and verify that the equation of the envelope satisfies this. Trace the envelope and a few parabolas of the family, taking c as 0, 1, 2, etc. 56. We shall now consider how to obtain singular solutions. It has been shown that the envelope of the curves represented by the complete primitive gives a singular solution, so we shall commence by examining the method of finding envelopes. The general method f is to eliminate the parameter c between f(x, y, c) = 0, the equation of the family of curves, and I- E.g. if f(x,y,c) = is y-cx--=0, ....(1) %-0 - - » + £-». (2) giving c = ± l/\/x. *In Lamb's Infinitesimal Calculus, 2nd ed., Art. 155, the envelope of a family is defined as the locus of ultimate intersection of consecutive curves of the family. As thus denned it may include node- or cusp loci in addition to or instead of what we have called envelopes. (We shall give a geometrical reason for this in Art. 56 ; see Lamb for an analytical proof. ) fSee Lamb's Infinitesimal Calculus, 2nd ed., Art. 155. If f{x, y, c) is of the form Ltf + Mc + N, the result comes to M 2 -4:LN. Thus, for 1 n y-cx-- = 0, i. e. c 2 x -cy + 1 = 0, the result is y 2 =±x. SINGULAR SOLUTIONS 67 Substituting in (1), y=±2y/z, or V • = ix. This method is equivalent to finding the locus of intersection of f(x,y, c)=0, and f(x,y,c + h)=0, two curves of the family with parameters that differ by a small quantity h, and proceeding to the limit when h approaches zero. The result is called the c-discriminant oif(x, y, c) =0. 57. Now consider the diagrams 8, 9, 10, 11. Fig. 8 shows the case where the curves of the family have no special singularity. The locus of the ultimate intersections Fig. 8. PQRSTUV is a curve which has two points in common with each of the curves of the family (e.g. Q and R lie on the locus and also on the curve marked 2). In the limit the locus PQRSTUV there- fore touches each curve of the family, and is what we have defined as the envelope. In Fig. 9 each curve of the family has a node. Two con- secutive curves intersect in three points (e.g. curves 2 and 3 in the points P, Q, and R). The locus of such points consists of three distinct parts EE', AA', and BB'. When we proceed to the limit, taking the consecutive curves ever closer and closer, AA' and BB' will move up to coincidence with the node-locus NN', while EE' will become an envelope. So 68 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS in this case we expect the c-discriminant to contain the square of the equation of the node-locus, as well as the equation of the envelope. Fig. 9. As Fig. 10 shows, the direction of the node-locus NN' at any point P on it is in general not the same as that of either branch of the curve with the node at P. The node-locus has x and y in common with the curve at P, but not p, so the node-locus is not a solution of the differential equation of the curves of the family. Fig. 10. If the node shrinks into a cusp, the loci BE' and NN' of Fig. 10 move up to coincidence, forming the cusp-locus CC of Fig. 11. Now NN' was shown to be the coincidence of the two loci AA! and BB' of Fig. 9, so CC is really the coincidence of three loci, and its equation must be expected to occur cubed in the c-discriminant. Fig. 11 shows that the cusp-locus, like the node-locus, is not (in general) a solution of the differential equation. C FIG. 11. To sum up, we may expect the c-discriminant to. contain (i) the envelope, (ii) the node-locus squared, (iii) the cusp-locus cubed. SINGULAB SOLUTIONS 69 The envelope is a singular solution, but the node- and cusp- loci are not (in general *)- solutions at all. 58. The following examples will illustrate the preceding results : Ex.(i). V=P 2 - The complete primitive is easily found to be iy = {x - c) , i.e. c*-2cx + x 2 -±y=0. As this is a quadratic in c, we can write down the discriminant at once as (2x) 2 = 4(a; 2 -4</), ie y = 0, representing the envelope of the family of equal parabolas given by the complete primitive, and occurring to the first degree only, as an envelope should. y Fig. 12. Ex. (ii). 3y=>2px-2^. Proceeding as in the last chapter, we get 8p-ap+ag+(a»-4f)|. i.e. px*-2p* = {2a?-4:px)-£, i.e. a; 2 -2p=0 or p = 2x dx dp x p dp dx' .(A) * We say in general, because it is conceivable that in some special example a node- or cusp-locus may coincide with an envelope or with a curve of the family. 70 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS log x = 2 log p - log c, cx=p 2 , whence 3y = 2c 5 a5 5 ' - 2c, «.e. (3y + 2c) 2 = iex s , a family of semi-cubical parabolas with their .cusps on the axis of y. The c-discriminant is (3y -x z ) 2 = 9y 2 , i.e. x s (6y-a?)=0. The cusp-locus appears cubed, and the other factor represents the envelope. It is easily verified that 6y = a? is a solution of the differential equation, while x=0 (giving p = oo ) is not. If we take the first alternative of the equations (A), i.e. x 2 -2p=0, we get by substitution for p in the differential equation i.e. the envelope. This illustrates another method of finding singular solutions. FIG. 13. Examples for solution. Find the complete primitives *and singular solutions (if any) of the following differential equations. Trace the graphs for Examples 1-4 : ^(1) 4p 8 -9aj = 0. ^(2) 4p*(z-2) = l. *(3) xp*-2yp + 4x=0. V(4) p 2 + y 2 -l=0. 7(5) p 2 + 2xp-y = 0. ^(6) xp 2 -2yp + l=0. J~(7) ixp 2 + 4:yp-l=0. SINGULAR SOLUTIONS ?1 59 The p-discriminant. We shall now consider how to obtain the singular solutions of a differential equation directly from the equation itself, without having to find the complete primitive. Consider the equation x 2 p 2 -yp +1=0. If we give x and y any definite numerical values, we get a quad- ratic for p. For example, if p=\ or 1. Thus there are two curves of the family satisfying this equation through every point. These two curves will have the same tangent at all points where the equation has equal roots in p, i.e. where the discriminant?/ 2 - 4a 2 =0. Similar conclusions hold for the quadratic Lp 2 + Mp+N=0, where L, M, N are any functions of x and y. There are two curves through every point in the plane, but these curves have the same direction at all points on the locus M 2 - ±LN =0. More generally, the differential equation f(x, y, p)^L p n +L 1 p n ' 1 +L 2 p n - 2 + ... +L n =0, where the L's are functions of x and y, gives n values of p for a given pair of values of x and y, corresponding to n curves through any point. Two of these n curves have the same tangent at all points on the locus given by eliminating p from [f{x,y,p)=0, \% -»• for this is the condition given in books on theory of equations for the existence of a repeated root. We are thus led to the ^-discriminant, and we must now in- vestigate the properties of the loci represented by it. 60. The Envelope. The ^-discriminant of the equation 1 y=px + ~ or p*x-py +1=0 is y 2 =± x - . t We have already found that the complete primitive consists of the tangents to the parabola, which is the singular solution. Two of these tangents pass through every point P in the plane, and these tangents coincide for points on the envelope. 72 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS This is an example of the ^-discriminant representing an envelope. Fig. 15 shows a more general case of this. Consider the curve SQP as moving up to coincidence with the curve PRT, always remaining in contact with the envelope QRU. The point P will move up towards R, and the tangents to the two curves through P will finally coincide with each other and with the tangent at the envelope at R. Thus R is a point for which the p's of the two curves of the system through the point coincide, and consequently the ^-discriminant vanishes. u Fig. 15. Thus the ^-discriminant may be an envelope of the curves of the system, and if so, as shown in Art. 55, is a singular solution. 61. The tac-Iocus. The envelope is thus the locus of points where two consecutive curves of the family have the same value of p. But it is quite possible for two non-consecutive curves to touch. Consider a family of circles, all- of equal radius, whose centres lie on a straight line. SINGULAR SOLUTIONS 73 Fig. 16 shows that the line of centres is the locus of the point of contact of pairs of circles. This is called a tac-locus. Fig. 17 Fig. 16. shows circles which do not quite touch, but cut in pairs of neigh- bouring points, lying on two neighbouring loci AA' , BB' . When we proceed to the limiting case of contact these two loci coincide in the tac-locus TT'. Thus the ^-discriminant may be expected to contain the equation of the tac-locus squared. Fig. 17. It is obvious that at the point P in Fig. 16 the direction of the tac-locus is not the direction of the two circles. Thus the relation between x, y, and p satisfied by the circles will not be satisfied by the tac-locus, which has the same x and y but a different p at P. In general, the tac-locus does not furnish a solution of the differential equation. 62. The circles of the last article are represented by (x+c) 2 + y 2 =r% if the line of centres is Ox. This gives x + c = Vr 2 - y 2 , or l=-yp/Vr*-y 2 , i.e. y 2 p 2 +y 2 -r 2 = 0. The ^-discriminant of this is y 2 (y 2 -r 2 ) =0. The line y=0 (occurring squared, as we expected) is the tac- locus, y= ±r are the envelopes EE' and FF' of Fig. 16; y = ±r, giving #=0, are singular solutions of the differential equation, but y =0 does not satisfy it. 63. The cusp-locus. The contact that gives rise to the equal roots in p may be between two branches of the same curve instead 74 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS of between two different curves, i.e. the ^-discriminant vanishes at a cusp. As shown in Fig. 18, the direction of the cusp-locus at any point P on it is in general not the same as that of the tangent to the cusp, so the cusp-locus is not a solution of the differential equation. Fig. 18. -It is natural to enquire if the equation of the cusp-locus will appear cubed in the ^-discriminant, as in the c-discriminant. To decide this, consider the locus of points for which the two p's are nearly but not quite equal, when the curves have very flat nodes. This will be the locus NN' of Fig. 19. In the limit, when the nodes k Fig. 19. contract into cusps, we get the cusp-locus, and as in this case there is no question of two or more loci coinciding, we expect the p- discriminant to contain the equation of the cusp-locus to the first power only. 64. Summary of results. The ^-discriminant therefore may be expected to contain (i) the envelope, (ii) the tac-locus squared, (iii) the cusp-locus, and the c-discriminant to contain (i) the envelope, (ii) the node-locus squared, (iii) the cusp-locus cubed. SINGULAR SOLUTIONS 75 Of these only the envelope is a solution of the differential equation. 65. Examples. Ex. (i). p 8 (2-3y) a = 4(l-y). Writing this in the form dx_ 2-Sy d y - ± 2V(i-y)' we easily find the complete primitive in the form (x-c) 2 = y 2 (l-y). The c-discriminant and ^-discriminant are respectively y*(l-y)=0 and (2-Sy) 2 (l -</)=0. l-y=0, which occurs in both to the first degree, gives an envelope ; v=0 which occurs squared in the c-discriminant and not at all in the p-discriminant, gives a node-locus ; 2 - 3y=0, which occurs squared in the p-discriminant and not at all in the c-discnmmant, gives a tac-locus. , , It is easily verified that of these three loci only the equation ol the envelope satisfies the differential equation. Fig. 20. Ex. (ii). Consider the family of circles x 2 + y 2 + 2cx + 2c 2 -l=0. By eliminating c (by the methods of Chap. I.), we obtain the differ- ential equation 2y 2 p 2 + 2xyp + x 2 + y 2 -l=0. 76 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS The c- and ^-discriminants are respectively x 2 -2(x 2 + y2-l)=0 and x *y*-2y*(x^y?-l)=0, i.e. x* + 2y*-2 = and y 2 (x 2 + 2y^-2)=0. x 2 + 2y 2 -2=0 gives an envelope as it occurs to the first degree in both discriminants, while y=0 gives a tac-locus, as it occurs squared in the ^-discriminant and not at all in the c-discriminant. Fig. 21. Examples for solution. In the following examples find the complete primitive if the differ- ential equation is given or the differential equation if the complete primitive is given. Find the singular solutions (if any). Trace the graphs. * (1) 4x(x-l)(x-2)p2- (3x* -6x + 2)2=0. / (2 ) 4»p»-(3*-l) 8 =0. •(3) yp*-2xp + y = 0. >/(4) 3xp 2 -6yp + x + 2y=0. J (5) p* + 2px* -4:x 2 y = 0. /(6) jfi - ixyp + % 2 = 0. ,/(7) x* + y2-2cx + c 2 cos 2 a=0. J(8) c* + 2cy-x 2 + l=0. j (9) c* + (x + y)c + l-xy=0. /(10) x 2 + y* + 2cxy + c 2 -l =0. 66. Clairaut's Form.* We commenced this chapter by con- sidering the equation a * Alexis Claude Clairaut, of Paris (1713-1765), although best known in con- nection with differential equations, wrote chiefly on astronomy. SINGULAR SOLUTIONS 77 This is a particular case of Clairaut's Form y=px+f(p) (1) To solve, differentiate with respect to y. p=p + {x +/'($)}-£; iz=°> P= c > " therefore (2) dx or 0=x+f(p) ....(3) Using (1) and (2) we get the complete primitive, the family of straight lines, y=cx+f{c) (4) If we eliminate p from (1) and (3) we shall simply get the ^-dis- criminant. To find the c-discriminant we eliminate c from (4) and the result of differentiating (4) partially with respect to c, i.e. 0=x+f'(c) (5) Equations (4) and (5) differ from (1) and (3) only in having c instead of p. The eliminants are therefore the same, Thus both disoriminants must represent the envelope. Of course it is obvious that a family of straight lines cannot have node-, cusp-, or tac-loci. Equation (4) gives the important result that the complete primi- tive of a differential equation of Clairaut's Form may be written down immediately by simply writing c in place of p. 67. Example. Find the curve such that OT varies as tan \fr, where T is the point in which the tangent at any point cuts the axis of x, i/r is its inclination to this axis, and is the origin. y O T N Fig. 22. 78 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS From the figure, OT = ON-TN = x-y cot \Js I V y = x~- smce tan\fr=p; therefore X -- = hv p F ' i.e. y—px-hp 2 . This is of Clairaut's Form, so the complete primitive is y = cx- he 2 , and the singular solution is the discriminant of this, i.e. x 2 = ihy. The curve required is the parabola represented by this singular solution. The complete primitive represents the family of straight lines tangent to this parabola. Examples for solution. Find the complete primitive and singular solutions of the following differential equations. Trace the graphs for Examples (1), (2), (4), (7), (8) and (9). i/(l) y=px+p 2 . ^(2) y=px+p s . </ (3) y=px + cosp. J (±) y = px + y/(a 2 p 2 + b 2 ). v/(5) p=log(px-y). J (6) smpxcosy = cospxnmy+p. J (7) Find the differential equation of the curve such that the tangent makes with the co-ordinate axes a triangle of constant area h 2 , and hence find the equation of the curve in integral form. \J (8) Find the curve such that the tangent cuts off intercepts from the axes whose sum is constant. / (9) Find the curve such that the part of the tangent intercepted between the axes is of constant length. MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES ON CHAPTER VI. v Illustrate the solutions by a graph whenever possible. /(I) Examine for singular solutions p 2 + 2xp = 3x 2 . V (2) Reduce xyp 2 -{x 2 + y 2 -l)p + xy=0 to Clairaut's form by the substitution X=x 2 ; Y = y 2 . Hence show that the equation represents a family of conies touching the four sides of a square. MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 79 /(3) Show that xyp 2 + {x 2 -y 2 -h 2 )p-xy = represents a family of confocal conies, with the foci at ( ± h, 0), touching the four imaginary lines joining the foci to the circular points at infinity. J (4) Show by geometrical reasoning or otherwise that the sub- stitution x = aX+bY, y = a'X+b'Y, converts any differential equation of Clairaut's form to another equation of Clairaut's form. >/. (5) Show that the complete primitive of 8p d x = y(12p 2 -9) is (aj + c) 8 = 3y*c, the p-di scriminant */ 2 (9» 2 -4?/ 2 )=0, and the c-dis- criminant y* (9x 2 - 4# 2 ) = 0. Interpret these discriminants. / (6) Reduce the differential equation dy X 2 p 2 + yp (2x + y)+y 2 =0, where p = ^- to Clairaut's form by the substitution £=y, r] = xy. Hence, or otherwise, solve the equation. Prove that y + 4:X = is a singular solution ; and that y = is both part of the envelope and part of an ordinary solution. [London.] \A (7) Solve y 2 \y- x ^) = ^\lf) ' wnic h can be transformed to Clairaut's form by suitable substitutions. [London.] y/ (8) Integrate the differential equations : %/(i) 3(p + x) 2 = (p-x) 3 . J (ii) y 2 (l + ±p 2 ) - 2pxy -1=0. ^In (ii) find the singular solution and explain the significance of any factors that occur. [London.] j (9) Show that the curves of the family y 2 -2cx 2 y + c 2 (x i -x*)=0 all have a cusp at the origin, touching the axis of x. By eliminating c obtain the differential equation of the family in the form Ap 2 x 2 {x - 1) - 4pxy (4z - 3j|) + (16s - 9)y 2 =0. Show that both discriminants take the form a?y 2 =0, but that a;=0 is not a solution, while y =0 is a particular integral as well as an envelope. [This example shows that our theory does not apply without modi- fication to families of curves, with a cusp at a fixed point.] / (10) Show that the complete primitive of represents the family of equal lemniscates of Bernoulli r 2 = a 2 cos2(0-a), inscribed in the circle r = a, which is the singular solution, with the point r=0 as a node-locus. 80 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS ^ (11) Obtain and interpret the complete primitive and singular solution of /J \a (a) + ' 2 - 2 ™=o- V (12) Show that r = cQ-c 2 is the complete primitive and ir=Q % the singular solution of df ^, 2 r==6 dd~ \dd) ' Verify that the singular solution touches the complete primitive at the point (c 2 , 2c), the common tangent there making an angle tan -1 c with the radius vector. CHAPTER VII MISCELLANEOUS METHODS FOR EQUATIONS OF THE SECOND AND HIGHER ORDERS 68. In this chapter we shall be concerned chiefly with the reduction of equations of the second order to those of the first order. We shall show that the order can always be so reduced if the equation (i) does not contain y explicitly ; or (ii) does not contain x explicitly ; or (iii) is homogeneous. A special form of equation, of some importance in Dynamics, may be reduced by using an integrating factor. The remainder of the chapter will be devoted to the linear equation, excluding the simple case, already fully discussed in Chapter III., where the coefficients are merely constants. It will be found that the linear equation of the second order can be reduced to one of the first order if (i) the operator can be factorised, or (ii) any one integral belonging to the complementary function is known. If the complete complementary function is known, the equation may be solved by the method of Variation of Parameters. This elegant method (due to Lagrange) is applicable to linear equations of any order. Further information on linear equations, such as the condition for exact equations, the normal form, the invariantive condition o f equivalence, and the Schwarzian derivative, will be found in the form of problems among the miscellaneous examples at the end of the chapter, with hints sufficient to enable the student to work them out for himself. P.P.E. 81 f 82 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS We shall use suffixes to denote differentiations with respect to x > e -9- Vz f° r j{> Du t when the independent variable is any other than x the differential coefficients will be written in full. 69. y absent. If y does not occur explicitly in an equation of the second order, write p for y x and -— - for y % . We obtain an equation containing only ^-, p, and x, and so of the first order. I Consider, for example, xy 2 +y 1 = ±x. This transforms into x-J-+p = 4:X, which can be integrated at once xp = 2a? 2 + a, n a t.e. p=Zx+-. J x By integrating, y = x % + a log x + b, where a and b are arbitrary constants. This method may be used to reduce an equation of the n th order not containing y explicitly to one of the (n - l) th . 70. x absent. If x is the absent letter, we may still write p for dp . dp dy dp dp m , y 1} but for y % we now write pf y , since V^=f x2y -^ =** The procedure reduces an equation of the second order without x to one of the first order in the variables p and y. For example, yy^Vi transforms into VP-iz^ P 2 > from which the student will easily obtain p=by and y^ae 1 ™. Examples for solution. >/ (1) 2/ 2 cos 2 a;=l. ^(2) yy 2 +y 1 2 ='y 1 . V(3) yy 2 + l=y x * v/ (4) Reduce to the previous example, and hence solve 2/i2/3 + 2/i 2==2 2/2 2 - J (5) xy 3 + y 2 = 12a;. yj (6) y n - 2y n _ x = e x . t (7) Integrate and interpret geometrically a+yi 2 f _ !: EQUATIONS OF SECOND AND HIGHER ORDERS 83 v (8) The radius of curvature of a certain curve is equal to the length of the normal between the curve and the axis of x. Prove that the curve is a catenary or a circle, according as it is convex or concave to the axis of x. \f (9) Find and solve the differential equation of the curve the length of whose arc, measured from a fixed point A to a variable point P, is proportional to the tangent of the angle between the tangent at P and the axis of x. * 71. Homogeneous equations. If x and y are regarded as of dimension 1, y x is of dimension 0, y 2 is of dimension - 1, y 3 is of dimension - 2, and so on. We define a homogeneous equation as one in which all the terms are of the same dimensions. We have already in Chap. II. dealt with homogeneous equations of the first order and degree, and in Chap. III. with the homogeneous linear equation x n y n +Ax n ~ 1 y n _ 1 +Bx n ~ 2 y n _ 2 + ... +Hxy 1 + Ky=0 (where A, B, ... H, K are merely constants), for which we used the substitution x =e f or t =log x. Let us make the same substitution in the homogeneous equation xyy 2 +xy 1 2 =3yy 1 (1) XT dt dy 1 dy _dy x 1 dy 1 d dy y % dx x 2 dt x dx dt _ 1 dy 1 dt d 2 y x 2 dt x dx dt 2 _ _]^dy l^d?y x 2 dt x 2 dt 2 ' Substituting in (1) and multiplying by x, we get dhi /dy\ 2 . dy This is an equation, with t absent, similar to those in the last article with x absent. * Arts, 71-73 may be omitted on a first reading. 8* DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS By putting ■£=q > the student will easily obtain yq =2(y 2 +b), g ivin g t+c=l\og{y*+b). Hence y 2 + b = e 4 (<+ c ) = ax*, replacing e 4c by another arbitrary constant a. 72. The example of Art. 71 came out easily because it had no superfluous a?'s left after associating x 2 with y 2 and x with y x . In fact, it could have been written y{x 2 y 2 )+{xy 1 Y^y( X y 1 ). But (tf+y^iy-xyj+xYy^o (2) cannot be so written. To reduce this to a form similar to that of the last example, put y=vx, a substitution used for homogeneous equations in Chap. II. (2) becomes (x 2 + x 2 v 2 ) (vx - v ± x 2 - vx) + x 4 v 2 (xv 2 + 2v x ) = 0, i.e. - (1 + v 2 )v x + v 2 (xv 2 + 2vj) = 0, which may be written v 2 x 2 v 2 = (1 - v 2 )xv t (3) We now proceed as before and put x=e\ giving dv and **■-£-£■ (3>b_ *(£-*) -a -«•>£. ■ AH dv *•*' v df 2 =dt> w an equation with t absent. As before, put d ^=q, f?=q$. * dt *' dt 2 *dv (4) becomes v 2 q -~ =o, *dv * Le ' £ = v 2 (unless q=0, giving y = ^ cbv_ 11 dt~ q ~a v ■j. avdv f a 2 \ , dt = - = [a+ )dv, v-a \ v-a) t=av+a 2 log (v-a)+ b, and finally log x = ay /x + a 2 log (y- ax) -a 2 log x+b. EQUATIONS OP SECOND AND HIGHER ORDERS 85 73. By proceeding as in the last article, we can reduce any homogeneous equation of the second order. Any such equation can be brought to the form For example, the equation of Art. 71 when divided by x becomes ©«»+*• -8©*. while that of Art. 72 divided by x 3 becomes (i+SKS-*)*©*-* The substitutions y =vx and x =e* transform /W»Ji.%)=0 to f(v,xv 1 +v,x 2 v 2 +2xv 1 )=0, i ^ j.[ dv d 2 v dv\ - and then to /(«,_+*, ^-j-o, an equation with t absent, and therefore reducible to the first order. Examples for solution. ^(1) x 2 y 2 -xy 1 + y=0. \/(2) x 2 y 2 -xy x +by=0. ^(3) 2x 2 yy 2 + y 2 =x 2 y 2 . J (4) Make homogeneous by the substitution y = z 2 , and hence solve 2x 2 yy 2 + 4:y 2 =x 2 y 1 2 + 2xyy 1 . 74. An equation occurring in Dynamics. The form y 2 z =f(y) occurs frequently in Dynamics, especially in problems on motion under a force directed to a fixed point and of magnitude depending solely on the distance from that fixed point. Multiply each side of the equation by 2y v We get Integrating, 2/i 2 = 2 j/(«/) £ dx = 2 j fti) d V- This is really the equation of energy d 2 a dt 2 Applying the method to -^ = - 1> 2 %, (* ne equation of simple harmonic motion), we get z diW^~ Avx di' Integrating with respect to t, (p\ 2 = -jfy? + const. =p 2 (a 2 -x 2 ), say. 86 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Hence dt 1 1 dx~p V(« 2_a;2 )' 1 x t=- sin- 1 - + const., p a x = a sin (^ +e). Examples for solution. /(I) y z = y^-y, given that ^ = when */ = l. ^(2) y 2 = e 2y , given that ?/ = and y ± = l when a;=0. v/(3) y 2 = sec 2 ytany, given that t/=0 and y x = \ when a; = 0. / ( 4) ^ = _^! given that « = A and ~=0 when * = 0. v a* 2 x 2 m [h - x is the distance fallen from rest under gravity varying inversely as the square of the distance x from the centre of the earth, neglecting air resistance, etc.] J. (5) ^i + w = p^- 2 , in the two cases (i)P=fjiu 2 ; (ii) P = fiu 3 -, given that = ^ = when w = -, where fi, h, and c are constants. [These give the path described by a particle attracted to a fixed point with a force varying inversely as the square and cube respectively of the distance r. u is the reciprocal of r, 6 has its ordinary meaning in polar co-ordinates, n is the acceleration at unit distance, and h is. twice the areal velocity. ] 75. Factorisation of the operator. The linear equation (x + 2)y 2 -(2x+5)y 1 *-2y = (x + l)e* may be written as {(x+2)D 2 -{2x+5)D + 2}y = (x + l)e* t where D stands for j-, as in Chapter III. Now the operator in this particular example can be factorised, giving {(x+2)D-l}(D-2)y = (x + l)e*. Put (D-2)y=v. Then {(x + 2)D-l}v~(x + l)e*. This is a linear equation of the first order. Solving as in Art. 20, we get v = c(x+2) +e x , Le. (D-2)y=c(x+2)+e*, another linear equation, giving finally y = a(2x + 5) + be 2x - e x , replacing - |c by a. EQUATIONS OF SECOND AND HIGHER ORDERS 87 Of course it is only in special cases that the operator can be factorised. It is important to notice that these factors must be written in the right order, as they are not commutative. Inus, on reversing the order in this example, we get {D-2){(x+2)D-l}y = {(x+2)D*-(2x+4:)D+2}y. Examples for solution. / (i) (*+i)y.+(*-i)yi-2*=°- y (2) vyt+fr-Vyi-y- - y (3) xy 2 + (x-l)y 1 -y=xK /(±)xy 2 + (x* + l)yi + 2xy = 2x, given that </ = 2 and ^=0 when x=0. / (5) (x^-l)y 2 -{^-Sx-5)y 1 + (^-6x-5)y = e^,^venthaty^l and y x = 2 when x =0. 76. One integral belonging to the complementary function * known. When one integral of the equation ft+Pyi+Qy-o (1) is known, say y=z, then the more general equation of the second order y 2 +Pyi+Qy= R > ( 2 ) where P, Q, R are functions of x, can be reduced to one of the first order by the substitution y =vz. Differentiating, y x = v t z + vz v y z = V z Z+2v 1 Z 1 +VZ z . Hence (2) becomes v# + v x (2z x + Pz) + v {z 2 + Pz x + Qz) =% & i.e. z^+v^+Pz)^,**.: (3) since by hypothesis z 2 + Pz ± + Qz = . (3) is a linear equation of the first order in v ± . Similarly a linear equation of the n th order can be reduced to one of the (w -l) th if one integral belonging to the complementary function is known. 77. Example. Consider again the equation (x + 2)y 2 -(2x + 5) yi + 2y = (x + l)e* ...(4) *The proof of Art. 29 that the general solution of a linear differential equation is the sum of a Particular Integral and the Complementary Function holds good when the coefficients are functions of x as well as in the case when they are constants. 88 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS If we notice that y=*e 2 * makes the left-hand side of the equation zero, we can put y = ve**, g^ng y 1 = {v 1 +2v)e 2x , and y 2 = (v 2 + 4«j + 4v) e 2a! . Substitution in (4) gives (x + 2)v 2 e 2 * + {4(x-h2)-(2x + 5)}v 1 e 2 *^ +{Mx + 2) -2(2x + 5) +2}ve 2x = (x + l)e*, i.e. (% + 2)~^ + (2x + 3)v 1 = (x + l)e- x . Solving this in the usual way (by finding the integrating factor) we obtain v 1 = e -* + c(x + 2)e- 2 *. Integrating, v = ~ er* - \c{2x + 5) e~ 2x + b, whence y = w a* = _ e a _ ^ 2x + 5 ) + 6e2a)> Examples for solution. >f (1) Show that y* + Py x +Qy=Q is satisfied by y = e* if 1 +p+Q = o and by y = x if P+$r = 0. / (2) x 2 y 2 + xy 1 -y = 8x 3 . ^(4) ^ 2 -2(a; + l)y 1 + (a; + 2)?/ = (a;-2)e 2a '. • (5) x 2 y 2 + x yi -9y=0, given that y = ^ is a solution. / (6) ^ 2 («cosa;-2sina;) + (a; 2 + 2)y 1 sina;-2y( i csina; + cosa;)=0 given that 3/ = a; 2 is a solution. 78. Variation of Parameters. We shall now explain an elegant but somewhat artificial method for finding the complete primitive of a linear equation whose complementary function is known. Let us illustrate the method by applying it to the example already solved in two different ways, namely, (x+2)y 2 -(2x+5)y 1 +2y = (x + l)e*, (1) of which the complementary function is y= a (2x+5)+be 2x . Assume that y = (2x+5)A +e 2x B, (2) where A and B are functions of x. This assumption is similar to, but more symmetrical than, that of Art. 77, viz. : y=*ve*°. Differentiating (2), y 1 =(2x+5)A 1 +e 2 *B 1 +2A+2e 2 *B (3) Now so far the two functions (or parameters) A and B are only connected by the single equation (1). We can make them satisfy the additional equation (2x+5)A 1 +e 2 *B 1 =0 (4) EQUATIONS OP SECOND AND HIGHER ORDERS 89 (3) will then reduce to y 1 =2A+2e* x B (5) Differentiating (5), y 2 = ±e 2x B+2A 1 +2e 2x B 1 (6) Substitute these values of y, y x , and y 2 from equations (2), (5), and (6) respectively in (1). The co-factors of A and B come to zero, leaving 2{x+2)A 1 +2(x+2)e 2x B 1 =(x + l)e x (7) (4) and (7) are two simultaneous equations which we can solve for A x and B 1} giving A 1= B x {x + l)e x (a: + 1)6-* e 2x ~ -(2»+5)~2e 2a! (a;+2)(l-2ic-5) _ 4(x+2) 2 * . w . (x + l)e x _ e x j 1 1 \ Hence A x - - 4(aj+2) ,- - j \ x+2 -(a. +2 )«J' c x and, by integration, A = - j- f ~r + a, where a is a constant. Similarly, R _ {2x + 5){x + l)e~ x _e~ x f 1 1 1 1 4(z+2) 2 4 I «+2 (z+2) 2 J' and £=f^!i_L-_2}+&. 4 U+2 J Substituting in (2), = a(2x+5)+be 2x -e x . 79. Applying these processes to the general linear equation of the second order, Vi+Pyi+Qy=B, (1) of which the complementary function au + bv is supposed known, a and b being arbitrary constants and u and v known functions of x, we assume that y = uA+vB, (2) giving y 1 =u x A+v 1 B, (3) provided that uA 1 +vB 1 =0 (4) Differentiating (3), y 2 =u 2 A +v 2 B+u 1 A 1 +v 1 B 1 (5) Substitute for y 2 , y ± and y in (1). The terms involving A will be A (u 2 + Pu ± + Qu), i.e. zero, as by hypothesis, u 2 + P Ul + Qu=0. Similarly the terms involving B vanish, and (1) reduces to u^+v^^R (6) 90 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Solving (4) and (6), ^i=A = ?_ ° V -u vu x - uv x • We then get A and B by integration, say A=f{x)+a, B=F(x)+b, where / (x) and F (x) are known functions of x, and a and 6 are arbitrary constants. Substituting in (2), we get finally y = uf(x) + vF (x) +au+ bv. * 80. This method can be extended to linear equations of any order. For that of the third order, y z + Py 2 + Qy x + Ry=S, (1) of which the complementary function y = au + bv+cw is supposed known, the student will easily obtain the equations y=uA+vB+wC, '. (2) y x =u x A +v 1 B+w 1 C, (3) provided that 0=uA 1 +vB 1 +wC x ; (4) hence y 2 =u 2 A +v 2 B+w 2 C, (5) provided that 0=u 1 A 1 +v 1 B 1 +w 1 C 1 ; (6) then y z = u z A+v z B+w z C +u 2 A 1 +v 2 B 1 +w 2 C 1 ; (7) by substitution in (1), S=u 2 A 1 +v 2 B 1 +w 2 C 1 (8) A v B Xi and C x are then found from the three equations (4), (6) and (8). Examples for solution. >/ (1) 2/ 2 + 2/ = cosec x ' ^ ( 2 ) 2/2 + 4^ = 4 tan 2x. J (4) x 2 y 2 + xy x -y = x 2 e x , given the complementary function ax + for 1 . y/ (5) y s -ey 2 + Uy 1 -6y=e**. 81. Comparison of the different methods for solving linear equations. If it is required to solve a linear equation of the second order and no special method is indicated, it is generally best to try to guess a particular integral belonging to the complementary function and proceed as in Art. 76. This method may be used to reduce a linear equation of the n th order to one of the (n - l) th . * To be omitted on a first reading. EQUATIONS OF SECOND AND HIGHER ORDERS 91 The method of factorisation of the operator gives a neat solution in a few cases, but these are usually examples specially constructed for this purpose. In general the operator cannot be factorised. The method of variation of parameters is inferior in practical value to that of Art. 76, as it requires a complete knowledge of the complementary function instead of only one part of it. Moreover, if applied to equations of the third or higher order, it requires too much labour to solve the simultaneous equations for A lt B 1} C 15 etc., and to perform the integrations. MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES ON CHAPTER VII. ^ (3) y n 2 = ty»-i- / ( 4 ) y« + y n -2 = 8 cos 3x - /(5) (x 2 \ogx-x 2 )y 2 -xy 1 + y=0. y(6) {x 2 + 2x-l)y 2 -(3x 2 + 8x-l)y 1 + (2x 2 + 6x)y=0. J (7) Verify that cos nx and sin nx are integrating factors of y 2 + n 2 y=f(x). Hence obtain two first integrals of y 2 + n 2 y =sec nx, and by elimination of y x deduce the complete primitive. \f (8) Show that the linear equation Ay + By 1 + Cy 2 + ...+Sy n = T, where A, B, 0, ... T are functions of x, is exact, i.e. derivable imme- diately by differentiation from an equation of the next lower order, if the successive differential coefficients of A, B, C, ... satisfy the relation A-B 1 + C i -...+{-l) n S n =0. [N.B. — By successive integration by parts, | Syjx = Sy n ^ - S x y n _ 2 + S 2 y n _ 3 + ...+(- 1)*- 1 ^-^ + J ( - l) n S n y dx.] / Verify that this condition is satisfied by the following equation, and hence solve it : y (2x 2 + 3x)y 2 + (6x + 3)y 1 + 2y = (x + l)e*. * (9) Verify that the following non-linear equations are exact, and solve them: / (i) yy 2 + y 1 2 =0. V(ii) xyy 2 + xy 1 2 + yy 1 = 0. y— i 1 P dx (10) Show that the substitution y = ve •> transforms y 2 +Py x +Qy=B, where P, Q, and R are functions of x, into the Normal Form v 2 + Iv = S, 92 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS where J^g.^.^ and S = Re^ Pdx . ' Put into its Normal Form, and hence solve V V%- teyi + (4cc 2 -l)y=>- 3e xi sin 2a?. y (11) Show that if the two equations y a + Py l +Qy=0 and z z +pz 1 + qz=0 reduce to the same Normal Form, they may be transformed into each other by the relation ye J =ze J , i.e. the condition of equivalence is that the Invariant I should be the same. y (12) Show that the equations x 2 y 2 + 2 (x* - x) y x + (1 - 2z 2 ) y = an <* ^2 + 2(^ + 0?) z 1 -(l- 2a; 2 ) z=0 have the same invariant, and find the relation that transforms one into the other. Verify by actually carryin^out this transformation. y/ (13) If u and su are any two solution's of v» + lv = 0, (1) prove that ^=-2^ m s x u' v ' and hence that f3_3/V\ 2 = 2/ S x Ji \S-\J " ' J From (2) show that if s is any solution of (3), s x ~^ and ss,"* are solutions of (1). [The function of the differential coefficients of s on the left-hand side of (3) is called the Schwarzian Derivative (after H. A. Schwarz of Berlin) and written {s, x). It is of importance in the theory of the Hypergeometric Series.] y (14) Calculate the Invariant / of the equation x 2 y 2 -(x 2 + 2x)y 1 + (x + 2)y=0. Taking s as the quotient of the two solutions xe x and x, verify that {s,x} = 21, and that s x and ss x 2 are solutions of the Normal Form of the original equation. J (15) If u and v are two solutions of y 2 + Py 1 +Qy=0, prove that uv 2 - vu 2 + P{uv 1 - vu x ) = 0, and hence that uv x - vu x = ae ~ J P dx . Verify this for the equation of the last example. MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 93 \v (16) Show that yy x = const, is a first integral of the equation formed by omitting the last term of y By putting yyi = C, where C is now a function of x (in fact, varyiwj the parameter C), show that if y is a solution of the full equation, then and hence O 2 = const. - \t, giving finally # 2 = a sin (a \/2 + b) - [This method applies to any equation of the form y.+yiV(y) + ^(y)-o.] ■/" (17) Solve the following equations by changing the independent variable : w/(ii) (l+x 2 ) 2 g + 2x(l+^)| + 4^0. / (18) Transform the differential equation -— cos x + -t- sin »; - 2y cos 3 » = 2 cos 5 a; ax 2, ax into one having z as independent variable, where z=sina;, and solve the equation. [London.] y/ (19) Show that if z satisfies dx 2 dx ' by changing the independent variable from x to z, we shall transform into -^ 2 + Sy=T. Hence solve g + (l -^g + ^V-^^d^ + ^e-^. CHAPTEE VIII NUMERICAL APPROXIMATIONS TO THE SOLUTION OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 82. The student will have noticed that the methods given in the preceding chapters for obtaining solutions in finite form only apply to certain special types of differential equations. If an equation does not belong to one of these special types, we have to use approxi- mate methods. The graphical method of Dr. Brodetsky, given in Chapter I., gives a good general idea of the nature of the solution, but it cannot be relied upon for numerical values. In this chapter we shall first give Picard's * method for getting successive algebraic approximations. By putting numbers in these, we generally get excellent numerical results. Unfortunately the method can only be applied to a limited class of equations, in which the successive integrations can be easily performed. The second method, which is entirely numerical and of much more general application, is due to Runge.f With proper pre- cautions it gives good results in most cases, although occasionally it may involve a very large amount of arithmetical calculation. We shall treat several examples by both methods to enable their merits to be compared. Variations of Kunge's method have been given by Heun, Kutta, and the present writer. 83. Picard's method of integrating successive approximations. The differential equation fy * E. Picard, Professor at the University of Paris, is one of the most distinguished mathematicians of to-day. He is well known for his researches on the Theory of Functions, and his Cours ^analyse is a standard text-book. + C. Runge, Professor at the University of Gottingen, is an authority on graphical methods. 94 NUMERICAL APPROXIMATIONS 95 where y = b when x = a, can be written y=& + [ f fay) fa. For a first approximation we replace the y infix, y) by b; for a second we replace it by the first approximation, for a third by the second, and so on. dtf Ex. (i). j- = x + y 2 , where y=0 when x = 0. Here y=\ (x + y 2 ) dx. Jo First approximation. Put y=0 in x + y 2 , giving y=\ xdx = \x 2 . Jo Second approximation. Put y = \x 2 in x + y 2 , giving y — i \x ~\~ ~j[X^j ax == -%x ~t~ ~%~fjx . Jo. Third approximation. Put y = \x 2 + -%qX 5 in x + y 2 , giving r y=\ {x + -j-ar + ^^a; + ^q-jjX ) dx Jo — If2 i 1 ™5 i 1 ,™8 i 1 ,yJLl and so on indefinitely. fdy Ex. fii). where ?/ = l and z = f when # = 0. Here ?/ = l + l zdx and z = i+l a; 3 (2/ + z)<fcc. Jo Jo First approximation. y = 1 + I ^dx = l+^x, Jo z = i- + f^(l + $) dx = -L + fa 4 . Jo Second approximation. y = l + \ (± + %x i )dx = l+±x + -£- u x 5 , ? — 1+ I ^3/3. i 1_™ p 3.~4\ __JL p 3/y.4 r 1_~5 p_3_' « — 2 -t- I •*/ ^-g- T- "g"^ T g-.*< / — 2" r g-J> i- "J q* T -g~j-x Jo 96 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Third approximation. y = 1 + f (i + %x* + tV 5 + <hA dx Jo = L + -%X + -jtqX + -ft-ftX + -jpg-zX , 2 = i+ f Z 3 (f +ix+ix i + T \x 5 + -^X 8 ) dx Jo = 2" + 8' a ' + ti> x . + Wi x + "5"lho x + ^ire^ 12 * and so on. Ex ' ^' dx^^^\£ + y )' Where y = 1 and ^ = * when ^^ By putting ^- = z,we reduce this to Ex. (ii). It may be remarked that Picard's method converts the differential equation into an equation involving integrals, which is called an Integral Equation. Examples for solution. Find the third approximation in the following cases. For examples (1) and (2) obtain also the exact solution by the usual methods. wu (1) ~ = 2y - 2x 2 - 3, where y = 2 when x = 0. dy rdy (3) (2) -^ = 2--, where y = 2 when x = l. v ' dx x * -j- = 3xy + x 2 z, where y = 2 and 2 = when x = 0. {dy (4) dx~*' dz o . where y = 5 and 2 = 1 when #=0. (5) j^ = x 2 ~+x 4 y, where y = 5 and ^ = 1 when x = 0. 84. Determination of numerical values from these approximations. Suppose that in Ex. (i) of the last article we desire the value of y, correct to seven places of decimals, when x =0-3. Substituting x =0-3, we get § (0-3) 2 =0-045 from the first approxi- mation. The second adds ^(0-3) 5 =0-0001215, while the third adds T ^ (0-3) 8 +^\ v (0-3) 11 =0-00000041 ... . NUMERICAL APPROXIMATIONS 97 Noticing the rapid way in which these successive increments decrease, we conclude that the next one will not affect the first seven decimal places, so the required value is 0-0451219... . Of course for larger values of x we should have to take more than three approximations to get the result to the required degree of accuracy. We shall prove in Chap. X. that under certain conditions the approximations obtained really do tend to a limit, and that this limit gives the solution. This is called an Existence Theorem. Example for solution. (i) Show that in Ex. (ii) of Art. 83, * = 0-5 gives y = 1-252... and a=0-526... , while z=0-2 gives y = 1-100025... and 2 = 0-500632... . 85. Numerical approximation direct from the differential equation. The method of integrating successive approximations breaks down if, as is often the case, the integrations are impracticable. But there are other methods which can always be applied. Consider the problem geometrically. The differential equation determines a family of curves (the " characteristics ") which do not intersect each other and of which one passes through every point y Fig. 23. in the plane.* Given a point P (a, b), we know that the gradient of the characteristic through P is /(a, b), and we want to determine * This is on the assumption that / (x, y) has a perfectly definite value for every point in the plane. If, however, f(x, y) becomes indeterminate for one or more points, these points are called singular points of the equation, and the behaviour of the characteristics near such points calls for special investigation. See Art. 10. P.D.E. G 98 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS the y =NQ of any other point on the same characteristic, given that x = ON = a + h, say. A first approximation is given by taking the tangent PR instead of the characteristic PQ, i.e. taking y=NL+LR=NL+PLt&n /_RPL=b+hf{a, b)=b+hf , say. But unless h is very small indeed, the error RQ is far from negligible. A more reasonable approximation is to take the chord PQ as parallel to the tangent to the characteristic through S, the middle point of PR. Since R is (a + \h, b + lhf ), this gives y=NL+LQ=NL+PL tan / QPL =b + hf(a + ±h,b+ £fc/ ). This simple formula gives good results in some cases, as will be seen from the following examples : Ex. (i) ~- = x + y 2 ; given that y==0 when x = 0, required y when cc=0-3. ax Here a = b = 0, h = 0-3, f(x, y)=x + y 2 . Therefore /o=/(a,&)=0, a + |/* = 0-15, & + Wo = 0, giving b + hf(i + ^h, b + Wo) =0 + 0-3 x/(0-15, 0) =0-045. The value found in Art. 84 was 0-0451219... , so the error is 0-00012... , about £ per cent. Ex. (ii). -^ = 2--; given that y = 2 when x = 1, find y when x = 1-2. ax x Here a = l, 6 = 2, &=0-2, / = 2-f = 0. Therefore b + hf(a + ih, 6 + |&/ )=2+0-2 x/(M, 2) = 2 +0-2x^2 -j^r) =2-036.... Now the differential equation is easily integrable, giving y = x + -, so when x = 1-2 the value of y is 2-033... . The error is 0-003... , which is rather large compared with the increment of y, namely 0-036... . Ex. (iii). £ C ==Z== ^ X ' y ' ^' say ' — = x 3 (y + z)^g(x, y, z), say; given that y = \ and 2 = 0-5 when x — 0, find y and z when x = 0-5. Here. a = 0, 6 = 1, c(the initial value of z)=0-5, 7^=0-5. Hence / =/(0, 1, 0-5)=0-5 ; ^=^(0, 1, 0-5)=0. NUMERICAL APPROXIMATIONS 99 By an obvious extension of the method for two variables, we take y = b + hf(a + $h, b + ffi , c + |% ) = l +0-5 x/(0-25, 1-125, 0-5) = 1-2500, and z — c + hg(a + %h, b + %hf , c + %hg ) = 0-5+0-5x^(0-25, 1-125, 0-5) =0-5127. The accurate values, found as in Art. 84, are y = 1-252... and 2=0-526.... Thus we have obtained a fairly good result for y, but a very bad one for z. The uncertainty about the degree of accuracy of the result deprives the method of most of its value. However, it forms an introduction to the more elaborate method of Eunge, to be explained in the next article. Examples for solution. dv 1 (1) ~ = (x 2 - yf - 1 ; given that y = 4 when x = 2-3, obtain the value y = 4-122 when x = 2-7. [Runge's method gives 4-118.] (2) ~ = z^r {y 1 - 1 + log e (x + y)} ; given that y = 2 when x = - 1 , obtain the value ?/ = 2-194 when x = l. [Runge's method gives 2-192.] G/ti 1/ (3) ~ = 2x--; given that y = 2 when x = 1 , obtain the value y = 2 -076 when x = 1-2. Also show that 2/ = q£ 2 + 5-, so that when x = 1-2, y is really 2-071... . d daj 86. Runge's method. Suppose that the function of y defined * by to =f (*» y)> y =b when x = a > is denoted by y = F(x). If this can be expanded by Taylor's theorem, F(a + h) =F(a)+hF'(a) +~ F"(a) + ^F'"(a) + ... . Now F'(x)J£=f(x,y)=f,say. We shall now take the total differential coefficient with respect to x (that is, taking the y in/ to vary in consequence of the variation of x). Let us denote partial differential coefficients by df df BH dH d 2 f F dx' q dy' dx*' S dxdy' dy*' and their values when x = a and y=b by p , q , etc. * The conditions under which the differential equation and the initial con- dition really do define a function are discussed in Chap. X. The graphical treat- ment of the last article assumes that these conditions are satisfied. 100 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Similarly, F"'(z)-(± + | J) <?+/*) = r+pq+fs+f(s+q* + f t ^ Thus ^(a+A)-.F(a) = ¥o + P 2 (Po'+/o?o)+P 3 (* , o + 2/ So+/o\+yo?o+/o?o 2 ) + - • I 1 ) The first term represents the first approximation mentioned and rejected in Art. 85. The second approximation of Art. 85, i.e. y-b=hf(a+lh,b+ \hf Q ) = k v say, may now be expanded and compared with (1). Now, by Taylor's theorem for two independent variables, /(a + |A, 6+Wo) - giving k 1 =hf +lh 2 (p +f q )+W(r Q +2f s +t ) + ( 2 ) It is obvious that \ is at fault in the coefficient of h z . Our next step is suggested by the usual methods * for the numerical integration of the simpler differential equation £-/«■ Our second approximation in this case reduces to the Trapezoidal Rule y -b =hf {a +\~h). Now the next approximation discussed is generally Simpson's Rule, which may be written y-b=\K{f{fl)+±f{a+\K)+f{a + K)}. If we expand the corresponding formula in two variables, namely 4M/o + ±/(«+lM+ Wo) +/(»+*» &+Vo)}, we easily obtain hf +ih*(p +f q )+hh*(r + 2f s + t ) + ... , (3) which is a better approximation than h x , but even now has not the coefficient of h 3 quite in agreement with (1). To obtain the extra terms in h s , Runge f replaces hf(a + h,b+ hf ) * See the text-books on Calculus by Gibson or Lamb, t Mathematische Annalen, Vol. XLVI. pp. 167-178. NUMERICAL APPROXIMATIONS 101 by k'" = hf(a + h,b + k"), where k" = hf(a + h,b+ hf ). The modified formula maybe briefly written %{¥ + 4^ +h'"}, where k' =hf , or p! + p 2 = &i + -3 (^2 - &i)> where k 2 = | (A;' + &"' ). The student will easily verify that the expansion of Runge's formula agrees with the right-hand side of (1) as far as the terms in h, h 2 , and h? are concerned. Of course this method will give bad results if the series (1) con- verges slowly. If/ >1 numerically, we rewrite our equation and now -F <1 numerically, and we take y as the independent variable. 87. Method of solving examples by Runge's rule. To avoid confusion, the calculations should be formed in some definite order, such as the following : Calculate successively ¥ = hf , Jc"=Jif(a + h,b+F), k'"=hf(a + h,b+k"), k x = ~hf (a +\h, &+§&'), and finally k=k 1 +^(k 2 -k 1 ). Moreover, as k x is itself an approximation to the value required, it is clear that if the difference between k and k 1} namely ^ (k 2 - k x ), is small compared with k t and k, the error in k is likely to be even smaller. Ex. (i). ~-=x + y 2 ; given that y = when x = 0, find y when x = -3. Here a=0, 6=0, A=0-3, f(x,y)=x + y\ / = 0; k" = hf{a + h, & + fc')=0-3x/(0-3, 0)=0-3x0-3 =0-0900 k'" = hf(a + h,b + k")=0-3xf{0-3, 0-09) =0-3 x (0-3 +0-0081) =0-0924 h^hfia + ^h, & + £&') =0-3 x/(0-15, 0) =0-3x0-15 =0-0450 fc 2 = |(A;'+A;" , ) = £x0-0924 =0-0462 and k = k x + Uk. 2 -k x ) =0-0450 + 0-0004 =0-0454. As the difference between k =0-0454 and k x = 0-0450 is fairly small compared with either, it is highly probable that the error in k is less 102 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS than this difference 0-0004. That is to say, we conclude that the value is 0-045, correct to the third place of decimals. We can test this conclusion by comparing the result obtained in Art. 84, viz. 0-0451219... . /7t# fit __ o* Ex. (ii). j- ; given that y = l when x=0, find y when x = l. &x y ~\~ x This is an example given in Runge's original paper. Divide the range into three parts, to 0-2, 0-2 to 0-5, 0-5 to 1. We take a small increment for the first step because f (x, y) is largest at the beginning. First step. a = 0, 6 = 1, ^ = 0-2, / = 1 ; h' = hf ' =0-200 k" = hf(a + h, 6 + F)=0-2x/(0-2, 1-2) =0-143 lc'" = Jif(a + h, 6 + k") =0-2 x/ (0-2, 1-143) =0-140 k x = hf(a + \h, 6 + i/c')=0-3 x/(0-l, 1-1) =0-167 h 2 = \{h' + h'") = |x0-340 =0-170 and k = k 1 + ^(k 2 -k 1 ) =0-167 +0-001 =0-168 giving ?/ = 1-168 when se=0-2. Second step. o = 0-2, 6 = 1-168, fl =0-3, / =/(0-2, 1-168) =0-708 Proceeding as before we get & x = 0-170, & 2 = 0-173 and so & = 0-171, giving ^ = 1-168+0-171=1-339 when a=0-5. Third step. o = 0-5, 6 = 1-339, fc=0-5. We find k t = k 2 = k=0-160, giving y = 1499 when x = l. Considering the k and k v the error in this result should be less than 0-001 on each of the first and second steps and negligible (to 3 decimal places) on the third, that is, less than 0-002 altogether. As a matter of fact, the true value of y is between 1 -498 and 1 -499, so the error is less than 0-001. This value of y is found by integrating the equation, leading to 7T - 2 tan- 1 V - = log e (x 2 + y 2 ) . Examples for solution. Give numerical results to the following examples to as many places of decimals as are likely to be accurate : (1) JL = {yS-i + \og e (x + y)}\ given that y = 2 when x=-l, find (&$ xKJ y when x = l, taking h = 2 (as /is very small). (2) Obtain a closer approximation to the preceding question by taking two steps. (3) Jl = (xi-yf -I ; given that ?/ = 4 when x = 2 -3, find y when x = 2-7 (a) in one step, (b) in two step3. NUMERICAL APPROXIMATIONS 103 (4) Show that if / = 2-- and y = 2 when 3 = 1, then y = x + -. v ' ax x x Hence find the errors in the result given by Eunge's method, taking (a) A =04, (6) A =0-2, (c) fc=0-l (a single step in each case), and compare these errors with their estimated upper limits. (5) If E(h) is the error of the result of solving a differential equation of the first order by Bunge's method, prove that T . E(h) 1 tZoEinh) n*' Hence show that the error in a two-step solution should be about |- of that given by one step ; that is to say, we get the answer correct to an extra place of decimals (roughly) by doubling the number of steps. 88. Extension * to simultaneous equations. The method is easily extended to simultaneous equations. As the proof is very similar to the work in Art. 86, though rather lengthy, we shall merely give an example. This example and those given for solution are taken, with slight modifications, from Eunge's paper. Ex. dx = 2z ~x = ^ ^' y ' ^ ' Say ' given that y = 0-2027 and z = 1-0202 when x = 0-2, find y and z when z=04. Here o=0-2, 6 = 0-2027, c = l-0202, /«,=/ (0-2, 0-2027, 1-0202) = 1-027, # =0-2070, h =0-2; &' = A/ =0-2x 1-027 =0-2054 l' = hg =0-2x 0-2070 =0-0414 k" = hf(a + h,b + k',c + l')=0-2xf(04, 04081, 1-0616) =0-2206 l" = hg(a + h, b + F, c + l') =0-2x0(0-4, 04081, 1-0616) =0-0894 k'" = hf{a + h, b + h", c + l") =0-2 x/(04, 04233, 1-1096) =0-2322 V" = hg(a + h, b + Jc", c + l") =0-2 xa(04, 04233* 1-1096) =0-0934 k x = hf(a + ih, b + i¥, c + ^')=0-2x/(0-3, 0-3054, 1-0409) =0-2128 l^hfia + ty, & + £&', c + iO =0-2x0(0-3, 0-3054, 1-0409) =0-0641 ki = W + V") =0-2188 ' l s = ${l' + l'") =0-0674 h = h x + Uh~h) =0-2128 + 0-0020 =0-2148 l = h + i(h~ l i) =0-0641 +0-0011 =0-0652 giving ?/ = 0-2027 +0-21 48 =041 75 and « = 1 -0202 + -0652 = 1 -0854, probably correct to the third place of decimals. *The rest of this chapter may be omitted on a first reading. 104 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Examples for solution. (1) With the equation of Art. 88, show that 'if y = 0-4175 and z = l-0854 when 3 = 0-4, then y = 0-6614 and = 1-2145 (probably correct to the third place of decimals) when 3 = 0-6. (3) <fe=- 2z+y V^ ; S=V(T^) ; gIven that w=0 ' 7500 and r = 0-6 when z = l-2145, obtain the values w = 0-5163 and r = 0-7348 when z (which is to be taken as the independent variable) = 1 -3745. Show that the value of r is probably correct to four decimal places, but that the third place in the value of w may be in error. (3) By putting w = cos<f> in the last example and y = sin <p, x = r in the example of Art. 88, obtain in each case the equations dz sin d> , dd> -=-=tan0; 2z= ~ + cos d> ^~ , dr ^ r r dr which give the form of a drop of water resting on a horizontal plane. 89. Methods* of Heun and Kutta. These methods are very similar to those of Runge, so we shall state them very briefly. The problem is: given that ~-=f(x, y) and y=b when x = a, to find the increment k of y when the increment of x is h. Heun calculates successively Jc'=hf(a,b), k"=hf(a+ih,b+ik'), k'"=hf{a+%h,b+%k"), and then takes l(k' + 3k'") as the approximate value of k. Kutta calculates successively, k'=hf(a,b), k"=hf(a+ih,b+ik'), k'"=hf{a+%h,b+k" -IV), k""=if{a+h, b + k'" - k" +k'), and then takes f(&'+3&" +Sk" f +k"") as the approximate value of k. The approximations can be verified by expansion in a Taylor's series, as in Runge*s case. Example for solution. Hq l a j /y* Given that ~r-=- and y = l when 3=0, find the value of y (to 8 doo y ~t~ oo significant figures) when 3 = 1-2 by the methods of Runge, Heun, and Kutta, and compare them with the accurate value 1-1678417. [From Kutta's paper. ] * Zeitschrift fiir Mathematik und Physik, Vols. 45 and 46. NUMERICAL APPROXIMATIONS 105 90. Another method, with limits for the error. The present writer has found * four formulae which give four numbers, between the greatest and least of which the required increment of y must lie. A new approximate formula can be derived from these. When applied to Runge's example, this new formula gives more accurate results than any previous method. The method is an extension of the following well-known results concerning definite integrals. 91. Limits between which the value of a definite integral lies. Let F(x) be a function which, together with its first and second differential coefficients, is continuous (and therefore finite) between x = a and x = a + h. Let F"{x) be of constant sign in the interval. In the figure this sign is taken as positive, making the curve concave upwards. LP, MQ, NR are parallel to the axis of y, M is the middle point of LN, and SQT is the tangent at Q. OL = a, LN = h. M Fig. 24. Then the area PLNR lies between that of the trapezium SLNT and the sum of the areas of the trapezia PLMQ, QMNR. That is Ca+h F{x)da J a Ix lies between hF(a + lh)=A, say, and lh{F(a)+2F(a+±h)+F(a + h)}=B, say. In the figure F"(x) is positive and A is the lower limit, B the upper. If F"(x) were negative, A would be the upper limit and B the lower. Phil. Mag., June 1919. Most of this paper is reproduced here. 106 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS As an approximation to the value of the integral it is best to take, not the arithmetic mean of A and B, but -tB+^A, which is exact when PQR is an arc of a parabola with its axis parallel to the axis of x. It is also exact for the more general case when F(x) = a + bx + ex 2 + ex 3 , as is proved in most treatises on the Calculus in their discussion of Simpson's Kule. 92. Extension of preceding results to functions defined by differential equations. Consider the function defined by where f(x, y) is subject to the following limitations in the range of values a to a + h for x and 6 - h to b + h for y. It will be seen from what follows below that the increment of y is numerically less than h, so that all values of y will fall in the above range. The limitations are : (1) f(x, y) is finite and continuous, as are also its first and second partial differential coefficients. (2) It never numerically exceeds unity. If this condition is not satisfied, we can generally get a new equation in which it is satisfied by taking y instead of x as the independent variable. (3) Neither d 3 y(dx 3 nor dfjdy changes sign. Let m and M be any two numbers, such that -l^m<f<M^l. Then if the values of y when x is a + \h and a+h are denoted by .6 +j and b+k respectively,* -lh^lmh<j<lMh^Ji, (1) and -h^ mh<k<Mh^:h (2) We shall now apply the formulae of the last article, taking y to be the same function as that defined by ra + x y=b + \ F(x)dx, J a Ca+h so that & = l F(x)dx. J a We have to express the formulae in terms of / instead of F. Now, F(a) =the value of dy/dx when x = a, so that F(a)=f(a,b). * The following inequalities hold only if h is positive. If h is negative, they must be modified, but the final result stated at the end of this article is still true. NUMERICAL APPROXIMATIONS 107 Similarly, F(a + \h) =f(a + \h, b +j), and F(a + h) =f(a + li,b + k). Now, if df/dy is positive, so that/ increases with y, the inequalities (1) and (2) lead to f(a+lh,b+lmh)<f{a+lh,b+j)<f(a+lh,b+lMh), (3) and f(a + h,b+mh)<f(a + h,b+k)<f(a+h,b+Mh)', (4) while if df/dy is negative, f(a + ±h,b + \mh) >f{a + \h, b +j )>f(a + lh, b + \Mh), ... (5) and f(a + h,b+mh)>f(a + h,b+h)>f(a + h,b + Mh) (6) Thus if F" (x) = d^y/dx? is positive and df/dy is also positive, the result of Art. 91, A<h<B, may be replaced by p<k<Q, , (7) where p = hf(a + \h, b + \mli) and Q = ih{f{a, b) + 2f(a + \h,b + \Mh) +f(a + h,b+Mh)}; while if F" (x) is positive, and df/dy is negative, P<h<q, (8) where P = hf(a + \h, b + \Mh) and q = \h{f{a, b) + 2/(a + \h, b + Imh) +f(a + h,b + mh)}. Similarly, if F" (x) and df/dy are both negative, p>k>Q, (9) while if F" (x) is negative and df/dy positive, P>Jc>q (10) These results may be summed up by saying that in every case (subject to the limitations on/ stated at the beginning of this article) k lies between the greatest and least of the four numbers p, P, q, and Q. As an approximate formula we use h = ^B + ^A, replacing B by Q or q, and A by p or P. » 93. Application to a numerical example. Consider the example selected by Runge and Kutta to illustrate their methods, dy y-x n , -j-=- ; u = \ when x=0. dx y+x u It is required to find the increment h of y when x increases by 0-2. Here f(x, y) = (y -x)/(y+x). This function satisfies the con- ditions laid down in the last article.* WetakeM = l, m = (l -0-2)/(l-2 +0-2)=4/7. *As/ (x, y) is positive, y lies between 1 and 1-2. When finding M and m we always take the smallest range for y that we can find 108 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Then 39 =0-1654321, P = 0-1666667, 9=0-1674987, £=0-1690476. Thus k lies between jp and Q. Errors. f# + 1^=0-1678424, 0-0000007 Kutta's value 0-1678449, 0-0000032 Runge's value 0-1678487, 0-0000070 Heun's value 0-1680250, 0-0001833 The second, third, and fourth of these were calculated by Kutta. Now this particular example admits of integration in finite terms, giving log (x 2 +y 2 ) - 2 tan- 1 (x/y) =0. Hence we may find the accurate value of h. Accurate value =0-1678417. Thus in this example our result is the nearest to the accurate value, the errors being as stated above. We may also test the method by taking a larger interval h = l. Of course a more accurate way of obtaining the result would be to take several steps, say Ji =0-2, 0-3, and finally 0-5, as Runge does. Still, it is interesting to see how far wrong the results come* for the larger interval. We take M = l, m = (l -l)/(2 +1)=0. Then %Q+ip =0-50000. True Value =0-49828, Errors. Kutta's value =0-49914, 0-00086 Our value =0-50000, 0-00172 Heun's value =0-51613, 0-01785 Runge's value =0-52381, 0-02553 This time Kutta's value is the nearest, and ours is second. CHAPTER IX SOLUTION IN SERIES. METHOD OF FROBENIUS 94. In Chapter VII. we obtained the solution of several equations of the form d 2y dy where P and Q were functions of x. In every case the solution was of the form y=af(x)+bF(x), where a and b were arbitrary constants. The functions f(x) and F(x) were generally made up of integral or fractional powers of x, sines and cosines, exponentials, and logarithms, such as (l+2x)e x , sin x + x cos x, cc* + af , x + log x, e x . The first and second of these functions can be expanded by Maclaurin's theorem in ascending integral powers of x ; the others cannot, though the last can be expanded in terms of 1/x. In the present chapter, following F. G. Frobenius,* of Berlin, we shall assume as a trial solution y=x c (a Q + a 1 x+a 2 x 2 + ... to inf.), where the a's are constants.f The index c will be determined by a quadratic equation called the Indicial Equation. The roots of this equation may be equal, different and differing by an integer, or different and differing by a quantity not an integer. These cases will have to be discussed separately. The special merit of the form of trial solution used by Frobenius is that it leads at once to another form of solution, involving log x, when the differential equation has this second form of solution. * Crelle, Vol. LXXVL, 1873, pp. 214-224. t In this chapter suffixes will 'not be used to denote differentiation. 109 110 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS l As such a function as e x cannot be expanded in ascending powers of x, we must expect the method to fail for differential equations having solutions of this nature. A method will be pointed out by which can be determined at once which equations have solutions of Frobenius' forms (regular integrals) and for what range of values of x these solutions will be convergent. The object of the present chapter is to indicate how to deal with examples. The formal proofs of the theorems suggested will be given in the next chapter. Among the examples will be found the important equations of Bessel,* Legendre, and Eiccati. A sketch is also given of the Hyper- geometric or Gaussian equation and its twenty-four solutions. 95. Case I. Roots of Indicial Equation unequal and differing by a quantity not an integer. Consider the equation < 2a!+ ^S-|-^= (D Put z=x e (a + a x x + a^ 2 + ...), where a =f= 0, giving f dz j- = a$x°- x + %(c + 1 ) x c + a 2 (c + 2)x c+1 + ... , d 2 z and -=-£ = a c(c - l)x c ~ 2 +a 1 (c + l)cx t ~ 1 +a 2 (c +2)(c + l)x c + ... . Substitute in (1), and equate the coefficients of the successive powers of x to zero. The lowest power of x is a? -1 . Its coefficient equated to zero gives a {2c(c-l)-c}=0, i.e. c(2c-3)=0, (2) as a =/=0. * Friedrich Wilhelm Bessel, of Minden (1784-1846), was director of the obser- vatory at Konigsberg. He is best known by " Bessel's Functions." Adrian Marie Legendre, of Toulouse (1752-1833), is best known by his " Zonal Harmonics" or "Legendre's Coefficients." He also did a great deal of work on Elliptic Integrals and the Theory of Numbers. Jacopo Francesco, Count Riccati, of Venice (1676-1754), wrote on " Riccati's Equation," and also on the possibility of lowering the order of a given differential equation. Karl Friedrich Gauss, of Brunswick (1777-1856), "the Archimedes of the nineteenth century," published researches on an extraordinarily wide range of subjects, including Theory of Numbers, Determinants, Infinite Series, Theory of Errors, Astronomy, Geodesy, and Electricity and Magnetism. t It is legitimate to differentiate a series of ascending powers of x term by term in this manner, within the region of convergence. See Bromwich, Infinite Series, Art. 52. SOLUTION IN SERIES 111 (2) is called the Indicial Equation. The coefficient of of equated to zero gives a,{2(c + l)c-(c + l)}=0, i.e. %=0 (3) The coefficient of af +1 has more terms in it, giving a 2 {2(c+2)(c + l)-(c + 2)}+a {c(c-l)-6}=0 5 i.e. a 2 (c+2)(2c + l)+a (c + 2)(c-3)=0, i.e. a 2 (2c + l)+a (c-3)=0 (4) Similarly, a 3 (2c + 3) + a 1 (c-2)=0, (5) a 4 (2c + 5)+a 2 (c-l)=0, (6) and so on. From (3), (5), etc., = a x = a 3 = a 5 = . . . = a 2n+v From (4), (6), etc., «2 c-3 a A _ e - 1 a 2c + 1' a 2 ~ 2c + 5' a 6 _ c + 1 a 2K c + 2w - 5 a 4 2c + 9' « 2 n-2~ 2c+4w-3' But from (2), c=0orf. Thus, if c = 0, r 3iii z = aj 1 + 3x 2 +^* 4 -^a; 6 +^a; 8 ... r = aw, say, replacing a hy a; and if c=f, , »/, 3 2 1.3 4 1.3.5 B 1.3.5.9 a 1 = bv say, replacing a (which is arbitrary) by b this time. Thus y=au + bv is a solution which contains two arbitrary con- stants, and so may be considered the complete primitive. In general, if the Indicial Equation has two unequal roots a and /3 differing by a quantity not an integer, we get two independent solutions by substituting these values of c in the series for z. Examples for solution. <s>teU-«)g-isg+*»-a (4) Bessel's equation of order n, taking 2n as non-integral, 112 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 96. Convergence of the series obtained in the last article. It is proved in nearly every treatise on Higher Algebra or Analysis that the infinite series u 1 +u 2 + u 3 + ... is convergent if Lt <1. Now in the series we obtained u n = a 2n _ 2 af +2n - 2 , i.e. _ c+2n-5 2 and the limit when n-><x> is - \x % , independent of the value of c. Hence both series obtained are convergent for | x | < -\/2. It is interesting to notice that if the differential equation is reduced to the form giving in our example p (x) = ^-^, and 9 r ( a; ) = or7~2' p(x) and q(x) are expansible in power series which are convergent for values of x whose modulus | x | < \/2. That is, the region of convergence is identical in this example with the region for which p(x) and q(x) are expansible in convergent power series. We shall show in Chap. X. that this theorem is true in general. Examples for solution. Find the region of convergence for the solutions of the last set of examples. Verify in each case that the region of convergence is identical with the region for which p(x) and q(x) are expansible in convergent power series. 97. Case II. Roots of Indicial Equation equal. Consider the equation (z-^)g + (l-5z)|-%==0. Put z=x c (a +a 1 x+a 2 x 2 + ...), and after substituting in the differential equation, equate coefficients of successive powers of x to zero just as in Art. 95. SOLUTION IN SERIES 113 We get a {c(c-l)+c}=0, i.e. c 2 =0, (1) a 1 {(c + l)c+c + l}-a {c(c-l)+5c + 4}=0, i.e. a 1 (c + l) 2 -a (c + 2) 2 =0, (2) a 2 (c+2) 2 -%(c+3) 2 =0, (3) a 3 (c + 3) 2 -a 2 (c+4) 2 =0, ....(4) and so on. Hence f, /c + 2\ 2 /c+3\ 2 „ /c+4\ 2 . \ is a solution if c =0. This gives only one series instead of two. But if we substitute the series in the left-hand side of the dif- ferential equation (without putting c=0), we get the single term a c*x?:' As this involves the square of c, its partial differential coefficient with respect to c, i.e. 2a cx c "+ a c 2 x" log x will also vanish when c=0. That is, d Be (x - x 2 ) t~2 + (1 - 5x) j — 4 \z = 2a cx c *'+ a c 2 cc°"iog x. As the differential operators are commutative, this may be written iV^+ii-fa,*-*" =- = 2a ( ;cx' r *'+ a^xHog x. dz . Hence ~- is a second solution of the differential equation, if c is put equal to zero after differentiation. Differentiating, dz , J'/c+2\ -1 n /c+3\ -2 = zlo2X+a ( pf\'2 l ( — T ) • -. — ^x+2 & ° L Vc + 1/ (c + 1) 2 dc~ 8 ° [\c + U (c + 1) 2 'Vc + 1/ (c + 1) \2- +2 (?Tl)(^TT^ + -}- (c + 1)* Putting c=0 and a = a and 6 respectively in the two series, z = a{l 2 + 2 2 z + 3V 5 + 4 V + 5 2 « 4 + ...}= aw, say, and ^-=6wloga;-26{l . 2#+2 . 3x 2 +3 . 4» 3 + ...}=bv, say. The complete primitive is au + fry. 114 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS In general, if the Indicial Equation has two equal roots c = a, we get two independent solutions by substituting this value of cinz and dz ~-. The second solution will always consist of the product of the first solution (or a numerical multiple of it) and log a;, added to another series. Reverting to our particular example, consideration of p(x) and q(x), as in Art. 96, suggests that the series will be convergent for | x | < 1. It may be easily shown that this is correct. Examples for solution. (i,(,-„*S + (i-„§!-„-a (2) Bessel's equation of order zero d 2 y dy x- T ~ + i L +xy=0. dx 2 ax (4) 4(^-z 2 )g + 8^g-</ = 0. 98. Case III. Roots of Indicial Equation differing by an integer, making a coefficient of z infinite. Consider Bessel's equation of order unity, d 2 y dy . „ 1X n If we proceed as in Art. 95, we find a {c(c-l)+c-l}=0, i.e. c 2 -l=0, (1) % {( C + 1) 2 -1}=0, i.e. a x =0, (2) a 2 {(c+2) 2 -l}+a =0, ..., (3) and a n {(c + n) 2 -l}+a n _ 2 =0, (4) giving z = a x c \ 1 - -x z +- (c + l)(c + 3) (c + l)(c + 3) 2 (c+5) 1 cc° + ...}. (c + l)(c + 3) 2 (c + 5) 2 (c + 7) The roots of the indicial equation (1) are c = l or - 1. But if we put c = - 1 in this series for z, the coefficients become infinite, owing to the factor (c + 1) in the denominator. SOLUTION IN SERIES 115 To obviate this difficulty replace * a by (c + l)k, giving z ^( (e+1) __i_ )a! , + (c+3) i (c+6) a , "(c + 3) 2 (c+5) 2 (c+7J a;6 + '"/'" : "' (5) d % ff'Z alld X2 dtf +X d x +(X 2 -I)z=]c3tf{c + I){c*-I)=kx c (c + I) 2 (c-1). Just as in Case II. the occurrence of the squared factor (c + 1) 2 dz shows that ^-, as well as z, satisfies the differential equation when •c = - 1. Also putting c = 1 in z gives a solution. So apparently we have found three solutions to this differential equation of only the second order. On working them out, we get respectively for- 1 J -*& +^^4 ___!___ ^6 + mm j =JcU} say} Aulogaj+farijl+A^-^l+l)^ + 2 a .4 2 .6(2 + i + 6) a;6 + -} == ^' say ' and ^4 2 "^ 2+ ^^-4 2 J 2 T8 a;6 + "-} = ^' Say - It is obvious that w = - 4m, so we have only found two linearly independent solutions after all, and the complete primitive is au+bv. The series are easily proved to be convergent for all values of x. The identity (except for a constant multiple) of the series obtained by substituting c = - 1 and c = 1 respectively in the expression for z is not an accident. It could have been seen at once from relation (4), a n {(c+n) 2 -l}+a n _ 2 =0. If c = l, this gives o n {(l +n) 2 -l}+a n _ 2 =0 (6) hence replacing n by n + 2, « w+2 {(l+^) 2 -l}+«„=0 (7) Thus K^l _f~ a n ~J (g) L 0> ra Jc=-i L<X n _2J c= i As [z]c=-i has a; -1 as a factor outside the bracket, while [z] c=1 has a, relation (8) really means that the coefficients of corresponding * Of course the condition a ^0 is thus violated ; we assume in its place that 116 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS powers of x in the two series are in a constant ratio. The first series apparently has an extra term, namely that involving x~ x , but this conveniently vanishes owing to the factor (c + 1). In general, if the Indicial Equation has two roots a and /3 (say a >/3) differing by an integer, and if some of the coefficients of z become infinite when c = (3, we modify the form ofzby replacing a by k(c-(3). We then get two independent solutions by putting c=(3 in the modified dz form of z and ~- . The result of putting c=>a in z merely gives a numerical multiple of that obtained by putting c = /3. Examples for solution. (1) Bessel's equation of order 2, (2)*(l-*)g-3*|-,=0. (3) x(l-x) d ^-(l+3x)^ x -y=0. (4) (x + x 2 + x 3 )f^ + 3x^-2y=0. ax 2 ax 99. Case IV. Boots of Indicial Equation differing by an integer, making a coefficient of z indeterminate. Consider the equation Proceeding as usual, we get c(c-l)=0, (1) ^(0 + 1)0=0, ., (2) a i (c+2)(c + l)+a Q {-c(c-l)+2c + l}=0, (3) a 3 (c+3)(c+2)+a 1 {-(c + l)c+2(c + l)+l}=0, (4) and so on. (1) Gives c=0 or 1. The coefficient of a x in (2) vanishes when c =0, but as there is no other term in the equation this makes a x indeterminate instead of infinite. If c = l, a 1 =0. Thus, if c=0, from equations (3), (4), etc. 2a 2 +a =0, 6a 3 +3a 1 =0, 12a 4 + 3a 2 =0, etc., SOLUTION IN SERIES 117 giving M c =o = «o{l-2 a;2+ 8 a:;4 + 8o a;6 -} / 1 3 1 3 7 \ This contains two arbitrary constants, so it may be taken as the complete primitive. The series may be proved convergent for |z|<l. But we have the other solution given byc = l. Working out the coefficients, [z]c=i = a »{l ~ g x% +|o ^ + 560 **'")' that is, a constant multiple of the second series in the first solution. This could have been foreseen from reasoning similar to that in Case III. In general, if the Indicial Equation has two roots a and (3 (say a > /3) differing by an integer, and if one of the coefficients of z becomes indeterminate when c=/3, the complete primitive is given by putting c=/3 in z, which then contains two arbitrary constants. The result oj putting c = a in z merely gives a numerical multiple of one of the series contained in the first solution. Examples for solution. (1) Legendre's equation of order unity, a-*->g-*.g + a»-a (2) Legendre's equation of order n, (3) 2 + ^=0. (4) (2 + z 2 )g + zg + (l + z )2/ =0. i 100. Some cases where the method fails. As e x cannot be expanded in ascending powers of x, we must expect the method to fail in some way when the differential equation has such a solution. To construct an example, take the equation -=-|-iy=0, of which e z and er z are solutions, and transform it by putting z =-. We have d 4 J x . f= -I $= - x * d Jl dz dz dx z 2 dx dx and d ^^ d ( d ^)^-x^(~x^)-x^ d2 - J + 2^ dy dz* dz dxKdzJ X dx\ X dx)' X dx* + Ax dx' 118 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Hence the new equation is dx* dx If we try to apply the usual method, we get for the indicial equation, -a =0, which has no roots,* as by hypothesis a ^=0. Such a differential equation is said to have no regular integrals i _i in ascending powers of x. Of course e x and e x can be expanded in powers of - . The examples given below illustrate other possibilities, such as the indicial equation having one root, which may or may not give a convergent series. It will be noticed that, writing the equation in the form x2 d^ +x p( x )-£ + ^( x )y= > in every case where the method has succeeded p(x) and q(x) have been finite for x=0, while in all cases of failure this condition is violated. For instance, in the above example, p(a0=-2, a (as) = — -, which is infinite if x =0. Examples for solution. (1) Transform Bessel's equation by the substitution x-l/z. Hence show that it has no integrals that are regular in descending powers of as. (2) Show that the following equation has only one integral that is regular in ascending powers of x, and determine it : a?Pi + x(l-2x)^-2y=0. dx* dx (3) By putting y = vx 2 (l +2x) determine the complete primitive "of the previous example. (4) Show that the following equation has no integral that is regular in ascending powers of x, as the one series obtainable diverges for all values of x : d*y ., .dy (5) Obtain two integrals of the last example regular in descending powers of x. * Or we may say that it has two infinite roots. SOLUTION IN SERIES 119 (6) Show that the following equation has no integrals that are regular in either ascending or descending powers of x : 3:4(1 ~ x2) fo* + 2a? W ~ (1 " X2)3y = °* [This is the equation whose primitive is ae***' 1 + be~ x ~ x ~ 1 .] MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES ON CHAPTER IX. (1) Obtain three independent solutions of Qr^ + Mx^ + S^-v-O 9X dx* +21X dx* + ii dx y ~°- (2) Obtain three independent solutions, of the form dz , d 2 z Z > dc> and W of the equation X *J^{ + ^ x l\ + {l-x)-^-y=0. (3) Show that the transformation y = =- j- reduces Riccati's equation -^■+by 2 = cx m Cb V to the linear form -=-= - bcvx™ =0. ax* (4) Show that if y is neither zero nor an integer, the Hypergeometric Equation d * d x(l-z)^+{y-(a + /3 + l)z}^-a#/ = has the solutions (convergent if \x\ < 1) F( a ,l3,y,x) and a> 1 -*F(a-y + l, /3-y + l, 2-y, x), where F(a, f3, y, x) denotes the Hypergeometric Series q/3 q(q + l)j8(/8 + l) «(q + l)(« + 2)/3(/3 + l)( t 8 + 2) l.y 1.2.y(y + l) + 1.2.3.y(y + l)(y + 2) (5) Show that the substitutions x = l-z and x = 1/z transform the hypergeometric equation into z(l-z)0 + {a + /3 + l-y-(a + /3 + lMg-«/^=O and z^l-z)^ + z{(l-a-P)-(2-y)z}if z + al3y=0 respectively, of which the first is also of hypergeometric form. 120 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Hence, from the last example, deduce that the original equation has the additional four solutions : F(a, /5, a + /3 + l-y, 1-x), (1 -x)v-"-f>F(y- j3, y- a, 1+y- a- /3,1-x), x-«F{a, a + l-y, a + l-ft, or 1 ), and x-f*F({3, (3 + 1-y, (3 + 1 -a, x- 1 ). (6) Show that the substitution y = (l-x) n Y transforms the hyper- geometric equation into another hypergeometric equation if n = y - a - /3. Hence show that the original equation has the additional two solutions : (1 _ x) y-«-? F{y _ ^ y _ £ y> x) and x l -y(l-x)y-«-PF(l- a ,l-f3,2-y, x). [Note.— Ex. 5 showed how from the original two solutions of the hypergeometric equation two otfiers could be deduced by each of the transformations x = l-z and cc = l/z. Similarly each of the three transformations x = — -, x = —^ x = Z -^-, gives two more, thus making twelve. By proceeding as in Ex. 6 the number can be doubled, giving a total of twenty-four. These five transformations, together with the identical transformation x = z, form a group ; that is, by performing two such transformations in succession we shall always get* a transformation of the original set.] (7) Show that, unless 2n is an odd integer (positive or" negative), Legendre's equation has the solutions, regular in descending powers of x, xm-iF(ln + i, fw + 1, w + f, x- 2 ), x n F{-\n,\-\n,\-n,x~*). [The solution for the case 2n= -1 can be got by changing x into x- 1 in the result of Ex. 4 of the set following Art. 97. ] (8) Show that the form of the solution of Bessel's equation of order n depends upon whether n is zero, integral, or non-integral, although the difference of the roots of the indicial equation is not n bub 2n. * CHAPTER X EXISTENCE THEOREMS OF PICARD, CAUCHY.f AND FROBENIUS 101. Nature of the problem. In the preceding chapters we have studied a great many devices for obtaining solutions of differential equations of certain special forms. At one time mathematicians hoped that they would discover a method for expressing the solution of any differential equation in terms of a finite number of known functions or their integrals. When it was realised that this was impossible, the question arose as to whether a differential equation in general had a solution at all, and, if it had, of what kind. There are two distinct methods of discussing this question. One, due to Picard, has already been illustrated by examples (Arts. 83 and 84). We obtained successive approximations, which apparently tended to a limit. We shall now prove that these approximations really do tend to a limit and that this limit gives the solution. Thus we shall prove the exist- ence of a solution of a differential equation of a fairly general type. A theorem of this kind is called an Existence Theorem. Picard's method is not difficult, so we will proceed to it at once before saying anything about the second method. It must be borne in mind that the object of the present chapter is not to obtain practically useful solutions of particular equations. Our aim now is to prove that the assumptions made in obtaining these solutions were correct, and to state exactly the conditions that are sufficient to ensure correctness in equations similar to those treated before, but generalised as far as possible. * This chapter should be omitted on a first reading. t Augustin Louis Cauchy, of Paris (1789-1857), may be looked upon as the creator of the Theory of Functions and of the modern Theory of Differential Equa- tions. He devised the method of determining definite integrals by Contour Integration. 121 122 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 102. Picard's method of successive approximation. If -~ =f(x, y) and y=b when x=a, the successive approximations for the value of y as a function of x are 6 + 1 f{x,b)dx=y 1 ,s&y, b + [f(x,y 1 )dx = y 2 ,say, b + I f(x, y 2 )dx =y 3 , say, and so on. We have already (Arts. 83 and 84) explained the application of this method to examples. We took the case where f(x, y)=x+y 2 , b = a=0, and found Vi = ~2 X + 'TO 3 ' 3 ni — 1 /y.2 _l_ 1 rtS) I 1 /y8 _L __1 7<11 These functions appear to be tending to a limit, at any rate for sufficiently small values of x. It is the purpose of the present article to prove that this is the case, not merely in this particular example^ but whenever f(x, y) obeys certain conditions to be specified. These conditions are that, after suitable choice of the positive numbers h and h, we can assert that, for all values of x between a - h and a + h, and for all values of y between b - k and b + k, we can find positive numbers M and A so that (i) \f(x,y)\<M, (ii) \f(x, y) -f(x, y')\<A\y-y'\, y and y' being any two values of y in the range considered. In our example fix, y) =x+y 2 , condition (i) is obviously satisfied, taking for M any positive number greater than (h+k 2 ). Also \(x+y 2 )-(x+y' 2 )\=\y+y'\\y-y'\<2k\y-y'\, so condition (ii) is also satisfied, taking A = 2k. Returning to the general case, we consider the differences between the successive approximations. Vx ~ b = I f( x > b)dx, by definition, but \f(x, b) | < M, by condition (i), BO Mdx J a i.e. <M\x-a\<Mh (1) EXISTENCE THEOREMS 123 Also y 2 -y x = b + \f{x, y x )dx -b- \ f{x, b)dx, by definition, = \{f(v,yi)-f(x> b )}dx;. J a but \f(x, y x ) -f(x, b)\<A\y 1 -b\, by condition (ii), <AM\x-a\, from (1), I f* Bo|y 2 ~2/il< I AM(x-a)da i.e. <\AM{x-af<lAMhK ...(2) Similarly, | y n - y n _, \ < ~ MA-W. . . (3) Now trie infinite series b+Mh+±MAh* + ...+±MA n -% n ... = -j(e Ah -l)+b * n\ A is convergent for all values of h, A, and M. Therefore the infinite series b + (2/1 -b) + (y 2 -yj + ... + (y n -y n -i) + - > each term of which is equal or less in absolute value than the corre- sponding term of the preceding, is still more convergent. That is to say that the sequence y 1 = b + (y 1 -b), y2=b + (y 1 -b) + (y 2 -y 1 ), and so on, tends to a definite limit, say Y(x), which is what we wanted to prove. We must now prove that Y satisfies the differential equation. At first sight this seems obvious, but it is not so really, for we must not assume without proof that ex ex Lt f(x,y n - 1 )dx=\ f{x, Lt y n ^)dx. The student who understands the idea of uniform convergence will notice that the inequalities (1), (2), (3) that we have used to prove the convergence of our series really prove its uniform con- vergence also. If, then, f(x, y) is continuous, y v y 2 , etc., are continuous also, and Y is a uniformly convergent series of con- tinuous functions; that is, Y is itself continuous,* and Y -y n -i tends uniformly to zero as n increases. Hence, from condition (ii), f(x, Y)-f(x,y n _ x ) tends uniformly to zero. * See Bromwich's Infinite Series, Art. 45. f J a 124 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS From this we deduce that if( x > Y ) -f(x, y n -i)} tends to zero. Thus the limit of the relation Ja therefore* ^-=/(a, F), and 7=6 when a?=o. This completes the proof. 103. Cauchy's method. Theorems on infinite series required. Cauchy's method is to obtain an infinite series from the differential equation, and then prove it convergent by comparing it with another infinite series. The second infinite series is not a solution of the equation, but the relation between its coefficients is simpler than that between those of the original series. Our first example of this method will be for the simple case of the linear equation of the first order dy Of course this equation can be solved at once by separation of the variables, giving logy = c+ p(x)dx. However, we give the discussion by infinite series because it is almost exactly similar to the slightly more difficult discussion of d 2 y , x dy and other equations of higher order. We shall need the following theorems relating to power series. The variable x is supposed to be complex. For brevity we shall denote absolute values by capital letters, e.g. A n for \a n \. oo (A) A power series ^ a n x n is absolutely convergent at all points within its circle of convergence \x\=R. (B) The radius R of this circle is given by 1 A — T+ n+i R~ ~J~' " n— >-oo -tin provided that this limit exists. *When differentiating the integral, the student should remember that the integral varies solely in consequence of the variation of its upper limit. EXISTENCE THEOREMS 125 (P) J- (^k a n xn ) = S m * D "~ 1 > within i X 1 = K (D) If we have two power series, then for points within the circle that is common to their circles of convergence, ( V a n x n ) ( V b n xA = 2 Wo +««-A + - + «<)&>*• \ ' \ o (E) If V a n £ n = V M n for all values of a; within the circle o o \x\=R, then «„ = &„. (F) A n < MR~ n , where M exceeds the absolute value of the sum of the series at points on a circle \x\=B on which the series is convergent. Proofs of these theorems will be found in Bromwich's Infinite Series : A in Art. 82, B is an obvious deduction from D'Alembert's ratio test, Art. 12, C in Art. 52, 2> „ 54, E „ 52, F „ 82. Two theorems on uniform convergence will be required later on, but we will defer these until they are needed. dy 104. * Convergence of the solution in series of jZ =y P( x )- I** oo p{x) be capable of expansion in a power series ]>] p n x n which is o convergent everywhere within and on the circle | x \ =R. We shall 00 prove that a solution y = ^ a n x * can be obtained which is o convergent within this circle. Substituting in the differential equation, we obtain oo oo oo V na n x n ~ x = 2 a n x n ^ p n x n (Theorem C) 00 = S KPo + <*n-iPi + a n-2P2 + ■ • • + a oPn) x n . (Theorem D) Equating the coefficients of x n ~\ (Theorem E) na n = a n _- i p + a n _ 2 p 1 + a n _ 3 p 2 + ..■ + a p n _ 1 (1) * Revise Art. 7 before reading the following. 126 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Hence for the absolute values of the a's and/'s, denoted by the corresponding capital letters, we get nA n <: A n _ 1 P +A n _ 2 P 1 +A n _ 3 P 2 + ... +A P n .„ 1 (2) Let M be a positive number exceeding the absolute value of f (a) on the circle | x | =R, ^ en f , /<1X ,, P n <MR-"; (3) (TheoremF) therefore, from (1) and (3), ' M A n<~(A n - 1 + A^R- 1 +A n _ 3 R-z + ...+ A R-»+i) (4) Define B n (n>0) as the right-hand side of (4), and define B as any positive number greater than A ; then A <B . M n n ' But _ (A n _ x +A n _ 2 R~i +A n _ 3 R~* + ... +A R-»+i) M . n-l M . . ■ n = ¥ A ^ + ~nR^l ( A n-2 + A n _ 3 R~i + ... + A R-n + ^ Hence, defining B n as above, * n n An ~ 1+ n R~' i.e. < \n + RJ Bn ~ 1} as A »-i < B "-i '> therefore n <-- _ j. A B n _ 1 < ~n + R' i.e. Lt #^i CO Therefore the series ^ £ n x« is convergent within the circle \ X \=R- _ ° (Theorem B.) Still more therefore is the series J^ a «» n convergent within the o same circle, since A n ^ B . The coefficients a l3 a 2 , ... can all be found from (1) in terms of the p% which are supposed known, and the arbitrary constant a . 105. Remarks on this proof. The student will probably have found the last article very difficult to follow. It is important not to get confused by the details of the work. The main point is this. We should like to prove that Lt -^-<R. Unfortunately the relation defining the A's is rather complicated. We first simplify it by getting rid of the n quantities P , P l5 ...P n _ x . Still the EXISTENCE THEOREMS 127 relation is too complicated, as it involves n A'a. We need a simple relation involving only two. By taking a suitable definition of B n we get such a relation between B n and B n _ x , leading to Lt J^-^R- n—>'x> -t>n— 1 We repeat that the object of giving such a complicated dis- cussion of a very simple equation is to provide a model which the student can imitate in other cases. Examples for solution. (1) Prove that, if p(x) and q(x) can be expanded in power series convergent at all points within and on the circle X = R, then a power series convergent within the same circle can be found in terms of the first two coefficients (the arbitrary constants) to satisfy [Here n(n-l)a n = (n-l)a n _ 1 p + (n-2)a n _ 2 p 1 + ... +o 1 p«_ a + a«-2?0 + a n-Z^ll + • • • + «0?n-2- Hence, if M is any number exceeding the absolute values of both p(x) and q(x) at all points on the circle X = R, A n < ^{(4_i +A^ t Rri + ... +A 1 R~») + (A n -. 2 + A n _ 3 R-* + ...+A R- n +*)} M <-(l + R)(A n _ 1 + A n ^R- 1 + ... +A Q R-"+i). Define the right-hand side of this inequality as B n and then proceed as before.] (2) Prove similar results for the equation 106. Frobenius' method. Preliminary discussion. When the student has mastered the last article, he will be ready for the more difficult problem of investigating the convergence of the series given by the method of Frobenius. In the preceding chapter (which should be thoroughly' known before proceeding further), we saw that in some cases we obtained two series involving only powers of x, while in others logarithms were present. The procedure in the first case is very similar to that of the last article. But in the second case a new difficulty arises. The series with logarithms were obtained by differentiating series with 128 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS respect to a parameter c. Now differentiation is a process of taking a limit and the summation of an infinite series is another process of taking a limit. It is by no means obvious that the result will be the same whichever of these two processes is performed first, even if the series of differential coefficients be convergent. However, we shall prove that in our case the differentiation is legitimate, but this proof that our series satisfy conditions sufficient to justify term-by- term differentiation is rather long and bewildering. To appreciate the following work the student should at first ignore all the details of the algebra, concentrating his attention on the general trend of the argument. When this has been grasped, he can go back and verify the less important steps taken for granted on a first reading. 107. Obtaining the coefficients in Frobenius' series when the roots of the indicial equation do not differ by an integer or zero. Consider the expression where p (x) and q (x) are both expansible in power series V p n x n CO and 2 q n x n which are convergent within and on the circle | x [ = R. We are trying to obtain a solution of the differential equation *(**i'S)-° d). If y is replaced by xP ^ <V n (with a ^0), <£ (x, y, & ff) becomes u \ ax ax J GO ^a n x°+ n {(c + n) (c+n-l)-(c + n)p(x)-q (x)} CO where g = a {c(c-l)- p c - q } an d g n = a n {(c + n) (c + n - 1 ) - p (c + n) - q } - a n-i{Pi(c+n-l)+q 1 }-a n ._ 2 {p 2 (c+n-2)+q 2 } ... -a (p n c + q n ). For brevity, denote c(c-l)-p Q c-q byf(c), so that (c + n) (c + n - 1) -p (c + n) - q =/ (c + n). EXISTENCE THEOREMS 129 Then# w =0 if a n f(c + n)= a n _ x {p x [c + n - 1) + ft} + a w _ 2 {p 2 (c + n-2)+q t } + ...+a Q (p n c + q n ) (2) If we can choose the a's so that all the #'s vanish, and if the series jg a rP n so obtained is convergent, a solution of (1) will have o been obtained. Now as a ^0, g =0 gives c{c-l)-p c-q =0 (3) This is a quadratic equation in c, and is called the Indicial Equation. Let its roots be a and f3. If either of these values is substituted for c in the equations 1= O, 2 =O, ^3=0, ..., values for %, a 2 , a 3 , ... are found in the form a n =a h n (c)/[f(c+n)f(c+n-l) .../(c + 1)], (4) where h n (c) is a polynomial in c. The student should work out the values of a x and a 2 in full if he finds any difficulty at this point. The process by which a n is obtained from (2) involves division by / (c + n). This is legitimate only when f(c + n)^=0. Now as /(c) =(c-a)(c- j3), f(c+n)={c + n-a)(c+n-(3), so f(a+ri)=n(a+n-fi), (5) and f(/3+n)=n{/3+n-a) (6) Thus, if a and /3 do not differ by an integer or zero, the divisors cannot vanish, so the above process for obtaining the a's is satis- factory. 108. Convergence of the series so obtained. Let M be a positive number exceeding the absolute values of p(x) and q(x) at all points on the circle | x | = R. Then P S <MR~* and Q S <MR~°, so that \p 8 (c+n-8)+q 8 \<M(G+n-8 + l)Rr*. From these inequalities and from (2), A n < MiA^C+^R-* + ... +A (C + l)R- n }/F(c + n), ...(7) say A n <B n , denoting the right-hand side of (7) by B n . This defines B n if n>0. Define B as any positive number greater than A . This definition of B n gives B n+1 F(c +n+ 1) -B n F{c +n)R~ 1 =A n M{C +n + l)R- x <B n M(C+n + l)R-\ 130 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS so that % a< J(« + «)+*(0 + » + l) t i Xm < . l(c+w)(c + n-l)-y (c+w)-g l+M(C+n + l) BKc+w + lJtc+^-^c+w + lJ-gror Now for large values of n the expression on the right approaches the value n% ^ Rn 2= R' Thus Lfc^i3^1 00 00 Therefore the series ^ ^n 35 " an( ^ stu l more the series V a n x n o converges within the circle j x \ = R. Thus, when a and ft do not differ by an integer, we get two convergent infinite series satisfying the differential equation. 109. Modification required when the roots of the indicial equation differ by zero or an integer. When a and ft are equal, we get one series by this method. When a and ft differ by an integer, this method holds good for the larger one, but not for the smaller, for if a -ft =r (a positive integer), then from (5) and (6) /(a +ri) =n(a +n-ft) =n(n+r), but f(ft+n)=n(ft+n-a)=n(n-r), which vanishes when n=r, giving a zero factor in the denominator of a r when c=ft. As exemplified in Arts. 98 and 99 of the preceding chapter, this may give either an infinite or indeterminate value for some of the a's. This difficulty is removed by modifying the form assumed for y, replacing a Q by k(c - ft). This will make a , a x , ... , a r _ x all zero and a r , a r+1 , ... all finite when c is put equal to ft. This change in the form assumed for y will not alter the relation between the a's, and so will not affect the above investigation of convergence. 110. Differentiation of an infinite series with respect to a parameter c, the roots of the indicial equation differing by an integer. In Art. 107 we obtained an infinite series x°^a n x n , where the a's are functions o of c. As in the preceding chapter, we have to consider the differentiation of this series with respect to c, c being put equal to the smaller root ft after the differentiation. EXISTENCE THEOREMS 131 Now while this differentiation is being performed we may con- sider # as a constant. The series can then be considered as a series CO of functions of the variable c, say^ ^«( c )> where x/r n (c)=a 5 c +«a w =a? +n a h n (c)l[f(c+ri)f(c + n-l) .../(c + 1)], from (4), where a = k(c-/3) and the factor (c-/3) is to be divided out if it occurs in the denominator. Now Goursat (Gours d' Analyse, Vol. II. 2nd ed. p. 98) proves that if (i) all the i/^'s are functions which are analytic and holo- morphic within a certain region bounded by a closed contour and continuous on this contour, and if (ii) the series of \fs's is uniformly convergent on this contour, then the differentiation term by term gives a convergent series whose sum is the differential coefficient of the sum of the original series. For the definitions of holomorphic and analytic, see the beginning of Vol. II. of Goursat. It will be seen that the xfr's satisfy these definitions and are continuous as long as we keep away from values of c that make them infinite. These values are a - 1, /5 - 1, a -2, ^ - 2, etc. To avoid these take the region inside a circle of centre c=/3 and of any radius less than unity. We shall now prove that the series is uniformly convergent everywhere inside this region. This will prove it is uniformly convergent on the contour of a similar but slightly smaller region inside the first. Let s be a positive integer exceeding the largest value of C within the larger region. Then for all values of c within this region, for values of n exceed- ing s, F(c+n) = | (c +n){c + n - 1) -p {c +n) -q \ , by definition of F, ^(C+nf-(P + l){G+n)-Q , as \u-v\ > \ u\ - \ v |, > (n-sf-(M + l)(s+n)-M, as P <M and Q <M, > n % +In + J, say, where I and J are independent of n, x, or c (8) For sufficiently great values of n, say n>m, the last expression is always positive. Let H denote the maximum value of MlA^iG +m)R~ 1 +A m _ 2 (C +m - l)i2" 2 + ... +A (C + l)Br m ] (9) for all the values of c in the region. 132 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Then if E m be any positive number greater than B m , and, if, for values of n > m, E n be defined by E = M{E n _ 1 (s+n)R- 1 + ...E m (s+m + l)R-«*n}+HR- n +™ /in , n n*+In+J' '( 10 ) so that E m+1 aa MBn&s+m + l)*++HR* m+1 (m + lf + I(m + l)+J ' which has a numerator greater than and a denominator less than those of B m+1 , from (8), (9), and the definition of B n as the right- hand side of (7), we see that Similarly E n >B n for all values of n>m. jp -I From (10) we prove Lt ~w^ = ^. This piece of work is so similar to the corresponding work at the end of Art. 108 that we leave it as an exercise for the student. 00 Hence ]>} E^ 71 is convergent if R x < R. m Therefore within the circle \x\=R 1 and within the region specified for c, | a n x c + n | < A n R?+ n < B n R 1 s + n < E n R^+ n . This shows that Ha n af +n satisfies Weierstrass's M-test for uniform convergence (Bromwich, Art. 44), as R 1} s, and the E'b are all inde- pendent of c. This completes the proof that 2^„ = 'Za n x c + n satisfies all the conditions specified, so the differentiation with respect to c is now justified. This holds within the circle \x\=R x . We can take R x great enough to include any point within the circle \x\ =R. If the roots of the indicial equation are equal instead of differing by an integer, the only difference in the above work is that a is not to be replaced by &(c-/3), as no (c-/3) can now occur in the denominator of a n . CHAPTER XI ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS WITH THREE VARIABLES, AND THE CORRESPONDING CURVES AND SURFACES 111. We shall now consider some simple differential equations expressing properties of curves in space and of surfaces on which these curves lie, or which they cut orthogonally (as in Electro- statics the Equipotential Surfaces cut the Lines of Force ortho- gonally). The ordinary * differential equations of this chapter are closely connected with the partial differential equations of the next. Before proceeding further the student should revise his solid geometry. We need in particular the fact that the direction-cosines of the tangent to a curve are fdx dy dz\ W da* ds)' i.e. are in the ratio dx:dy: dz. Simultaneous linear equations with constant coefficients have already been discussed in Chapter III. 112. The simultaneous equations y = ^=^- Tnese equations express that the tangent to a certain curve at any point {x, y, z) has direction-cosines proportional to (P, Q, R). If P, Q, and R are constants, we thus get a straight line, or rather a doubly infinite system of straight lines, as one such line goes through any point of space. If, however, P, Q, and R are functions of x, y, and z, we get a similar system of curves, any one of which may be considered as generated by a moving point which continuously alters its direction * i.e. not involving partial differential cofficients. 133 134 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS of motion. The Lines of Force of Electrostatics form such a system.* t?~ r\ dx dy dz w 111 {1) Obvious integrals are x-z = a, (2) y-z = h, (3) the equations of two planes, intersecting in the line x-a y-b z which by suitable choice of the arbitrary constants a and b can be made to go through any given point, e.g. through (/, g, h) if a=f-h and b =g - h. Instead of picking out the single line of the system that goes through one given point, we may take the infinity of such lines that intersect a given curve, e.g. the circle a? 2 + 2/ 2 = 4, z=0. The equations of this circle, taken together with (2) and (3), give x = a, and hence a 2 + 6 2 = 4 (5) This is the relation that holds between a and b if the line is to inter- sect the circle. Eliminating a and b from (2), (3), and (5), we get (s-3) 8 + (y-2)* = 4, the elliptic cylinder formed by those lines of the system which meet the circle. Similarly the lines of the system which meet the curve <l>{x,y)=0, z = form the surface <p(x-z, y-z)=0. Bx.(ii). dxjjt = d*_ z —x x ' Obvious integrals are x 2 + z 2 = a, (7) y=i>, (8) a right circular cylinder and a plane that cuts it in a circle. The differential equations therefore represent a system of circles, whose centres all lie on the axis of y and whose planes are all perpen- dicular to this axis. One such circle goes through any point of space. That through (f,9,h)is x* + z*=:fz + h% y=g. A surface is formed by the circles of the system that intersect a given curve. ♦The equations of the lines of force are dx r^- = dy n~- = dzl~, where V is the potential function. / O* ■ I oy I oz ORDINARY EQUATIONS WITH THREE VARIABLES 135 If the given curve is the hyperbola (7) and (8) give, for a circle intersecting this hyperbola, x 2 = a, y = b, a b 2 1 m\ and hence A 2 ~lB 2 ~ Eliminating a and b from (7), (8), and (9), we get the hyperboloid of one sheet, x 2 + z 2 y 2 ~A* B 2 ' formed by those circles of the system that intersect the hyperbola. Similarly, starting from the curve <f>{x 2 ,y)=0, z = 0, we get the surface of revolution <f> {x 2 + z 2 , y)=0. 113. Solution of such equations by multipliers. If dx __dy _dz each of these fractions is equal to Idx+m dy+ndz ~lP+mQ+nR This method may be used with advantage in some examples to obtain a zero denominator and a numerator that is an exact differential. dx dy dz_ ....(1) Ex ' z(x + y)~z(x-y)~x 2 + y 2 Each of these fractions xdx-ydy-zdz = xz {x + y) - yz (x - y) - z {x 2 + y 2 ) xdx-ydy-zdz t = ' therefore xdx-ydy-zdz=Q, i.e. x 2 -y 2 -z 2 = a (2) ' , . ydx + xdy-zdz . Similarly, each fraction = ~ > therefore y dx + xdy -zdz = 0, i.e. 2xy-z 2 = b ( 3 ) Thus the solution of equations (1) is formed by the system of quartic curves in space arising from the intersection of the conicoids (2) and (3), where a and b are arbitrary. 136 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Examples for solution. Obtain the system of curves, defined by two equations with an arbitrary constant in each, satisfying the following simultaneous dif- ferential equations. Interpret geometrically whenever possible. dx^dy^dz^ dx dy dz x V z mz-ny nx-lz~ly-mx' /ov dx dy _ dz dx_dy_^dz y 2 + z 2 -x 2 -2xy~ -2xz' ^ ' yz~zx^xy' (5) JfL = AM_ = J^_, / 6) xdx _ dy dz y + z z + x x + y' ' z 2 -2yz-y 2 ~ y + z~ y~z (7) Find the radius of the circle of Ex. 2 that goes through the point (0, -n, m). (8) Find the surface generated by the curves of Ex. 4 that intersect the circle y 2 + z 2 = l, x=0. (9) Find the surface generated by the lines of Ex. 1 that intersect the helix x 2 + y 2 = r 2 , z = k tan -1 -. x (10) Find the curve which passes through the point (1, 2, -1) and is such that at any point the direction-cosines of its tangent are in the ratio of the squares of the co-ordinates of that point. 114. A second integral found by the help of the first. Consider the equations dx _dy _ dz 1 -2~3a: 2 sh%+2a;) W An obvious integral is y +2x=a (2) Using this relation, we get dx _ dz 1 3a; 2 sin a' giving z - x 3 sin a = b. Substituting for a, z - x 3 sin (y + 2x) = b (3) Is (3) really an integral of (1) ? Differentiating (3), {dz-3x 2 dx sin (y + 2x)} -x 2 cos {y + 2x) . {dy +2 dx} =0, which is true in virtue of (1). So (3) is an integral. Examples for solution. . dx dy _ dz dx _ dy _ dz 1 3 5z + ta,n(y-3x)' *' z ~ -z~ z 2 + {y + x) 2 ' (3) dx ^ dy ^dz dx _dy dz xz{z 2 + xy) -yz(z 2 + xy) x 4 ' ' xy~y 2 ~zxy-2x 2 ' ORDINARY EQUATIONS WITH THREE VARIABLES 137 115. General and special integrals of simultaneous equations. If u=a and v=b are two independent integrals of the simultaneous equations dx _dy _dz T~Q~R' then <p(u, v)=0 represents a surface passing through the curves of the system, and should therefore give another solution, whatever the form of the function <f>. An analytical proof of this is reserved for the next chapter, as its importance belongs* chiefly to partial differential equations. (f>{u, v)=0 is called the General Integral. Some simultaneous equations possess integrals called Special, which are not included in the General Integral. Examples for solution. (1) In the Ex. of Art. 113 u = x 2 - y 2 - z 2 and v = 2xy-z 2 , so the General Integral is <p(x 2 -y 2 -z 2 , 2xy-z 2 )=0. The student should verify this in the simple cases where v + 1 - <p(u, v)=u-v or <p(u, v)= -. (2) Verify that for the equation dx dy dz the General Integral may be taken as <f>{2y-z,y + 2V(« - » - y)} =0, while z = x + y is a Special Integral. 116. Geometrical interpretation of the equation Pdx+Qdy+Rdz=0. This differential equation expresses that the tangent to a curve is perpendicular to a certain line, the direction-cosines of this tangent and line being proportional to (dx, dy, dz) and (P, Q, R) respectively. But we saw that the simultaneous equations dx _dy _dz P~Q~R expressed that the tangent to a curve was parallel to the line (P, Q, R). We thus get two sets of curves. If two curves, one of each set, intersect, they must* intersect at right angles. Now two cases arise. It may happen that the equation Pdx+Qdy+Rdz=0 is integrable. This means that a family of surfaces can be found, all curves on which are perpendicular to the curves represented by 138 , DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS the simultaneous equations at all points where these curves cut the surface. In fact, this is the case where an infinite number of surfaces can be drawn to cut orthogonally a doubly infinite set of curves, as equipotential surfaces cut lines of force in electrostatics. On the other hand, the curves represented by the simultaneous equations may not admit of such a family of orthogonal surfaces. In this case the single equation is non-integrable. Ex. (i) . The equation dx + dy + dz=0 integrates to x + y + z = c, a family of parallel planes. We saw in Ex. (i) of Art. 112 that the simultaneous equations dx dy _dz represented the family of parallel lines x—a y-b_z The planes are the orthogonal trajectories of the lines. Ex. (ii). zdx-xdz^O, dx dz z.e. = x z integrates to z = ex, a family of planes passing through the axis of y. We saw in Ex. (ii) of Art. 112 that the corresponding simultaneous equations dx dy __ dz z ~ ."" -x represented a system of circles whose axes all lie along the axis of y, so the planes are the orthogonal trajectories of the circles. Examples for solution. Integrate the following equations, and whenever possible interpret the results geometrically and verify that the surfaces are the orthogonal trajectories of the curves represented by the corresponding simultaneous equations : (1) xdx + ydy + zdz=0. (2) {y 2 + z 2 - x 2 ) dx - 2xy dy - 2xz dz = 0. [Divide by x 2 . ] (3) yzdx + zxdy + xydz = 0. (4) (y + z)dx + {z-+x)dy + (x + y)da=0. (5) z{ydx-xdy)=y 2 dz. (6) xdx + zdy + (y + 2z)dz = 0. 117. Method of integration when the solution is not obvious. When an integrable equation of the form Pdx+Qdy+Rdz=0 ORDINARY EQUATIONS WITH THREE VARIABLES 139 cannot be solved by inspection, we seek for a solution by considering first the simpler case where z is constant and so dz=0. For example, yzdx +2zxdy -Sxydz =0 becomes, if z is constant, y dx +2x dy =0, giving xy 2 =a. As this was obtained by supposing the variable z to be constant, it is probable that the solution of the original equation can be obtained by replacing the constant a by some function of z, giving xy 2 =f(z) leading to y 2 dx + 2xy dy - ~- dz = 0. This is identical with the original equation if Jl y 2 _ 2xy _ dz yz 2zx -Sxy dz z z * df_3dz 7"' f(z)=cz 3 , giving the final solution xy 2 = cz 3 . For a proof that this method holds good for all integrable equations, see Art. 119. Examples for solution. (1) yz log zdx-zx log zdy + xy dz=0. (2) 2yz dx + zx dy — xy(l + z)dz= 0. (3) (2x 2 + 2xy + 2xz 2 + l)dx + dy + 2z dz=0. [N.B. — Assume x con- stant at first. ] (4) (y 2 + yz)dx + (zx + z 2 )dy + (y 2 -xy)dz=?0. (5) (x 2 y -y 3 - y 2 z) dx + {xy 2 - x 2 z - x 3 ) dy + (xy 2 + x 2 y) dz = 0. (6) Show that the integral of the following equation represents a family of planes with a common line of intersection, and that these planes are the orthogonal trajectories of the circles of Ex. 2 of the set following Art. 113 : (mz - ny) dx + (nx - h) dy + (ly- mx) dz = 0. 118. Condition necessary for an equation to be integrable. If Pdx+Qdy+Rdz=0 (1) has an integral <p (x, y, z) — c, which on differentiation gives J^ dx + a- dy + -Jl dz =0. ox dy dz 140 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS *» t=™-> g-*« : d £=™- Hence |(A*>=|| = J|4<^ ***"* *(s-TE) + *i-^-° (3) >(f-i)^|-«l- w Multiply equations (2), (3), and (4) by P, Q, and R respectively, and add. We get If the equation (1) is integrable, this condition must be satisfied. The student familiar with vector analysis will see that if P, Q, R are the components of a vector A, the condition may be written A. curl A =0. Ex. In the worked example of the last article, yz dx + 2zx dy - Sxy dz = 0, P = yz, Q = 2zx, R=-Sxy. The condition gives yz (2x + 3x) + 2zx(- Sy -y)-3xy(z- 2z) = 0, i.e. 5xyz - 8xyz + 3xyz = 0, which is true. Examples for solution. (1) Show that the equations in the last two sets of examples satisfy this condition. (2) Show that there is no set of surfaces orthogonal to the curves given by dx dy _ dz z x + y 1 * 119. The condition of integrability is sufficient as well as necessary. We shall prove that the condition is sufficient by showing that when it is satisfied the method of Art. 117 will always be successful in giving a solution. We require as a lemma the fact that if P, Q, R satisfy the con- dition, so also do P x =\P, Qi =\Q, R x =\R, where X is any function of x, y, and z. We leave this as an exercise to the student. * To be omitted on a first reading. ORDINARY EQUATIONS WITH THREE VARIABLES 141 In Art. 117 we supposed a solution of Pdx+Qdy=0 obtained by considering z as constant. Let this solution be F(x, y, z) =a, which gives dx + dy y ' Put XP = P l5 \Q = Q 1} \R = Ri. The next step was to replace a hyf(z), giving F(x,y,z)=f(z), (1) and thence ~- dx+j- ay + j ^- - ~ Ydz =0, i.e. P 1 dx + Q 1 dy + \~-^]dz=0 (2) This is identical with Pdx + Qdy + Rdz=0, **« 1=1-^ < 3 > In the example of Art. 117 we got dfjx£jm } dz z z the x and y being got rid of by virtue of the equation x z y =f(z). What we have to prove is that the x and y can always be got rid of from the right-hand side of equation (3) in virtue of equation (1). In other words, we must show that -^ — R t involves x and y only as a function of F. Now this will be the case if * dF dxi Now, by the lemma, the relation between P, Q, R leads to the similar relation |{f-^}-f4{f^H*— <«> P ^\~dz-~'dy~) +Ql Ydx~ dzf +Kl \dy dxf U ' * Edwards' Differential Calculus, Art. 510. 142 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS also, since equation (2) is integrable, *\dz dy\dz dzJj + ^ x \dx\dz dzJ dz j \dz dz/ [dy ox) By subtraction of these last two equations we get 1 dy\dz dz V L dx{oz dz 1 ) But P, » <fc-g. an d |(1) =|(|) =0, as / is a function of z alone. Hence (5) reduces to (4). dF That is, ^ — R x can be expressed as a function of F and z, say \}r(F, z). Hence from (1) and (3), If the solution of this is/=x(z), then F (x, y, z)=x( z ) i s a solution of Pdx+Qdy+Rdz=0, which is thus proved to be integrable whenever P, Q, R satisfy the condition of Art. 118. 120. The non-integrable single equation. When the condition of integrability is not satisfied, the equation Pdx+Qdy+Rdz=0 (1) represents a family of curves orthogonal to the family represented by the simultaneous equations dx dy dz ~P^Q = R> but in this case there is no family of surfaces orthogonal to the second family of curves. However, we can find an infinite number of curves that lie on any given surface and satisfy (1), whether that equation is integrable or not. Ex. Find the curves represented by the solution of ydx + {z-y) dy + xdz=0, (1) which lie in the plane 2x-y-z = l (2) (It is easily verified that the condition of integrability is not satisfied.) ORDINARY EQUATIONS WITH THREE VARIABLES 143 The method of procedure is to eliminate one of the variables and its differential, say z and dz, from these two equations and the differ- ential of the second of them. Differentiating (2), 2dx -dy-dz=0. Multiplying by x and adding to (1), (y + 2x) dx + (z - x - y) dy = 0, or using (2), (y + 2x)dx + (x~2y-l)dy = 0, which gives xy + x 2 -y 2 -y — c 2 (3) Thus the curves of the family that lie in the plane (2) are the sections by that plane of the infinite set of rectangular hyperbolic cylinders (3). The result of this example could have been expressed by saying that the projections on the plane of xy of curves which lie in the plane (2) and satisfy equation (1) are a family of concentric, similar and similarly situated rectangular hyperbolas. Examples for solution. (1) Show that there is no single integral of dz = 2y dx + xdy. Prove that curves of this equation that he in the plane z = x + y lie also on surfaces of the family (x - l) 2 (2y - 1) =c. (2) Show that the curves of xdx + y dy + c^[l -^ 2 -^j dz=0 that lie on the ellipsoid x 2 y 2 z 2 , — \-—-\ — = 1 a 2 b 2 c 2 lie also on the family of concentric spheres x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = k 2 . (3) Find the orthogonal projection on the plane of xz of curves which lie on the paraboloid 3z=x 2 + y 2 and satisfy the equation 2dz = (x + z)dx + y dy. (4) Find the equation of the cylinder, with generators parallel to the axis of y, passing through the point (2, 1, -1), and also through a curve that lies on the sphere x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = 4: and satisfies the equation (xy + 2xz) dx + y 2 dy + (x 2 + yz) dz = 0. MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES ON CHAPTER XI. dx dy dz dx dy _ dz xz yz xy y s x-2x 4: 2y i -x 3 y ^(a; 3 --?/ 3 )' /0 . dy dz (4) (z + z 3 )cosx~-(z + z 3 ) -j. + (1 - z 2 ) {y - sin x) -r = 0. 144 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS „ • „ ^ x dx _ dy 9^1 (5)(2^ 2 + 2x^ + 2z^ + x 2 ^ = l. (6) Find / (y) if / (?/) dx -zxdy- xy log ^ dz = is integrable. Find the corresponding integral. (7) Show that the following equation is not integrable : 3ydx + (z-3y) dy+xdz=0. Prove that the projection on the plane of xy of the curves that satisfy the equation and lie in the plane 2x + y - z = a are the rectangular hyperbolas x 2 + Sxy - y 2 - ay = b. (8) Find the differential equations of the family of twisted cubic curves y = ax 2 ; y 2 = bzx. Show that all these curves cut orthogonally the family of ellipsoids x* + 2y 2 + 3z* = c 2 . (9) Find the equations of the curve that passes through the point (3, 2, 1) and cuts orthogonally the family of surfaces x + yz = c. (10) Solve the following homogeneous equations by putting x = uz, y = vz: (i) (x 2 - y 2 - z 2 + 2xy + 2xz) dx + {y 2 -z 2 -x 2 + 2yz + 2yx) dy + (z 2 -x 2 -y 2 + 2zx + 2zy)dz = 0; (ii) {2xz - yz) dx + {2yz - xz) dy - (x 2 -xy + y 2 ) dz=0; (iii) zHx + (z 2 - 2yz) dy + {2y 2 -yz- xz) dz = 0. (11) Prove that if the equation P 1 dx 1 + P 2 dx 2 + P z dx 3 + Pfdxi = is integrable, then p (dP s dP t \ +p (dP t BPr\ p (dPrJP.\ where r, s, t are any three of the four suffixes 1, 2, 3, 4. Denoting this relation by G rst = 0, verify that PiC 2U ~ ^Cm + ^124 - P4C123 =0 identically, showing that only three of these four relations are independent. Verify that these conditions are satisfied for the equation (x x 3 - x 2 x 3 x 4 ) dx x + (x 2 2 - x x x z x^j dx 2 + (« 3 2 - x-p&A dx z + (x 4 2 - x x x 2 x s ) dx 4 =0. (12) Integrate the equation of Ex. 11 by the following process : (i) Suppose x 3 and x 4 constant, and thus obtain x x + x % ~ kc&'ip&i = a - (ii) Replace a by / (x 3 , x 4 ). By differentiation and comparison with the original equation obtain ^ , ^, and hence/ and the solution x-t + x 2 4 + x 3 4 + x 4 4 - ix^x^ = c. MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 145 (13) Integrate the equation of Ex. 11 by putting x 1 = ux i , x z = vx i} sc 3 =tt>a; 4 . (14) Show that the following equation satisfies the conditions of integrability and obtain its integral : y sin wdx + x sin w dy - xy sin wdz-xy cos w dw —0. (15) Show that the equation a dx 2 + bdy 2 + c dz 2 + 2fdy dz + 2g dz dx + 2hdxdy=0 reduces to two equations of the form Pdx + Qdy + Rdz=0 if abc + 2fgh - af 2 - bg 2 - ch 2 = 0. (Cf . a result in Conies.) Hence show that the solution of xyz {dx 2 + dy 2 + dz 2 ) + x{y 2 + z 2 ) dydz + y (z 2 + x 2 ) dz dx + z{x 2 + y 2 ) dxdy=0 is (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 - c) {xyz - c) =0. (Cf . Art. 52.) (16) Show that the condition of integrability of Pdx + Qdy + Rdz=0 (1) implies the orthogonality of any pair of intersecting curves of the families dx/P = dy/Q = dz/R (2) - */®-S-*IS-S)-*/(?-S) < 3 ' Hence show that the curves of (3) all lie on the surfaces of (1). Verify this conclusion for P = ny-mz, Q = lz-nx, R = mx-ly. (For the solutions of the corresponding equations, see earlier examples in this chapter.) (17) The preceding example suggests that if a = const., ft = const, are two integrals of equations (3), the integral of equation (l) should be expressible in the form /(a, /3)= const., and hence that Pdx+Qdy + Rdz should be expressible as Ada + B d(3, where A and B are functions of a and (3. Verify that for the case P = yzlogz, Q = - zx log z, R = xy, a = yz*, (S=xz*\ogz, A=-/3, and B = a. Hence obtain an integral of (1) in the form a = c/3, i.e. y = cxlogz. P.D.B. CHAPTER XII PAETIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF THE FIRST ORDER. PARTICULAR METHODS 121. We have already (in Chap. IV.) discussed the formation of partial differential equations by elimination of arbitrary functions or of arbitrary constants. We also showed how in certain equations, of great importance in mathematical physics, simple particular solutions could be found by the aid of which more complex solutions could be built up to satisfy such initial and boundary conditions as usually occur in physical problems. In the present chapter we shall be concerned chiefly with equa- tions of geometrical interest, and seek for integrals of various forms, "general," "complete," and "singular," and their geometrical interpretations. Exceptional equations will be found to possess integrals of another form called " special." 122. Geometrical theorems required. The student should revise the following theorems in any treatise on solid geometry : (i) The direction-cosines of the normal to a surface f (x, y, z) =0 at the point (x, y, z) are in the ratio dx ' dy ' dz ' Since -§f/I-i-» -* and -%!%-%-* "* this ratio can also be written p : q : - 1. The symbols p and q are to be understood as here defined all through this chapter. (ii) The envelope of the system of surfaces f(x,y,z,a,b)=0, 146 PARTICULAR METHODS 147 where a and b are variable parameters, is found by eliminating a and b from the given equation and da U ' db U * The result may contain other loci besides the envelope (cf. Chap. VI.). 123. Lagrange's linear equation and its geometrical interpretation. This is the name applied to the equation Pp+Qq = R, (1) where P, Q, R are functions of x, y, z. The geometrical interpretation is that the normal to a certain surface is perpendicular to a line whose direction-cosines are in the ratio P : Q : R. But in the last chapter we saw that the simultaneous equations dx dy dz /ox ~P = Q = R (i) represented a family of curves such that the tangent at any point had direction-cosines in the ratio P :Q: R, and that <p (u, v)=0 (where u= const, and v= const, were two particular integrals of the simultaneous equations) represented a surface through such curves. Through every point of such a surface passes a curve of the family, lying wholly on the surface. Hence the normal to the surface must be perpendicular to the tangent to this curve, i.e. perpendicular to a line whose direction-cosines are in the ratio P :Q :R. This is just what is required by the partial differential equation. Thus equations (1) and (2) are equivalent, for they define the same set of surfaces. When equation (1) is given, equations (2) are called the subsidiary equations. Thus ^ (u, v)=0 is an integral of (1), if u= const, and v = const, are any two independent solutions of the subsidiary equations (2) and <{> is any arbitrary function. This is called the General Integral of Lagrange's Linear Equation. Ex. (i). p + 2 = 1. The subsidiary equations are those discussed in Ex. (i) of Art. 112, viz. dx dy __ dz T = T~T' representing a family of parallel straight lines. 148 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Two independent integrals are x - z = a, y-z = b, representing two families of planes containing these straight lines. The general integral is <p(x-z, y-z)=0, representing the surface formed by lines of the family passing through the curve <f>(x,y)=0, z=0. If we are given a definite curve, such as the circle x 2 + y 2 = 4:, z=0, we can construct a corresponding particular integral {x-z) 2 + (y-z) 2 = i, the elliptic cylinder formed by lines of the family meeting the given circle. Ex. (ii). zp = -x. [Cf. Ex. (ii) of Art. 112.] The subsidiary equations are dx dy dz z x ' of which two integrals are x 2 + z 2 = a, y = b. The general integral (x 2 + z 2 , y)=0 represents the surface of revolution formed by curves (circles in this case) of the family inter- secting the curve ( x » t y)=0, 2=0. Ex. (iii). Find the surfaces whose tangent planes cut off an intercept of constant length k from the axis of z. The tangent plane at (x, y, z) is Z-z=p(X-x)+q(Y-y). Putting X== F = 0, Z = z-px-qy = k. The subsidiary equations are dx dy dz x y z-k' of which y = ax, z-k = bx, are integrals. -, J=0 represents any cone with its vertex at (0, 0, k), and these surfaces clearly possess the desired property. Examples for solution. Obtain general integrals of the following equations. [Cf. the first set of examples in Chap. XI. ] (1) xp + yq^z. (2) (mz - ny) p + (nx — lz)q = ly- mx. (3) (y 2 + z 2 -x 2 )p-2xyq + 2xz=0. (4) yzp+zxq = xy. (5) (y + z)p + (z + x)q = x + y. PARTICULAR METHODS 149 (6) (z 2 - 2#s -y*)p + (xy + xz)q = xy- xz. (7) p + Sq = 5z + tan{y-3x). (8) zp-zq=z z + {y + x) z . (9) Find a solution of Ex. (1) representing a surface meeting the parabola y 2 = ix, 2 = 1. (10) Find the most general solution of Ex. (4) representing a conicoid. (11) Show that if the solution of Ex. (6) represents a sphere, the centre is at the origin. (12) Find the surfaces all of whose normals intersect the axis of z. 124. Analytical verification of the general integral. We shall now eliminate the arbitrary function 0. from <p {u, v) =0, and thus verify analytically that this satisfies Pp+Qq=R, provided u =o and v=b are two independent* integrals of the subsidiary equations dx _dy _dz P~Q~~R' Differentiate <f> {u, v)=0 partially with respect to x, keeping y constant ; z will vary in consequence of the variation of x. Hence we get d(p fdu dudz\ <fy fdv dv dz\ = „ 'du\dx + dzdx) + dv\dx dzdx) ' dsfdu du\ dd>fdv dv\ n „. ., . dchfdu du\ dd>fdv dv\ ft Similarly f^dy^dz) + dv\Wy + *dz) =°' Eliminating the ratio -^ : -^ from these last two equations, fdu du\fdv dv\ fdu du\fdv dv\ \Fy +q Tz)Wx + ^z) = \rx +P TzAFy + q Fz> fdudv dudv\ /9w 9w _ 9w 9iA %%e - \dydz~~dzty) P+ \dzdx dxdz) q Jdudv dudv ,,. ~dxdy dydx ^ du 1 du j du -j n ' But from u=a, fa dx+ ft, d y + fa dz ~°> and hence from the subsidiary equations, of which u = a is an integral, -.9m rfiu , -r,du _ dx dy dz *If u and v are not independent, ^^-^^ and the other two similar expressions all vanish identically (Edwards' Differential Calculus, Art. 510), which reduces equation (1) to 0=0 150 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS «• -i i n^ n^ , n 9w ft Smulariy P_ + _ +B -=0. Hence J? _fdudv dudv\ (du dv _ du dv\ (du dv _ du dv\ t P:Q:E = \dydz~dz'dy') : \dzdx dxdz)''\dxdy dydxJ' so (1) becomes Pp+Qq=R, the equation required. 125. Special integrals. It is sometimes stated that all integrals of Lagrange's linear equation are included in the general integral {u, v) =0. But this is not so. For instance, the equation p-q=2^z has as subsidiary equations dx _ dy _ dz T~~^T - 2\7z* Thus we may take u = x + y, v = x - <^z, and the general integral as (f>{x+y,x-\/z)=0. But z=0 satisfies the partial differential equation, though it is obviously impossible to express it as a function of u and v. Such an integral is called special. It will be noticed that in all the examples given below the special integrals occur in equations involving a term which cannot be expanded in series of positive integral powers. In a recent paper M. J. M. Hill* has shown that in every case where special integrals exist they can be obtained by applying a suitable method of integration to the Lagrangian system of sub- sidiary equations (see Examples 5 and 6 below). He also under- takes the re-classification of the integrals, the necessity of which task had been pointed out by Forsyth.f Examples for solution. Show that the following equations possess the given general and special integrals : (1) p + 2qz h = 3z%; <p(x-z h , y-z % )=0; z=0. (2) p + q{l+(z-y) h } = l; <f>{x-z,2x + 3(z-y) % }; z = y. (3) {l+^/(z-x-y)}p + q = 2; <p{2y-z, y + 2^(z-x-y)}=0; z = x + y. [Chrystal.] * Proc. London Math. Soc. 1917. ■f- Proc. London Math. Soc. 1905-6. PARTICULAR METHODS 151 (4) By putting { z -x-y) l =w in Chrystal's equation (Ex. 3), obtain This shows that z-x-y=0 is a solution of the original equation [Hill.] (5) Show that the Lagrangian subsidiary equations of Chrystal's equation (Ex. 3) may be written dx , / \h . dz q __! + (,-,-») , 5 -S, and deduce that ^-{z-x-y) = -(z-x-y) , of which z-a;-?/ = Oisa particular solution. I™ 1 - J (6) Obtain the general and special integrals of the equation p-q=2-\/z by imitating Hill's methods as given in Exs. 4 and 5. 126. The linear equation with n independent variables. The general integral of the equation x. - dz „ - dz etc and the P's and JR are functions where Pl =^, ft-g^, - etc., ana tne r of the sc's and z, is <£(%, w 2 , w 3 , ••• ««) =0> where u, = const., w 2 = const., ... etc., are any n independent integrals of the subsidiary equations dx 1 _dx 2 _dx 3 = = <te ~P 1 ~P 2 ~P S '" «' This may be verified as in Art. 124. The student should write out the proof for the case of three independent variables. Besides this general integral, special integrals exist for excep- tional equations, just as in the case of two independent variables. Examples for solution. (1) Vi+Vz = l +Vv (2) Xjj> ± + 2x 2 p 2 + 3^3 + 4x^4=0. (3) (as 8 -x 2 )p t + x 2 p 2 -x 3 p 3 = x 2 (x x + x 3 ) - ay 2 . (4) x 2 x 3 p 1 + x 3 x t p 2 + x x x 2 p 3 + x x x 2 x 3 = 0. (5) p 1 + x 1 j) 2 + x 1 x 2 p 3 ^x 1 x 2 x 3 -Vz. (6) p 1 +p 2 + p z {\+\/^- x i' x z- x ^ z=2 '- 152 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS ~\G *\p ~\p 127. The equation P - +Q _ +r <L =0 . li P, Q, R are functions of x, y, z but not off, the equation can be viewed from two different aspects. Consider, for example, dx dy +Wz dz~ ' W We may regard this as equivalent to the three-dimensional e( l uation <p-q = 2Vz, (2) of which <p(x+y, x-y/z)=0 is the general integral and z=0 a special integral. On the other hand, regarding (1) as an equation in four variables, we get the general integral which is equivalent to f=\p-{x +y, x - y/z), where i/r is an arbitrary function, but if t"> |-| + V.|-2V.-av/. Thus/=z is not an integral of (1), although f=z=0 certainly gives a solution. In general it may be proved that p d l + n d l + n d l-0 ^dx + ^dy +K dz-°' regarded as four-dimensional, where P, Q, R do not contain/, has no special integrals.* A similar theorem is true for any number of independent variables. Examples for solution. (1) Verify that if f=x, /=0 is a surface satisfying and hence that this differential equation, interpreted three-dimension- ally, admits the three special integrals x=0, y=0, 2 = and the general integral (y/z - y/x, y/z - y/y) =0. (2) Show that the general integral of the last example represents surfaces through curves which, if they do not go through the origin, either touch the co-ordinate planes or He wholly in one of them. [Hint. Prove that £ = J( — J, and that dxjds = if x = 0, unless x, y, z are all zero. ] * See Appendix B. PARTICULAR METHODS 153 (3) Show that ^/x~- + ^yj=0, regarded two-dimensionally, repre- sents a family of parabolas ^y = \/x + c, and their envelope, the co-ordinate axes x=0, y=0; while regarded three-dimensionally it represents the surfaces z = <}>{y^-x). 128. Non-linear equations. We shall now consider equations in which p and q occur other than in the first degree. Before giving the general method we shall discuss four simple standard forms, for which a "complete integral" (i.e. one involving two arbitrary constants) can be obtained by inspection or by other simple means. In Arts. 133-135 we shall show how to deduce general and singular integrals from the complete integrals. 129. Standard I. Only p and q present. Consider, for example, this equation q =3p*. The most obvious solution is to take p and q as constants satisfying the equation, say p=a, q =3a 2 . Then, since dz =p dx +q dy =a dx + 3a 2 dy, z=ax+3a?y + c. This is the complete integral, containing two arbitrary constants a and c. In general, the complete integral of f(p, q) =0 is z=ax+by+c, where a and b are connected by the relation /(a, 6) =0. Examples for solution. Find complete integrals of the following : * (1) p = 2q* + l. (2) y 2 + ? 2 = l. (3) p = e*. (4) p 2 f = l. (5) p 2 -2 2 =4. (6) pq=p+q- 130. Standard II. Only p, Q, and z present. • Consider the equation 2 2 (^ 2 +g 2 )=l (1) As a trial solution assume that z is a function of x+ay (=u, say), where a is an arbitrary constant. dz dz du _dz _dz _dz du = dz Then 2>=^.=^-^-^;. 1-dy'du'dy a du' /dz\ 2 Substituting in (1), z 2 yj (z 2 + a 2 ) =1, i.e. p = ±z'z*+arf, dz . i.e. u+b = ±i(z 2 +a?f, i.e. Q(x+ay+ bf = (z 2 + a 2 ) 3 . 154 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS In general, this method reduces f(z, p,q)=0 to the ordinary differential equation „/ dz dz\ _ Examples for solution. Find complete integrals of the following : (1) 4z=pq. (2) z 2 = l+^ 2 + g 2 . (3) q 2 = z 2 p 2 (l -P 2 ). (4) p 3 + q 3 = 27z. (5) p(z + p) +q = 0. (6) p 2 = zq. 131. Standard III. f(x, p)=F(y, q). Consider the equation p-Sx 2 =q 2 -y. As a trial solution put each side of this equation equal to an arbitrary constant a, giving p=3x 2 +a; q = -\/(y+a). But dz=pdx+qdy = (3x 2 +a)dx + \/(y +a)dy; therefore z = x 3 + ax + § (y + ay + b, which is the complete integral required. Examples for solution. Find complete integrals of the following : (1) p 2 = q + x. (2) pq = xy. (3) yp = 2yx+logq. (4) q = xyp 2 . (5) pe y = qe x . (6) q {p - cos x) = cos y. 132. Standard IV. Partial differential equations analogous to Clair- aut's form. In Chap. VI. we showed that the complete primitive of y=px+f(p) was y = cx+f(c), a family of straight lines. Similarly the complete integral of the partial differential equation z=px+qy+f(p,q) is z = ax+by +f{a, b), a family of planes. For example, the complete integral of z=px+qy+p 2 +q 2 is z=ax+by+a 2 +b 2 . Corresponding to the singular solution of Clairaut's form, giving the envelope of the family of straight lines, we shall find in the next PARTICULAR METHODS 155 article a " singular integral " of the partial differential equation, giving the envelope of the family of planes. Examples for solution. (1) Prove that the complete integral of z=px + qy-2p-3q repre- sents all possible planes through the point (2, 3, 0). (2) Prove that the complete integral of z=px + qy + \/(p 2 + q 2 + l) represents all planes at unit distance from the origin. (3) Prove that the complete integral of z=px + qy+pq/(pq-p-q) represents all planes such that the algebraic sum of the intercepts on the three co-ordinate axes is unity. 133. Singular Integrals. In Chap. VI. we showed that if the family of curves represented by the complete primitive of an ordinary differential equation of the first order had an envelope, the equation of this envelope was a singular solution of the differential equation. A similar theorem is true concerning the family of surfaces repre- sented by the complete integral of a partial differential equation of the first order. If they have an envelope, its equation is called a " singular integral." To see that this is really an integral we have merely to notice that at any point of the envelope there is a surface of the family touching it. Therefore the normals to the envelope and this surface coincide, so the values of p and q at any point of the envelope are the same as that of some surface of the family, and therefore satisfy the same equation. We gave two methods of finding singular solutions, namely from the c-discriminant and from the ^-discriminant, and we showed that these methods gave also node-loci, cusp-loci, and tac-loci, whose equations did not satisfy the differential equations. The geometrical reasoning of Chap. VI. can be extended to surfaces, but the dis- cussion of the extraneous loci which do not furnish singular integrals is more complicated.* As far as the envelope is concerned, the student who has understood Chap. VI. will have no difficulty in understanding that this surface is included among those found by eliminating a and b from the complete integral and the two derived equations f(x,y,z,a,b)=0, da U ' Bb u ' * See a paper by M. J. M. Hill, Phil. Trans. (A), 1892. 156 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS or by eliminating p and q from the differential equation and the two derived equations F(x,y,z,p,q)=0, dF =0 dp u> dq In any actual example one should test whether what is apparently a singular integral really satisfies the differential equation. Ex. (i). The complete integral of the equation of Art. 132 was z = ax + by + a 2 + b 2 . Differentiating with respect to a, == x + 2a. Similarly 0= y +26. Eliminating a and b, 4z= - (x 2 + y 2 ). It is easily verified that this satisfies the differential equation z=px + qy+p 2 + q 2 and represents a paraboloid of revolution, the envelope of all the planes represented by the complete integral. Ex. (ii). The complete integral of the equation of Art. 130 was 9(x + ay + b) 2 = (z 2 -t-a 2 ) 3 (1) Differentiating with respect to a, 18y(x + ay + b) = 6a{z 2 + a 2 ) 2 (2) Similarly 18(x + ay + b)=0 (3) Hence from (2), a=0 (4) Substituting from (3) and (4) in (1), 2=0. But 2=0 gives p = q=0, and these values do not satisfy the differ- ential equation z 2 (p 2 z 2 + q 2 ) = 1 . Hence 2=0 is not a singular integral. Ex. (iii). Consider the equation p 2 =zq. Differentiating with respect to p, 2^=0. Similarly = 2. Eliminating p and q from these three equations, we get a=0. This satisfies the differential equation, so it really is a singular integral. But it is derivable by putting 6=0 in z = be ax+ai y, which is easily found to be a complete primitive. So 2=0 is both a singular integral and a particular case of the complete integral. PARTICULAR METHODS 157 Examples for solution. Find the singular integrals of the following : (1) z=px + qy+logpq. (2) z=px + qy+p 2 + pq + q 2 . (3) z=px + qy + \p 2 q 2 . (4) z=px + qy+p/q. (5) Az=pq. (6) z 2 =*l+p 2 + q 2 . (7) p* + q* = 27z. (8) Show that no equation belonging to Standard I. or III. has a singular integral. [The usual process leads to the equation = 1.] (9) Show that 3=0 is both a singular integral and a particular case of a complete integral of q 2 = z 2 p 2 (l -p 2 ). 134. General Integrals. We have seen, in Ex. (i) of the last article, that all the planes represented by the complete integral z = ax+by+a 2 +b 2 (1) touch the paraboloid of revolution represented by the singular inte g ral 4z = -(x 2 +y 2 ) (2) Now consider, not all these planes, but merely those perpendicular to the plane y =0. These are found by putting 6 =0 in (1), giving z=ax+a 2 , of which the envelope is the parabolic cylinder 4z=-ic 2 (3) Take another set, those which pass through the point (0, 0, 1). From(l), l=a 2 +6 2 , so (1) becomes z=ax±yy/(l -a 2 ) +1, of which the envelope is easily found to be the right circular cone (z-l) 2 =x 2 +y 2 (4) In general, we may put 6 =/ (a), where / is any function of a, g ivin g z=ax+yf(a)+a 2 + {f(a)} 2 (5) The envelope of (5) is found by eliminating a between it and the equation found by differentiating it partially with respect to a, i.e. 0=x+yf(a)+2a+2f{a)f(a) (6) If / is left as a perfectly arbitrary function, the eliminant is called the " general integral " of the original differential equation. Equations (3) and (4) are particular integrals derived from the general integral. We may define the general integral of a partial differential equation of the first order as the equation representing the aggregate of the envelopes of every possible singly -infinite set of surfaces that 158 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS can be chosen out of the doubly-infinite set represented by the complete integral. These sets are defined by putting 6 =/ (a) is the complete integral. It is usually impossible to actually perform the elimination of a between the two equations giving the envelope, on account of the arbitrary function/ and its differential coefficient. The geometrical interest lies chiefly in particular cases formed by taking / as some definite (and preferably simple) function of a. 135. Characteristics. The curve of intersection of two con- secutive surfaces belonging to any singly-infinite set chosen from those represented by the complete integral is called a characteristic. Now such a curve is found from the equation of the family of surfaces by the same two equations that give the envelope. For instance, equations (5) and (6) of the last article, for any definite numerical values of a, f(a), and /' (a), define a straight line (as the intersection of two planes), and this straight line is a characteristic. The characteristics in this example consist of the triply-infinite set of straight lines that touch the paraboloid of revolution (2). The parabolic cylinder (3) is generated by one singly-infinite set of characteristics, namely those perpendicular to the plane y=0, while the cone (4) is generated by another set, namely those that pass through the fixed point (0, 0, 1). Thus we see that the general integral represents the aggregate of all such surfaces generated by the characteristics. If a singular integral exists, it must be touched by all the char- acteristics, and therefore by the surfaces generated by particular sets of them represented by the general integral. It is easily verified that the parabolic cylinder and right circular cone of the last article touch the paraboloid of revolution. 136. Peculiarities of the linear equation. To discuss the linear equation Pp+Qq = R (1) on these lines, suppose that w = const. and v = const, are two independent integrals of the subsidiary equations.* Then it is easily verified that an integral of (1) is u+av+b=0 (2) * Since u and v are independent, at least one of them must contain z. Let this one be u. We make this stipulation to prevent u+av + b being a function of x and y alone, in which case u+av+b=0 would make terms in (1) indeterminate, instead of definitely satisfying it in the ordinary way. PABTICULAR METHODS 159 This may be taken as the complete integral. The general integral is found from u+av+f{a)=0, (3) v+f(a)=0 (4) From (4), a is a function of v alone, say a=F(v). Substituting in (3), u =a function of v, say u = \f,(v), which is equivalent to the general integral (f>{u, v)=0 found at the beginning of the chapter. The linear equation is exceptional in that its complete integral (2) is a particular case of the general integral. Another peculiarity is that the characteristics, which are here the curves represented by the subsidiary equations, are only doubly-infinite in number instead of triply-infinite. . Only one passes through a given point (in general), whereas in the non-linear case, exemplified in the last article, an infinite number may do so, forming a surface. Examples for solution. (1) Find the surface generated by characteristics of z =p x + <iy + p 2 + vi + ? 2 that are parallel to the axis of x. Verify that it really satisfies the differential equation and touches the surface represented by the singular integral. (2) Prove that z 2 = ixy is an integral of z=px + qy + logpq representing the envelope of planes included in the complete integral and passing through the origin. (3) Prove that the characteristics of q = 3p 2 that pass through the point ( - 1, 0, 0) generate the cone (x + 1) 2 + 12yz = 0. (4) What is the nature of the integral (y + 1) 2 + \xz = of the equation z = px + qy+p/q ? (5) Show that either of the equations z = (x + y) 2 + ax + by, , „ mx 2 + ny 2 z = (x + y) 2 + — x i}l 4 x + y may be taken as the complete integral of a certain differential equation, and that the other may be deduced from it as a particular case of the general integral. [London.] 160 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (6) Show that z = {x + a) 2 e h y is a complete integral of the differential equation p 2 = ize qy/z . (xy \ 2 ~v oZ~) is P art of tt© general integral of the same equation, and deduce it from the above given complete integral. [London.] MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES ON CHAPTER XII. (1) z=px + qy-p 2 q. (2) = px + qy - (px + z) 2 q. (3) z (z 2 + xy) (px - qy) = aA (4) p l - g* = Sx - 2y. (5) p 1 2 + 2x 2 p 2 + x 3 2 p 3 =0. (6) x 3 p l + x 2 p 2 + x 1 p 3 =0. (7) p z + q*-3pqz=0. (8) pi 2 +p 2 2 +p 3 2 = 4:Z. (9) Pi+p 2 +p 3 = 4:Z. (10) p 2 + 6^ + 2g + 4=0. (11) «Vy + 6^a;2/ + 2«^ 2 + 4a; 2 ?/=0. (12) zpy 2 = x(y 2 + z 2 q 2 ). (13) 2) 2 z 2 + <7 2 =2? 2 </- (14) (z-px-qy)x 3 y 2 = q 2 zx 3 -3p 3 z 2 y 2 . (15) Find the particular case of the general integral of p + q=pq that represents the envelope of planes included in the complete integral and passing through the point (1, 1, 1). (16) Prove that if the equation P dx + Q dy + R dz = is integrable, it represents a family of surfaces orthogonal to the family represented by Pp + Qq = R. Hence find the family orthogonal to <p{z(x + y) 2 ,x 2 -y 2 } = 0. (17) Find the surfaces whose tangent planes all pass through the origin. (18) Find the surfaces whose normals all intersect the circle x 2 + y 2 = l, z = 0. (19) Find the surfaces whose tangent planes form with the co- ordinate planes a tetrahedron of constant volume. (20) Prove that there is no non-pJ*J»e surface such that every tangent plane cuts off intercepts from the axes whose algebraic sum is zero. (21) Show that if two surfaces are polar reciprocals with respect to the quadric x 2 + y 2 = 2z, and (x, y, z), (X, Y, Z) are two corresponding points (one on each surface) such that the tangent plane at either point is the polar plane of the other, then X=p; Y = q; Z=px + qy-z; x = P ; y=Q. Hence show that if one surface satisfies f{x,y,z,p,q)^0, the other satisfies f(P,Q,PX + QY- Z, X, Y) = 0. (These equations are said to be derived from each other by the Principle of Duality.) MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 161 (22) Show that the equation dual to z=px + qy+pq ig 0=Z + XY, giving x=p= dx == ~ Y ' y = Q=~ x > z = PX+QY-Z=-XY. Hence derive (as an integral of the first equation) z±=-xy. * CHAPTER XIII PAETIAL DIFFEEENTIAL EQUATIONS OF THE FIKST ORDER. GENERAL METHODS 137. We shall now explain Charpit's method of dealing with equations with two independent variables and Jacobi's method for equations with any number of independent variables. Jacobi's method leads naturally to the discussion of simultaneous partial differential equations. 'The methods of this. chapter are considerably more complicated than those of the last. We shall therefore present them in their simplest form, and pass lightly over several points which might be considerably elaborated. 138. Charpit's f method. In Art. 131 we solved the equation p-3x*=q*-y (1) by using an additional differential equation <p-3x*=a, (2) solving for p and q in terms of x and y, and substituting in dz=pdx+qdy, (3) which then becomes iniegrable, considered as an ordinary differential equation in the three variables x, y, z. We shall now apply a somewhat similar method to the general partial differential equation of the first order with two independent variables F (x, y, z, p, q)=0 (4) We must find another equation, say f{x, y, z, p, q)=0, (5) * To be omitted on a first reading. tThis method was partly due to Lagrange, but was perfected by Charpit. Charpit's memoir was presented to the Paris Academy of Sciences in 1784, but the author died soon afterwards and the memoir was never printed. 162 GENEBAL METHODS 163 such that p and q can be found from (4) and (5) as functions of x, y, z which make (3) integrable. The necessary and sufficient condition that (3) should be in- tegrable is that Kl-|)^(l-D +B (|-l)-o^^ where P=p, Q=q, R=* -1, ^!-*rt + s=° m By differentiating (4) partially with respect to x, keeping y and z constant, but regarding p and q as denoting the functions of x, y, z obtained by solving (4) and (5), we get ?i+?l?P+?l?S B ,o (7) dx dpdx dqdx Wt5 + 8-° w Fr o m (7) a nd(8), J S £- J M J £l < 9 > I. T . J t dF3 f dFd f where J stands tor ~- i r~*~ a • Similarly J g= ^-^fr (10) jdp = _dFdf + dFd2 n dy dy dq dqdy' ' jdp^JJdl^Jdf dz dz dq dqdz ^ ' Substituting in (6) and dividing out * J, we get (dFdf dFdf\fdF$ dFdf- ^ \dz dp dp dz) H \dzdq dq dz) dy dq dq dy dx dp dp dx~ ' _dFd£_c)Fdf_( dF dF\df dpdx dqdy V dp ^ dq) dz (dF dF\df (dF dF\df A * J cannot vanish identically, for this would imply that F and /, regarded as functions of p and q, were not independent. This is contrary to our hypothesis that equations (4) and (5) can be solved for p and q. 164 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS This is a linear equation of the form considered in Art. 126, with x, y, z, p, q as independent variables and / as the dependent variable. The corresponding subsidiary equations are dx dy dz dp dq df ( ^.. ~~dF~~W~ _ dF_ dF dF dF dF dF 0' K ' ~dp ~dq P dp q dq dx +P dz dy +q dz If any integral of these equations can be found involving p or q or both, the integral may be taken as the additional differential equation (5), which in conjunction with (4) will give values of p and q to make (3) integrable. This will give a complete integral of (4), from which general and singular integrals can be deduced in the usual way. 139. As an example of the use of this method, consider the equation 2xz-px 2 -2qxy +pq=0 (1) Taking the left-hand side of this equation as F, and substituting in the simultaneous equations (14) of the last article, we get dx dy dz dp _dq_df W^q ~2xy-p ~px 2 + 2xyq - 2pq ~2z-2qy ' of which an integral is q = a (2) From (1) and (2), P-^? 3 - , 2x(z-ay)dx , Hence dz=pdx+qdy= — 2 * — +ady, %.e. x* dz-ady 2x dx z-ay x'-a i.e. z = ay+b(x 2 -a). This is the complete integral. It is easy to deduce the Singular Integral z=x 2 y. The form of the complete integral shows that (1) could have been reduced to % = PX +qy- Pq, which is a particular case of a standard form, by the transformation x*=X- P = -^ = !^ x *' dX 2xdx Equations that can be solved by Charpit's method are often solved more easily by some such transformation. GENERAL METHODS 165 Examples for solution. Apply Charpit's method to find complete integrals of the following : (1) 2z+p* + qy + 2y*=0. (2) yzp 2 = q. (3) pxy+pq + qy = yz. (4) 2x(z 2 q 2 + l) =pz. (5) q = 3p 2 . (Cf. Art. 129.) (6) z»(p*z* + q*) = l. (Cf. Art. 130.) (7) p - 3a; 2 = q 2 - y. (Cf . Art. 131 .) (8) z=px + qy+p 2 + q 2 . (Cf. Art. 132.) (9) Solve Ex. 2 by putting y 2 = Y, z 2 =Z. (10) Solve Ex. 4 by a suitable transformation of the variables. 140. Three or more independent variables. Jacobi's* method. Consider the equation F(x 1 , x 2 ,x 3 , p 1} p 2 ,p 3 ) = 0, (1) where the dependent variable z does not occur except by its partial differential coefficients p 1} p 2 , p 3 with respect to the three independent variables x 1 , x 2 , x 3 . The fundamental idea of Jacobi's method is very similar to that of Charpit's. We try to find two additional equations F 1 (x lt x 2 , x 3 ,p x ,p 2 ,p 3 ) =a l9 (2) F 2 (x 1 , x 2 , x 3 , p v p 2 , p 3 ) =a 2 (3) (where a x and a 2 are arbitrary constants), such that p x , p 2 , p 3 can be found from (1), (2), (3) as functions of x 1 , x 2 , x 3 that make dz=p 1 dx x +p 2 dx 2 +p 3 dx 3 (4) integrable, for which the conditions are dp 2= d 2 z Jp x , <>VzJjh. djfojjh (P .. dx x dx x dx 2 dx 2 ' dx 1 dx 3 ' dx 2 dx 3 * ' Now, by differentiating (1) partially with respect to x x , keeping x 2 and x 3 constant, but regarding p x , p 2 , p 3 as denoting the functions of x 1} x 2 , x 3 obtained by solving (1), (2), (3), we get M + dldpi + dFdp, dFdp, dx^ dp x dx^ dp 2 dx 1 dp 3 9iCj ' ^ ' Q . ., , dF x dF 1 dp 1 dF 1 dp 2 dF x dp* n Similarly —±+—^^p+—^^ 2 +iJ^=o (7) dx x dp x dXj^ dp 2 dx x dp 3 dx x v ' * Carl Gustav Jacob Jacobi of Potsdam (1804-1851) may be considered as one of the creators of the Theory of Elliptic Functions. The " Jacobian " or " Func- tional Determinant " reminds us of the large part he played in bringing deter- minants into general use. 166 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS From (6) and (7), d(F, F x ) | B(F, F x ) dp 2 | d(F, F x ) dp 3 =() (g) 90*a>#i) d(Pz>Pi) $ x i d{jt>v Vi) dx i ' where ^7— ' — H denotes the " Jacobian " ^— =-J -^-- -~. °\ x \i Pi) ° x \ oPi "Pi OXi Similarly d(F,F x ) ^ d(F,F x ) dp X[ d(F,F x ) dp 3 _ Q d(x 2 ,p 2 ) d(p x ,p 2 )dx 2 d(p 3 ,p 2 )dx 2 ' and d(F,F x ) ] d(F, F x ) dp, , d(F, F x ) dp, =Q Q) 3 (a*, ^3) 9 (Pi> #») ^ 3 Ofc B) 9a; 3 Add equations (8), (9), (10). Two terms are d{F, F x ) dp, | d(F, F x ) dp x _ dH f d(F,F x ) + 3(^J\)) =Q d{V*Vi)d x i d (Pi>V2) dx 2 dx x dx 2 \d(p 2 , p x ) d(p x ,p 2 )j Similarly two other pairs of terms vanish, leaving d{F,FJ x d{F,F x ) x d(F,FJ _ Q (n) d{x x ,p 1 ) d(x 2 ,p 2 ) d{x 3 ,p 3 ) ' i e dFd ll^ d ll + ^^.^ dF l + ^ FdF l^ dFdF ^ = o (12) dx x dp x dp x dx x dx 2 dp 2 dp 2 dx 2 dx 3 dp 3 dp 3 dx 3 This equation is generally written as (F, F x ) =0. Similarly (F, F 2 )=0 and (F x , F 2 ) =0. But these are linear equations of the form of Art. 126. Hence we have the following rule : Try to find two independent integrals, F x =a x and F 2 = a 2 , of the subsidiary equations dx x dp x dx 2 dp 2 dx 3 dp 3 ~J]L = W. = 7m = W. = TlZ = W dp x dx x dp 2 dx 2 dp 3 dx 3 If these satisfy the condition (F F\-^( dF * dF * dF i dF A-0 (*i>*2)-2j\ dXr dpr d p r dx r J~ V ' and if the p's can be found as functions of the x's from F = F x -a x = F 2 -a 2 =0, integrate the equation* formed by substituting these functions in dz =p x dx x +p 2 dx 2 +p 3 dx 3 . * For a proof that this equation will always be integrable, see Appendix C. GENEBAL METHODS 167 141. Examples on Jacobi's method. Ex. (i). 2p 1 x 1 x 3 + 3p 2 x s 2 +p 2 2 p 3 = (1) The subsidiary equations are dx x dp x dx^ dPz _dx 3 _ dp 3 - 2x x x 3 ~ 2p x x 3 " - 3x 3 2 - 2p 2 p 3 ~ ~ -p 2 2 ~2p x x x + 6p 2 x 3 of which integrals are F x ^p x x x = a x , (2) and F 2 =p 2 = a 2 (3) Now with these values (F x , F 2 ) is obviously zero, so (2) and (3) can be taken as the two additional equations required. p x = a x x x ~\ p 2 = a 2 , p 3 =-a 2 ~ 2 (2a x x 3 + Sa 2 x 3 2 ). Hence dz = a x x x ~ 1 dx x + a 2 dx 2 - a 2 2 {2a x x 3 + 3a 2 a;3 2 ) dx 3 or z = a x log x x + a 2 x 2 - a 2 ~ 2 (a x x 3 2 + a 2 x 3 z ) + a 3 , the complete integral. Ex. (ii). (x 2 + x 3 )(p 2 +p 3 ) 2 + zp x =0 (4) This equation is not of the form considered in Art. 140, as it involves z. But put 32! dx. du [ du „ .„ where u=0 is an integral of (4). Similarly p 2 = - PJP* 5 Vz = ~ p d P 4- (4) becomes (x 2 + x 3 )(P 2 + P 3 ) 2 -x i P x P i =0, (5) an equation in four independent variables, not involving the dependent variable u. The subsidiary equations are dx±_dl\ dx^ dP 2 dx 3 x~tP~ ~ -2(x 2 + x 3 )(P 2 + P 3 ) (P 2 + P 3 ) 2 -2(x 2 + x 3 )(P 2 + P 3 ) dP 3 _ dx^ __ dP^ ~{p 2 +p 3 ) 2 ~x^- -p x p; of which integrals are F x =P x = a x , (6) F 2 ^P 2 -P 3 = a 2 , (7) F 3 =x i P i =a 3 (8) We have to make sure that (F r , F s ) =0, where r and * are any two of the indices 1, 2, 3. This is easily seen to be true. Solving (5), (6), (7), (8), we get P x = a x ; P^asXf 1 ; 2P 2 =a 2 ±y/{a x a 3 /(x 2 + x 3 )}; P 3 = P 2 -a 2 ; so du = a x dx x + a^f 1 dx^ + \a 2 (dx 2 - dx 3 ) ± W{ a x a zK x 2 + x a)} idx 2 + dx 3 ), i.e u = a x x x + a 3 log x 4 + \a 2 (x 2 - x 3 ) ± Vi a i a 3 ( x 2 + x s)} + H- 168 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS So u=0 gives, replacing as 4 by z, aja 3 by A x , \a 2 \a 3 by A 2 , aja 3 by A s , log z + A x x x + A 2 (x 2 - x 3 )±^{A x (x 2 + x 3 )} + A 3 =0, the complete integral of (4). Examples for solution. Apply Jacobi's method to find complete integrals of the following : (1) p x 3 +p 2 *+p 3 = l. ( 2 ) Xs 2 PiWn Z +PiW-P3 2 =0' (3) p 1 X 1 +P< i X2 = Pz 2 . (4) Pi!P2P3+Pi Sx l X 2 X 3 X i 3 = - (5) p 1 p 2 p z = z z x 1 x 2 x 3 . (6) p z x 3 {p x +p 2 ) +x 1 + z 2 =0. (7) Pi 2 +^2^3- Z (P2+Ps)= 0. (8) (2J 1 + aj 1 ) 2 + (p 2 + a; 2 ) 2 + (p3 + a;3) 2 = 3(a; 1 + a; 2 + a; 3 ). 142. Simultaneous partial differential equations. The following examples illustrate some typical cases : Ex. (i). F= Pl 2 +1)^x^ = 0, (1) F x =p x +p 2 x 2 =0 (2) Here Thus the problem may be considered as the solution of the equation (1), with part of the work (the finding of F x ) already done. The next step is to find F 2 such that (F, F 2 )=0 = (F x , FJ. The subsidiary equations derived by Jacobi's process from F are dx x dp x dx 2 _ dp 2 dx 3 = dp s -2pi~ ~ -Pa x 2 x a 2 ~P2Ps x 3 i ~ -Ptf&z' ^P 2 Ps x 2 x z An integral is Px = a • (3) We may take F 2 as p x , since this satisfies (F, F 2 ) =0 = {F X , F 2 ). Solving (1), (2), (3) and substituting in dz=p 1 dx x +p 2 dx 2 +p 3 dx 3 , dz = a dx x — ax 2 ~ x dx 2 + ax 3 ~ 2 dx 3 , so z = a(x x -logx 2 -x 3 - 1 )+b. Ex. (ii). FsspjXi+p&i-pJ^O, (4) F x ^p x -p 2 +p 3 -l=0. .... (5) Here (F, F x )=p x +p 2 -l) = Vi-Ps- This must vanish if the expression for dz is to be integrable. Hence we have the additional equation p x -p 2 = (6) Solving (4), (5), (6) and substituting, i CTiZ/-| T* OJjja 7 dz = — - + cfe 3 , z = log (ccj + x 2 ) + x 3 + a. GENERAL METHODS 169 In examples of this type we do not have to use the subsidiary equations. The result has only one arbitrary constant, whereas in Ex. (i) we got two. Ex. (iii). F^x^ + x 2 2 +p 3 =0, (7) F x =p x +p 2 +x*=o ( 8 ) Here (F, FJ= 2x x + 2x 2 - 2x 3 . As x v x 2 , x 3 are independent variables, this cannot be always zero. Hence we cannot find an integrable expression for dz from these equations, which have no common integral. Ex. (iv). F=P!+P2+P 3 2 - Sx x -3x 2 -4:X 3 2 = 0, (9) F 1 =x 1 p x -x 2 p 2 -2x 1 * + 2x 2 *=0 > (10) ^2=^3-2^ = (11) Solving (9), (10), (11) and substituting in the expression for dz, dz = (2x x + x 2 ) dx x + (x x + 2x 2 ) dx z + 2x 3 dx 3 , so 2 = x x 2 + x x x 2 + x 2 2 + x 3 2 + a. This time there is no need to work out (F, F x ), (F, F 2 ), (F x , F 2 ). Ex. (v). F=p x +p 2 -l-x 2 =0, (12) F 1 =p 1 +p 3 -x 1 -x 2 =0, (13) F 2 =p 2 +p 3 -l-x x =0 (14) These give dz = x 2 dx x + dx 2 + x x dx 3 . As this cannot be integrated, the simultaneous equations have no common integral. Ex. (vi). F=x x p x -x 2 p 2 +p 3 -p 4i =0, (15) F 1 =p 1 +p 2 -x 1 -x 2 =0 (16) Here (F, F x ) =p x - x x ( - 1) -p 2 + x 2 ( - 1) =p x -p 2 + x x - x 2 . As in Ex. (ii), this gives us a new equation F 2 ^p 1 -p 2 + x 1 -x 2 =Q (17) Now (F, F 2 )=p x -x x -p 2 {-l)+x 2 {-l) = F x =0, and (F x , F 2 )=(-l)-l + (-l)(-l)-(-l)=0, so we cannot get any more equations by this method. The subsidiary equations derived from F are dx x _dp x _dx 2 dp 2 dx 3 dp 3 dx i dp 4 -x x p x x 2 -p 2 ~ -1~~ ~ 1 ~ * A suitable integral is F 3 = p 3 = a, (18) for this satisfies (F, F 3 ) = (F X , F S ) = (F 2 , F 3 )=0. We have now four equations (15), (16), (17), (18). These give Pi = x 2'> P2 = x i> Ps = a'> Px= a \ so z = x x x 2 + a(x s + aj 4 ) + b. 170 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS But in this example we can obtain a more general integral. The two given equations (15) and (16) and the derived one (17) are equivalent to the simpler set : Pi = v» ( 19 ) Pa = »i» (2°) Pz~Pi=0 (21) From (19) and (20), z = x l x 2 + any function of x 3 and cc 4 . (21) is a linear equation of Lagrange's type, of which the general integral is <j>(z, x 3 + xj=0, i.e. z is any function of (x 3 + x^), and may of course also involve ajj and x 2 . Hence a general integral of all three equations, or of the two given equations, is z== x _p z + yjs(x 3 + xj, involving an arbitrary function. The complete integral obtained by the other method is included as a particular case. The general integral could have been obtained from the complete, as in Art. 134. Examples for solution. Obtain common complete integrals (if possible) of the following simultaneous equations : (1) p x 2 +p 2 2 -%{x^X 2 ) 2 =Q, (2) x^pzp^x^ptf^x^ptf^l. (3) p i $ 2 p 3 -%x- i x 2 x 3 =Q, (4) 2as 8 p 1 pg-& 4 p 4 =0, p 2 + p 3 -2x 2 -2x 3 = 0. 2p 1 -p 2 =0. (5) p x x 3 2 + p 3 =0, (6) p 2 2 +p 3 s + x 1 + 2x 2 + 3x 3 =0, p^ 3 2 +p 3 x 2 2 =0 Pj.+ 2>4 2 a? 4 -1=0. (7) 2p 1 +p 2 +p 3 + 2p i =0, PtPz-PzPi^ - (8) Find the general integral of Ex. (5). (9) Find the general integral of Ex. (7). MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES ON CHAPTER XIII. (1) 2x 1 x 3 zp 1 p 3 + x 2 p 2 = 0. (2) x 2 p 3 + x i p i =p 1 p 3 -p 2 p /l + x 4 2 =0. (3) %x 1 x^p 1 (p 2 + p 3 ) - W =0, (4) §x 1 zp 1 {p 2 +^ s ) - 4 = 0, Pix r +p 2 -p 3 =0. Vi x i+Pz-Vs=Q- (5) x 1 p 2 p 3 = Xctftf-, = x 3 p-tf 2 = z 2 x x x 2 x 3 . (6) p x z 2 - x x 2 —p 2 z 2 - x 2 2 —p 3 z 2 - x 3 2 =0. (7) Find a singular integral of z =PiX x +p 2 x 2 + p s x 3 + p x 2 + p 2 2 + p 3 2 , representing the envelope of all the hyper -surf aces (in this case hyper- planes) included in the complete integral. (8) Show that no equation of the form F(x v x 2 , x 3 , p x , p 2 , p 3 )—0 has a singular integral. MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 171 (9) Show that if z is absent from the equation F(x, y, z, p, 9)=0, Charpit's method coincides with Jacobi's. (10) Show that if a system of partial differential equations is linear and homogeneous in the p's and has a common integral z = a x u x + a 2 u 2 + ... , where the w's are functions of the x's, then a more general integral is z = <p(u 1 , m 8 , ...)• Find a general integral of the simultaneous equations XsPs-Xtft + Xtf^O. (11) If p x and p 2 are functions of the independent variables x x , x t satisfying the simultaneous equations F(x x , x 2 , p x , p 2 )=0 = F 1 (x 1 , x 2 , p x , p 2 ), prove that (F, /j + ffe.^^-a \dx 2 dx x J d(p x , p 2 ) Hence show that if the simultaneous equations, taken as partial differential equations, have a common integral, (F, F x ) =0 is a necessary but not a sufficient condition. Examine the following pairs of simultaneous equations : (i) F^p 1 + 2p i -2 = O i F 1 =(p x +2p 2 )*-l=0. d(F, F,) [Here ^— -=0 identically, and the equations cannot be solved for p x and p 2 .] (ii) F= Pl - Ps *=0, F 1 ==p x + 2p 2 x x +x x z =0. 7)( V J? \ [Here (F, F x ) and ^— - — ~ both come to functions which vanish o(Pi, Pa) when the p's are replaced by their values in terms of x x and x 2 . There is no common integral.] (iii) F=p x -p 2 * + x 2 =0, F x =p x + 2p 2 x x + x x z + x 2 =0. d( F V \ [These have a common integral, although - ' x comes to a v(p x , p 2 ) function that vanishes when the p's are replaced by their values.] CHAPTER XIV PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF THE SECOND AND HIGHER ORDERS 143. We shall first give some simple examples that can be integrated by inspection. After this we shall deal with linear partial differential equations with constant coefficients ; these are treated by methods similar to those used for ordinary linear equations with constant coefficients. The rest of the chapter will be devoted to the more difficult subject of Monge's* methods. It is hoped that the treatment will be full enough to enable the student to solve examples and to make him believe in the correctness of the method, but a discussion of the theory will not be attempted.f Several examples will deal with the determination of the arbitrary functions involved in the solutions by geometrical conditions. J The miscellaneous ■examples at the end of the chapter contain several important differential equations occurring in the theory of vibrations of strings, bars, membranes, etc. d 2 z d 2 z d 2 z The second partial differential coefficients =r\, a a > ^ wm * be denoted by r, s, t respectively. 144. Equations that can be integrated by inspection. Ex. (i). s = 2x + 2y. Integrating with respect to x (keeping y constant), q = x 2 + 2xy + <p(y). Similarly, integrating with respect to y, z = x 2 y + xy 2 +\(f>{y)dy + f{x), say z = x 2 y + xy 2 +f{x) + F{y). * Gaspard Monge, of Beaune (1746-1818), Professor at Paris, created Descriptive Geometry. He applied differential equations to questions in solid geometry. t The student who desires this should consult Goursat, Sur V integration des equations aux derivees partielles du second ordre. J Frost's Solid Geometry, Chap. XXV., may be read with advantage. 172 SECOND AND HIGHER ORDERS 173 Ex. (ii). Find a surface passing through the parabolas z =0, y 2 = kax and z = l, y 2 =-iax, and satisfying xr + 2p = 0. The differential equation is giving x 2 p=f(y), z=-\f{y) + F{y). The functions / and -F are to be determined from the geometrical conditions. Putting z = and x = y 2 /ia, o=-f 2 f(y) + m. Similarly 1=^/(2/) + ^). Hence *(yHg, /(y)-^ , 1 v 2 and » z = --^-, 2 8aa; i.e. 8aa?2; = kax — y 2 , a conicoid. Examples for solution. (1) r = 6x. (2) xys = l. (3) £ = sina:?/. (4) xr+p = 9x 2 y 3 . (5) ys+^j=cos (» + ?/) -y sin(a; + ?/). (6) t-xq = x 2 . (7) Find a surface satisfying s = 8a;?/ and passing through the circle z=0 = x 2 + y 2 ~l. (8) Find the most general conicoid satisfying xs + q = ix + 2y + 2. (9) Find a surface of revolution that touches z=0 and satisfies r = 12x 2 + 4y 2 . (10) Find a surface satisfying t = 6a?y, containing the two lines y=0 = z, y = l=z. 145. Homogeneous linear equations with constant coefficients. In Chap. III. we dealt at some length with the equation (Z)»+a 1 Z)«- 1 +a 8 D»- a + ... +a n )y=f(x), (1) where D= ^-. ax 174 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS We shall now deal briefly with the corresponding equation in two independent variables, (D n +a 1 D n - 1 D f +a i D»-*D'* + ...+a n D'»)z=f(x,y), (2) where D~^-, D'=~. ox dy The simplest case is (D - mD')z =0, i.e. p-mq=0, of which the solution is <p(z, y +mx) =0, i.e. z = F(y +mx). This suggests, what is easily verified, that the solution of (2) Hf(x,y)=0is z = F x {y + mjx) + F 2 (y + m 2 x) + ...+F n (y+ m n x), where the m 1} m 2 , ... m n are the roots (supposed all different) of m n + a 1 m n - x + a 2 m n ~ 2 + . . . + a n = 0. dx* 9a; 2 dy dx dy 2 ' i.e. (D*-3D 2 D f + 2DD' 2 )z=0. The roots of m 3 -3m 2 + 2m=0 are 0, 1, 2. Hence z = F 1 (y) + F 2 (y + x) + F s (y + 2x). Examples for solution. (1) (D 3 -6D 2 D' + llDD' 2 -6D' s )z=0. (2) 2r + 5s + 2t=0. (3) g-^-o. (4) Find a surface satisfying r + s=0 and touching the elliptic paraboloid z = 4x 2 + y 2 along its section by the plane y = 2x + 1 . [2V. B. — The values of p (and also of q) for the two surfaces must be equal for any point on y=2x + l.] 146. Case when the auxiliary equation has equal roots. Consider the equation (D-mD') 2 z=0 (1) Put (D-mD')z=u. (1) becomes (D -mD') u = 0, giving u = F(y+ mx) ; therefore (D - mD') z = F(y+ mx), or p-mq = F(y +mx). The subsidiary equations are dx _ dy _ dz 1 -m F(y+mxY SECOND AND HIGHER ORDERS 175 giving y + mx = a, and dz-F(a)dx=0, i.e. z-xF (y + mx) = 6, so the general integral is <p{z-xF(y+mx),y + mx}=0 or z=xF(y+mx)+F 1 (y+mx). Similarly we can prove that the integral of (D-mD') n z=0 is z = x n ~ x F (y + mx) + x n ~ 2 F x {y +mx) + ...+ F n _ x {y + mx). Examples for solution. (1) (±D 2 + 12DD' + 9D'*)z=0. (2) 25r- 40s + 16*=0. (3) (2) 3 -4.D 2 Z>'+4Z>D' 2 )z=0. (4) Find a surface passing through the two lines z = x = 0, z-l=x-y=0, satisfying/-- 4s + 4*=0. 147. The Particular Integral. We now return to equation (2) of Art. 145, and write it for brevity as F(D,D')z=f(x,y). We can prove, following Chap. III. step by step, that the most general value of z is the sum of a particular integral and the complementary function (which is the value of z when the differ- ential equation has f(x, y) replaced by zero). The particular integral may be written ./(», y), and we may treat the symbolic function of D and D' as we did that of D alone, factorising it, resolving into partial fractions, or expanding in an infinite series. Kg - D* - WD' +9D" (12 * 2 +36 ^ = ZT 2 (* -^)~ 2 (12z 2 + 36^) 1 A 6Z>' nn D'* \ = JD~A l + ~D + 27 d* + -J • (12a; 2 + 36^) =^ 2 .(l2x 2 +36xy)+~.36x = a? 4 + 6x 3 y + 9x* = lOz 4 + 6x 3 y, so the solution of (D 2 - 6DD' + 9Z>' 2 ) z = 12x 2 + 36xy is z = 10z 4 + Qx s y + <p(y + dx) + x^ (y + 3x). Examples for solution. (1) (D 2 -2DD' + D' 2 )z = 12xy. (2) (2Z> 2 -5Z)D'+2Z)'2)z=24(«/-a;). 176 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (3) Find a real function V of x and y, reducing to zero when y=0 and satisfying ™ ^v 148. Short methods. When f(x, y) is a function of ax+by, shorter methods may be used. Now D<p (ax + by) = a<f>' (ax + by) ; D'<£ (ax + by) = b(f>' (ax + by). Hence F (D, D') <f> (ax + by) = 2? (a, b) ft n) (ax + &«/), where <p {n) is the w th derived function of <p } n being the degree of F(D,D'). Conversely F (j)? j/ j <p in) (ax + by) =^— g- 0(aaj +6y), (A) provided # (a, 6)^0, e.#. 1 (e} „ . __ -sm(2a;+3y) D*-4:D 2 D' +4DD' aC0S * y ' ~2 3 -4 . 2 2 . 3 +4 . 2 . 3* s= ~32 sin ( 2a;+3 ^' since (2x + 3y) may be taken as - sin (2x + 3y) if <j>'" (2x + Sy) = cos (2x + 3y). To deal with the case when F(a, b) =0, we consider the equation (D-mD')z = p-mq=x r \If(y+mx), of which the solution is easily found to be x r+1 z = ^jti ^(y +mx ) +<t> (y +mx )> so we may take 1 x r+1 D _ mD ' - xr ^(y + mx ) =7^i ^(y +ma; )- Hence (D-ii)r ^ (y+wa;)= (D-iz)r- 1 ,g; ^ (y+ma;)= - =^l^(^+wx), (B) e - 9 ' B*-WD'+D'* tan ^ + ^ = ^ 2 tan ^ + ^' while 5^WTiF^ sin ^ x+y) =D~m • 5T5> sin ^ x + ^ =s j)_4jy -I cos (4a; +?/) by (A) = - 1 a? cos (4x +y) by (B). SECOND AND HIGHER ORDERS 177 Examples for solution. (1) {D 2 -2DD' + D' 2 )z = e x+2 y. (2) (D 2 -6DD' + 9D' 2 )z = 6x + 2y. (3) (D S -W 2 D' + iDD' 2 )z = i sin (2x + y). d 2 V d 2 V (4) 2r-«-»-5e-/«P. (5) ^ + ^^=12(x + y) (6) 4r- 4s + £ = 16 log (a + 2*/). 149. General method. To find a general method of getting a particular integral, consider (D -mB') z = f -mq=J \x, y). The subsidiary equations are dx _ dy _ dz T~~^m~f(x,y)' of which one integral is y +mx =c. Using this integral to find another, dz =f(x, c - mx) dx, z=\ f(x, c- mx) dx + constant, where c is to be replaced by y - mx after integration. Hence we may take y. ™ .f(x, y) as I f(x, c-mx) dx, where c is replaced by y +mx after integration. Ex. (D-2D')(D + D')z = (y-l)e x . Here f / (a;, c - 2x) dx =\ {c-2x-l)e x dx = (c-2x + l)e x . Therefore -=r — ^-^ . (y - 1) e x = (y + 1) e x , replacing c by y + 2x. Similarly •= — jr, . (y + \)e x is found from I (c + x + l) e x dx = (c + x) e x by replacing c by y-x, giving ye x , which is the particular integral required. Hence z = ye x + <j>(y + 2x)+\fs(y-x). Examples for solution. (1) ( £ 2 + 2D.D' + Z)' 2 )z = 2 cos s/ -cc sin y. (2) (D 2 -2DD' -WD' 2 )z = 12xy. (3) (r + s - 6t ) z = y cos x. (4) ^~dx^y:~ 2 di 2=:{2x2+xy ~ y2)8inxy ~ cosxy ' (5) r-t— tan 3 x tan y - tan x tan 3 y. Vj 3a; 2 dt 2 t 2 x 2 ' 178 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 150. Non-homogeneous linear equations. The simplest case is (D-mD'-a)z=0, i.e. p-mq=az, giving <p (ze~ ax , y +mx) =0, or z = e ax \}s(y +mx). Similarly we can show that the integral of (D-mD' -a)(D-nD'-b)z=0 is z = e ax f (y + mx) + e hx F (y + nx), while that of (D - m~D' - afz = is z-e ax f(y + mx) +xe ax F(y + mx) . But the equations where the symbolical operator cannot be resolved into factors linear in D and D' cannot be integrated in this manner. Consider for example (D 2 -D')z=0. As a trial solution put z=e hx+ky , giving (D*-D')z = (h*-Jc)e hx+kv . So z=e h{x+hy) is a particular integral, and a more general one is 'EAe h{x+hv) , where the A and h in each term are perfectly arbitrary, and any number of terms may be taken. This form of integral is best suited to physical problems, as was explained at some length in Chap. IV. Of course the integral of any linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients may be expressed in this manner, but the shorter forms involving arbitrary functions are generally to be preferred. Examples for solution. (1) DD'(D-2D'-3)z=0. (2) r + 2s + t + 2p + 2q + l=0. (3) dxi W (4) ( D2 - D '* + D - D ') z = ' d 2 V d 2 V (5) (2D*-3D*D' + D'*)z=0. (6) ^T+^=^- (7) (D-2D' -l)(D-2D' 2 -l)z=0. (8) Find a solution of Ex. (4) reducing to 1 when x= +oo and to y 2 when x=0. 151. Particular Integrals. The methods of obtaining particular integrals of non-homogeneous equations are very similar to those in Chap. III., so we shall merely give a few examples. Ex. (i). (IP-3DD' + D + l)z = e* x + s y, 1 e 2 x+zy x P 2x+3y 1 = _ i p 2x+3y EP-3DD' + D + 1 ' 2 3 -3.2.3 + 2 + l SECOND AND HIGHER ORDERS 179 Hence z = - $e 2a + Sy + ZAe^+ky, where h z -3hk + h + l=0. Ex. (ii). (D + D' -l)(D + 2D' -3)z = ± + Sx + Sy. =^{1 + D + D' + terms of higher degree} x \ 1 m - \- terras of higher degree J- — i 1 1 + o + terms of higher degree J-. Acting on 4 + 3as + 6y, this operator gives Hence , z = 6 + a; + 2y + e x f(y-x)+e 3x F(y-2x). Ex. (iii). (Z) 2 - Z)D' - 2D) z = sin (3% + fy). . sin (3a; + 4y) = 02/0^ on • sin ^ 3a5 + fy) Z> 2 -DD'-2D v *' -3 2 -(-3.4)-2D 1 3-2D . sin(3a; + 4y) 3 + 2D . ,„ . . 3sin(3a; + 4ty)+6cos(3a: + 4v) =9ri^- 81 «<^+ 4 2')= — 9-«(-8«) B = Jg- sin (3a; + Ay) + T \ cos (3a; + iy). Hence z = T V sin (3a; + iy) + -&■ cos (3a; + 4y) + 2^ e^" 1 "^, where ^ 2 - hk - 2 A = 0. Examples for solution. (1) {D-D'-\){D-D'-2)z = e**-y. (2) s+p-q = z+xy. (3) (D-D' 2 )z = cos (x-3y). (4) r-.+y-l. (5) g-0-y + fl f«. (6) (D - 3D' - 2) 2 z - 2e 2 * tan (*/ + 3a;). 152. Examples in elimination. We shall now consider the result of eliminating an arbitrary function from a partial differential equation of the first order. Ex. (i). 2px-qy = <p(x 2 y). Differentiating partially, first with respect to x and then to y, we get 2rx-sy + 2p = 2xy(p'(x 2 y), and 2sx-ty~-q=x 2 <f>'(x 2 y), whence x(2rx-sy + 2p)=2y(2sx-ty-q) or 2a; 2 / - 5xys + 2yH + 2 (px + qy) = 0, which is of the first degree in r, s, t. 180 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS The same equation results from eliminating \js from px~2qy = \fr(xy 2 ). Ex. (ii). p*+q = <p{2x + y). This gives 2pr + s = 20'( 2x + y), and 2ps + t = <f>'{2x + y), whence 2pr + s = ips + 2t, again of the first degree in r, s, t. Ex. (Ui). y-p=<f>(x-q)< This gives - r = (1 - s) <p! (x - q), and l-s= -t(j>'{x-q), whence rt = (l-s) 2 or 2s + (rt-s 2 )=l. This example differs from the other two in that p and q occur in the arbitrary function as well as elsewhere. The result contains a term in {rt - s 2 ) Examples for solution. Eliminate the arbitrary function from the following : (1) py-q + $y* = ${2x + y*). (2) x-- = <f>(z). (3) p + x-y = <f>(q-2x + y). (4) px + qy = (p(p 2 + q 2 ). (5) p*-x = <}>(q*-2y). (6) p+zq = ${z). 153. Generalisation of the preceding results. If u and v are known functions of x, y, z, p, q, and we treat the equation u = <p(v) as before, we get du du du du ( dv dv dv , dv\ ,. . , du du du du ( dv dv dv dv\ ,, , Eliminating <j>' (v) we find that the terms in rs and st cancel out, leaving a result of the form Rr+Ss+Tt + U{rt-s i ) = V, where R, S, T, U and V involve p, q, and the partial differential coefficients of u and v with, respect to x, y, z, p, q. dudv dvdu The coefficient U = -- ~ — ~— -=- , dp dq dp dq which vanishes if v is a function of x, y, z only and not of p or q. These results will show us what to expect when we start with the equations of the second order and try to obtain equations of the first order from them. SECOND AND HIGHER OBDERS 181 154. Monge's method of integrating Rr + Ss+Tt=V. We shall now consider equations of the first degree in r, s, t, whose coefficients R, S, T, V are functions of p, q, x, y, z, and try to reverse the process of Arts. 152 and 153. Since dp = -^-dx + -^dy=rdx+sdy and dq=sdx+tdy, Rr+Ss+Tt-V=0 b _ B (&^ + ft + r(4^)-7-o. i.e. Rdpdy + Tdqdx-Vdydx-s(Rdy 2 -Sdydx + Tdx 2 )=0. The chief feature of Monge's method is obtaining one or two relations between p, q, x, y, z (each relation involving an arbitrary function) to satisfy the simultaneous equations Rdy 2 -Sdydx+Tdx 2 =0, Rdp dy +T dq dx -V dy dx=0. These relations are called Intermediate Integrals. The method of procedure will be best understood by studying worked examples. Ex. (i) . 2x 2 r - 5xys + 2yH + 2 (px + qy) = 0. Proceeding as above, we obtain the simultaneous equations 2x 2 dy 2 + 5xydydx + 2y 2 dx 2 =0, (1) and 2x 2 dp dy + 2y 2 dq dx + 2(px + qy) dy dx=0 (2) (1 ) gives (x dy + 2y dx) (2xdy + ydx)=0, i.e. x 2 y = a or xy 2 = b. If we take x 2 y =a and divide each term of (2) by xdy or its equivalent -2ydx,weget 2xdp-ydq + 2pdx-qdy=0, i.e. 2px -qy = c. This, in conjunction with x 2 y = a, suggests the intermediate integral 2px-qy = <}>(x 2 y), (3) where is an arbitrary function. [Cf. Ex. (i) of Art. 152.] Similarly xy 2 = 6 and equation (2) leads to px-2qy = \fr(xy 2 ) (4) Solving (3) and (4), 3px^2<p(x 2 y)-\fs(xy 2 ), Sqy = <f>{x 2 y) - 2\Js{xy 2 ), 182 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS so dz=pdx + qdy=^(x^) . (?^ + ^)_ Way , } . (^ + 2dy\ \ x y / \ x y / i.e. 2 = ij (x 2 y) . d log (x 2 y) - ijV (xy 2 ) . d log (xy 2 ), or z=f(x 2 y) + F(xy 2 ). E ^. (ii). 2/ 2 r-2*/s + *=^ + 6?/. Eliminating r and t as before, we are led to the simultaneous equa- tlons y 2 dy 2 + 2ydydx + dx 2 =0, (5) and y 2 dpdy + dqdx-(p + 6y)dydx=0. (6) (5) gives (ydy + dx) 2 =0, i.e. 2x + y 2 = a. Using this integral and dividing each term of (6) by y dy or its equivalent - dx, we get ydp-dq + (p + 6y) dy = 0, i.e. py-q + 3y 2 = c. This suggests the intermediate integral py-q+3y 2 = <p(2x + y 2 ). As we have only one intermediate integral, we must integrate this by Lagrange's method. The subsidiary equations are dx dy dz ~y~~^l = ~~ -3y 2 + <p(2x + y 2 )' One integral is 2x + y 2 = a. Using this to find another, dz+{-3y 2 + <f>(a)}dy=*0, i.e. z-y 3 + y<j>(2x + y 2 ) = b. Hence the general integral is yjr{z-f + y<p{2x + y 2 ), 2x + y 2 } = 0, or z=--f-y<j>(2x + y 2 ) +f (2a? + y 2 ). Ex (iii). pt-qs = q 3 . The simultaneous equations are qdydx+pdx 2 =0, (7) and pdqdx-q 3 dydx=0 .(8) (7) gives dx=0 or qdy+pdx( = dz)=0, i.e. x = a or z = b. If dx=0 (8) reduces to 0=0. If z = b, q dy = - p dx and (8) reduces to pdq + q 2 pdx = 0, i.e. dq/q 2 + dx=0, giving __ + x = c = ^^) ( 9 ) SECOND AND HIGHER ORDERS 183 (9) may be integrated by Lagrange's method, but a shorter way is to rewrite it du 1 giving y = xz- I \fs(z)dz + F(x) y=xz+f(z) + F(x). Examples for solution. (1) r — i cos 2 x+p tan x=0. (.2) (x-y)(xr -xs-ys + yt) = (x + y)(p - q). (3) (q + l)s = (p + l)t. (4) t-r sec* y = 2qta,ny. (5) xy(t-r) + (x 2 -y 2 )(s -2)=py -qx. (6) (1 + q) 2 r -2(1 +p + q+pq)s + (l + p) 2 t=0. (7) Find a surface satisfying 2x 2 r - 5xys + 2yH + 2 (px + qy)=0 and touching the hyperbolic paraboloid z=x 2 -y 2 along its section by the plane y = l. (8) Obtain the integral of q 2 r-2pqs+p 2 t=0 in the form y + xf(z) = F(z), and show that this represents a surface generated by straight lines that are all parallel to a fixed plane. *155. Monge's method of integrating Rr +Ss +Tt +U(rt-s 2 )=V. As before, the coefficients R, S, T, Z7, V are functions of p, q, x, y, z. The process of solution falls naturally into two parts : (i) the formation of intermediate integrals ; (ii) the further integration of these integrals. For the sake of clearness we shall consider these two parts separately. 156. Formation of intermediate integrals. As in Art. 154, r = (dp - s dy)/dx and t = (dq-s dx)/dy. Substitute for r and s in Rr+Ss+Tt + U(rt - s 2 ) = V, multiply up by dx and dy (to clear of fractions), and we get Rdpdy +T dqdx + U dpdq-V dxdy -s(Rdy 2 -Sdxdy + T dx 2 + Udpdx + Udq dy) = 0, say M-sN=Q. * The remainder of this chapter should be omitted on a first reading. This extension of Monge's ideas is due to Andre Marie Ampere, of Lyons (1775-1836), whose name has been given to the unit of electric current. 184 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS | We now try to obtain solutions of the simultaneous equations M=0, N=0. So far we have imitated the methods of the last paragraph, but we cannot now factorise N as we did before, on account of the presence of the terms U dpdx + U dq dy. As there is no hope of factorising M or N separately, let us try to factorise M +XN, where X is some multiplier to be determined later. Writing M and N in full, the expression to be factorised is Rdy 2 + T dx 2 -(S +XV) dxdy + U dpdx + U dqdy +XR dp dy + XT dq dx + XU dp dq. As there are no terms in dp* or dq 2 , dp can only appear in one factor and dq in the other. Suppose the factors are Ady+Bdx+C dp and Edy+Fdx+Gdq. Then equating coefficients of dy 2 , dx 2 , dp dq, AE=R; BF = T; CG=XU. We may take A=R, E = l, B = kT, F = l/k, C=mU, G=X/m. Equating the coefficients of the other five terms, we get kT+R/k= -(/S+X7), (1) \R/m = U, (2) kT\/m=\T, (3) mU=\R, (4) mU/k = U .....(5) From (5), m = k, and this satisfies (3). From (2) or (4), m = \R/U. Hence, from (1), \ 2 {RT + UV)+\US + U 2 =0 (6) So if X is a root of (6), the factors required are [Rdy+\-jj dx+\R dp) (dy +^p dx + -^ dq), 7? 1 i.e. jj(Udy+\Tdx+\Udp).c-n(\Rdy + Udx+\Udq). We shall therefore try to obtain integrals from the linear equations U dy +XT dx +XU dp =0 (7) and \Rdy + Udx+XUdq=0, (8) where X satisfies (6). SECOND AND HIGHER ORDERS 185 The rest of the procedure will be best understood from worked examples. 157. Examples. Ex. (i). 2s + (rt-s*) = l. Substituting R=T = 0, S=2, U=V=1 in equation (6) of the last article,* we get X 2 + 2X + 1 = 0, a quadratic with equal roots -1 and -1. With X= -1, equations (7) and (8) give dy-dp=Q, dx-dq = 0, of which obvious integrals are y— p = const, and x-q = const. Combining these as in Art. 154, we get the intermediate integral y-p=f(x-q). Ex. (ii). r + 3s + 1 + (rt - s 2 ) = 1. The quadratic in X comes to 2X 2 + 3X + 1=0, so X = - 1 or - J. With X= -1, equations (7) and (8) give dy-dx-dp=0, -dy + dx-dq=0, of which obvious integrals are p + x-y=const (1) and q-x + y=conat (2) Similarly X = - ^ leads to p + x -2y= const. (3) and q- 2x + y = const (4) In what pairs shall we combine these four integrals ? Consider again the simultaneous equations denoted by M =0, N=0 in the last article. If these are both satisfied, then M + \ 1 N=0 and M + X 2 ^=0 are also both satisfied (where X x and X 2 are the roots of the quadratic in X). Therefore one of the linear factors vanishes for X = X t and one (obviously the other one, or else dy=0) for X = X 2 . That is, we combine integrals (1) and (4), and also (2) and (3), giving the two intermediate integrals p + x-y=f(q-2x + y) and p + x-2y = F(q-x + y). * We quote the results of the last article to save space, but the student ia advised to work each example from first principles. 186 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Ex. (iii). 2yr + (px + qy)s + xt- xy (rt - s 2 ) = 2 - pq. The quadratic in A comes to \ 2 xypq - \xy {px + qy) + x 2 y 2 = 0, giving ^=y/p or x/q. Substituting in (7) and (8) of the last article, we get, after a little reduction, pdy-dx + ydp=0, (5) 2ydy-pxdx-xydq=0, (6) -qydy + xdx-xydp = 0, (7) and -2dy + qdx + xdq=0 (8) Combining the obvious integrals of (5) and (8), we get yp-x=f(-2y + qx). But (6) and (7) are non-integrable. This may be seen from the way that p and q occur in them. Thus, although the quadratic in X has two different roots, we get only one intermediate integral. Examples for solution. Obtain an intermediate integral (or two if possible,) of the following : (1) Sr + is + t + (rt-s 2 )=l. (2) r + t-(rt-s 2 ) = l. (3) 2r + te x -(rt-s 2 )=2e x . (4) r«-s 2 + 1=0. (5) 3s + (rt-s 2 )=2. (6) qxr + (x + y) s + pyt + xy (rt - s 2 ) = 1 -pq. (7) (q 2 -l)zr-2pqzs + {p 2 -l)zt + z 2 (rt-s 2 )=p 2 + q 2 -l. 158. Further integration of intermediate integrals. Ex. (i). Consider the intermediate integral obtained in Ex. (i) of Art. 157, y-p=f(x-q). We can obtain a " complete " integral involving arbitrary constants a, b, c by putting x-q = a and y-p=f(a)=b,s&y. Hence dz=pdx + qdy = (y-b)dx + (x-a)dy and z = xy-bx-ay + c. An integral of a more general form can be obtained by supposing the arbitrary function / occurring in the intermediate integral to be linear, giving y-p = m(x-q) +n. Integrating this by Lagrange's method, we get z = xy + <f> (y + mx) - nx. Ex. (ii). Consider the two intermediate integrals of Ex. (ii), Art. 157, p + x-y=f(q-2x + y) and p + x-2y = F(q-x + y). SECOND AND HIGHER ORDERS 187 If we attempt to deal with these simultaneous equations as we dealt with the single equation in Ex. (i), we get q-2x + y = a, q-x + y = (3, p+x-y=f(a), p + x-2y = F(/3). If the terms on the right-hand side are constants, we get the absurd result that x, y, p, q are all constants ! But now suppose that a and /3 are not constants, but parameters, capable of variation. Solving the four equations, we get x = /3~a, y=f (<*)-*(&, p=y-x+f(a), q=x-y+fi, giving dz=pdx + qdy *={y-x) (dx - ty) +/ (a) dx + fi dy = -$d{x-y)*+f{a) d/3 -f{a) da + fif'(a) da- /3F'(/3) d/3 ; le.z=-i(x-y)2-^f(a)da-^pF'(l3)dl3 + Pf(a). To obtain a result free from symbols of integration, put f f(a)da = <f>(a) and \f(/3) d/3 = ir(/3). Now J /3F'(/3) dj3 = /3F(/3) - \F(/3) d/3, integrating by parts, «j9^'(/8)-^(0) Hence z = -i(x-y) 2 -<p(a)-/3^'(/3) + ^(/3)+/3<p'(a), fz=-\{x-y)*-<t>(a)+ylr{P)+l3y, or finally lx = /3-a, ly = <f>'(a)-ir'(l3). These three equations constitute the parametric form of the equation of a surface. As the solution contains two arbitrary functions, it may be regarded as of the most general form possible. Examples for solution (completing the solution of the preceding set). Integrate by the methods explained above : (1) p + x-2y=f(q-2x + 3y). (2) p-x=f(q-y). (3) p-e*=f(q-2y). (4) p-y=f(q + x), P + y = F(q-x). (5) p-y =f {q - 2x), (6) px-y=f {qy - x). p-2y = F(q-x). (7) (zp-x)=f(zq-y). (8) Obtain a particular solution of (4) by putting <f> (a) = - |a 2 , \fr (/3) = |/3 2 and eliminating a and /3. 188 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES ON CHAPTER XIV. (1) r = 2y 2 . (2) logs = x + y. (3) 2yq+yH = l. (4) r-2s + t=sin(2x + 3y). (5) x 2 r-2xs + t + q=0. (6) rx 2 -3sxy + 2ty 2 +px + 2qy = x + 2y. (7) y 2 r + 2xys + xH + px + qy=0. (8) 5r + 6s + 3t + 2(rt-s 2 )+3=0. (9) 2pr + 2qt - ipq (rt - s 2 ) = 1 . (10) r£ - s 2 - s (sin x + sin y) = sin x sin y. (11) 7r-8s-3t + (H-s 2 )=36. (12) Find a surface satisfying r = 6o3 + 2 and touching 2=aj 8 + */ 8 along its section by the plane x + y + 1 =0. (13) Find a surface satisfying r - 2s + 1 = 6 and touching the hyper- bolic paraboloid z=xy along its section by the plane y = x. (14) A surface is drawn satisfying r + t=0 and touching x 2 + z 2 = l along its section by y=0. Obtain its equation in the form z 2 (x 2 + z 2 -l) = y 2 (x 2 + z 2 ). [London.] (15) Show that of the four linear differential equations in x, y, p, q obtained by the application of Monge's method to 2r + qs + xt- x(rt — s 2 ) = 2, two are integrable, leading to the intermediate integral V-v=f{qx-1y), while the other two, although non-integrable singly, can be combined to give the integral p + \q 2 -x = a. Hence obtain the solutions z = \x 2 - 2mxy - \m 2 x z + nx + <p (y + \rrtx 2 ) and z = (a - 16 2 ) x + \x 2 + by + c, and show that one is a particular case of the other. (16) A surface is such that its section by any plane parallel to x=0 is a circle passing through the axis of x. Prove that it satisfies the functional and differential equations y 2 + z 2 + yf (x) + zF (x) = 0, (y 2 + z 2 )t + 2(z-yq)(l+q 2 )^0. (17) Obtain the solution of x 2 r + 2xys + y 2 t = in the form s=/(i) + ^(i> and show that this represents a surface generated by lines that intersect the axis of z. (18) Show that rt-s 2 =0 leads to the " complete " integral z = ax + by + c. MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 189 Show that the " general " integral derived from this (as in Art. 134) represents a developable surface (see Smith's Solid Geometry, Arts. 222-223). Hence show that for any developable surface q=f(p). (19) Find the developable surfaces that satisfy pq(r-t)- (p 2 -q 2 )s + (py - qx) (rt - s 2 ) = 0. [Assume 2=/ (y). This is called Poisson's method. We get q = ap or p 2 + q 2 = b 2 , giving z = <p(x + ay) or z = bxcos a + by sin a+c. The second of these integrals represents a plane which generates the developable surface given by the corresponding " general " integral.] (20) Show that if X=p, Y = q, Z=px + qy-z, then r=T/(RT-S 2 ), s = -SI(RT-S 2 ), t=Rl(RT-S 2 ), r> d * Z where it = x^, etc. Hence show that the equation ar + bs + ct + e (rt - s 2 ) = transforms into AT- BS + CR + E=0, where a, b, c, e are any functions of x, y, p, q, and A, B, C, E the corre- sponding functions of P, Q, X, Y, Apply this Principle of Duality (cf. No. 21 of the Miscellaneous ■Examples at the end of Chap. XII.) to derive two intermediate integrals of pq(r -t)- (p 2 -q 2 )s + (py - qx) (rt - s 2 ) =0. (21) Prove that if x, y, u, v are real and u + iv=f(x + iy), then V=u and V = v are both solutions of d 2 V d 2 V dx 2 + dy 2 ' and the two systems of curves w = const., v= const., are mutually orthogonal. Verify these properties for the particular cases (i) u + iv = x + iy, (ii) u + iv = (x + iy) 2 , (iii) u + in = l/(x + iy). [The differential equation is the two-dimensional form of Laplace's equation, which is of fundamental importance in gravitation, electro- statics and hydrodynamics, u and v are called Conjugate Functions. See Eamsey's Hydro-Mechanics, Vol. II. Art. 41 .] (22) Obtain the solution of dt 2 ~ a dx 2 ' 190 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS subject to the conditions y=f{x) and ^ = F(x) when £=0, in the form 1 fx+at y = U(x + <U) + lf(z-at) + —\ F(\)d\. ^ a Jx-at [y is the transverse displacement of any point a; of a vibrating string of infinite length, whose initial displacement and velocity are given by f(x) and F(x). See Ramsey's Hydro-Mechanics. Vol. II. Art. 248.] (23) If y —f (x) cos (nt + a) is a solution of a*» +a a** -0 ' show that f(x)=A sin mx + B cos mx + H sinh ma; + Z cosh mac, where m = ^/(nja 2 ). [The differential equation is that approximately satisfied by the lateral vibrations of bars, neglecting rotatory inertia. See Rayleigh's Sound, Art. 163.] (24) Show that w = A sin (nnrx/a) sin (mry/b) cos (pcf + a) .tab. _.. =c ^_ + _ ? j, and vanishes when x=0, y=0, x=*a or y=b, provided that m and n are positive integers satisfying lp/ ir )* = (mja)* + {n}b) 2 . [This gives one solution of the differential equation of a vibrating membrane with a fixed rectangular boundary. See Rayleigh's Sound, Arts. 194-199.] (25) Show that w=AJ {nr) cos (nct + a) ,. r, d 2 w »(d 2 w 1 dw\ where «7 is Bessel's function of order zero (see Ex. 2 of the set following Art. 97). [This refers to a vibrating membrane with a fixed circular boundary. ■ See Rayleigh's Sound, Arts. 200-206.] (26) Show that V = (Ar n + Br-"- 1 ) P n (cos 0) .. n d 2 V 2 dV 1 d 2 V cot OdV n satxsfies _+-_. + _,_+__ _ = , where P n is Legendre's function of order n (for Legendre's equation, see Ex. 2 of the set following Art. 99). [N.B. — Take /ix = cos6 as a new variable. This equation is the form taken by Laplace's potential equation in three dimensions, when V is known to be symmetrical about an axis. See Routh's Analytical Statics, Vol. II. Art. 300.] APPENDIX A The necessary and sufficient condition that the equation Mdx+Ndy=0 should be exact (a) If the equation is exact, Mdx + Ndy=& perfect differential = df, say. So mJI and nJI; ox dy therefore dN^d^^d^JJl dx dx dy dy dx dy * so the condition is necessary. (b) Conversely, if _ = _, put F=^Mdx, where the integration is performed on the supposition that y is constant. Then d ' M and £J--J£-^-?» ox dxdy dydx dy dx AT 9F ■" ~ -q— = a constant as far as x is concerned, that is, ^ a function of y> *=<j>(y), say. Then *-|^ + *(y>. Now put /=-^+f0(y)dy. Then N=M. dy dF Also Af = — by definition of F df . = dx' Smce F and f differ onl y fc y a functi °n of y. Thus Mdx + Ndy = -£dx + ^dy = df,a perfect differential. So the equation is exact, that is, the condition is sufficient. [Our assumption that ^ = ^ is justified if / and its first and second partial differential coefficients are continuous. See Lamb's Infinitesimal Calculus, 2nd ed., Art. 210.] 191 APPENDIX B The equation P(x, y, z)~- +Q(x, y,z)~- + R(x, y, z) ^- = 0, regarded as four-dimensional, has no special integrals. (See Art. 127.) Let u(x, y, z) = a, v(x,y,z) = b, be any two independent integrals of the equations dx/P = dylQ = dzJR. Then we easily prove that ~ du ~ du „ du ~ /t . P fe + <^ + %= W and p d » +Q ^ + B p =0 (2) ox oy az The left-hand side of (1) does not contain a, and therefore cannot vanish merely in consequence of the relation u = a. Hence it must vanish identically. Similarly equation (2) is satisfied identically. Now let f=w(x, y, z) be any integral of the original partial differential equation, so that n dw ~dw n dw . , Q . P 8^ +Q Sy +R ^ = ° (3) This is another identical equation, since / does not occur in it. Eliminating P, Q, R from (1), (2), (3), we get 8 a ^'t o identically. d(x,y,z) Hence w is a function of u and v, say w = (p(u, v). That is,f=w is part of the General Integral, and therefore, &sf=w is any integral, there are no Special Integrals. [The student will notice the importance in the above work of a differential equation being satisfied identically. Hill's new classification of the integrals of Lagrange's linear equation (Proc. London Math. Soc. 1917) draws a sharp distinction between integrals that satisfy an equation identically and those which have not this property.] 192 APPENDIX The expression obtained for dz by Jacobi's method of solving a single partial differential equation of the first order (Art. 140) is always integrable. To prove that dz = p r dx x +p 2 dx 2 + p 3 dx 3 is integrable it is necessary and sufficient to prove that L=M = N=0, (A) where LJp~ d ^ #=&_& N JjPlJjh dx 3 dx 2 ' dx 1 dx 3 dx 2 dx t ' Now, by adding equations (8), (9), (10) of Art. 140 and using the relation (F, F 1 ) = 0, but not assuming the truth of (A), we get L d JLJA +M m^ +N^^ -0 ™ d(p» Ps ) +M d(p 3 , Pl ) +N d( Pl ,p 2 ) ~° < B ) Similarly L d -g-IA + M ^J^A +N WjJV- (C) y d(p 2 , p z) +11 d (p 3 , a) +iV a(ft, p 2 ) -° < C > diPvPz) + d(p 3>Pl ) +JS d( Pl ,p 2 ) ~° < D ) From equations (B), (C), (D) we see that either L = M=N=0 or A = 0, where A is the determinant whose constituents are the coefficients of L, M, N in (B), (C), (D). But these coefficients are themselves the co- factors of the constituents of the determinant a/ri w w . d (Px>P2,P3)' and by the theory of determinants A = J 2 . Now J cannot vanish,* for this would imply the existence of a functional relation which would contradict the hypothesis of Art. 140 that the y's can be found as functions of the re's from Hence A=£0; therefore L = M = N = 0. * All the equations of this appendix are satisfied identically. P.D.B. 193 APPENDIX D Suggestions for further reading No attempt will be made here to give a complete list of works on differential equations. We shall merely give the names of a very small number of the most prominent, classified in three sections. I. Chiefly of analytical interest {forming a continuation to Chapter X.). (a) Forsyth : Theory of Differential Equations (1890 and later years, Cambridge Univ. Press). This important work is in six volumes, and is the most exhaustive treatise in English upon the subject. It should not be confused with his more elementary work in one volume (4th ed. 1914, Macmillan). (6) Goursat : Cours a" Analyse mathSmatique, Vols. II. and III. (2nd ed. 1911-15, Gauthier-Villars ; English translation published by Ginn). This deals almost entirely with existence theorems. (c) Schlesinger : Handbuch der Theorie der linearen Differential- gleichungen (1895-8, 3 vols, Teubner). II. Partly analytical but also of geometrical interest. (a) Goursat : Equations aux dSrivies partielles du premier ordre (1891). (b) Goursat: Equations aux dirivtes partielles du second ordre (1896-98, 2 vols., Hermann et fils). (c) Page : Ordinary differential equations from the standpoint of Lie's Transformation Groups (1897, Macmillan). This deals with the elements of differential equations in a highly original manner. III. Of physical interest (forming a continuation to Chapters III. and IV.). (a) Kiemann : Partielle Differentialgleichungen und deren Anwendung auf physikalische Fragen (1869, Vieweg). (b) Riemann-Webex : A revised edition of (a), with extensive additions (1900-01, Vieweg). (c) Bateman : Differential Equations (1918, Longmans). This contains many references to recent researches. It is impossible to mention original papers in any detail, but the recent series of memoirs by Prof. M. J. M. Hill in the Proceedings of the London Mathematical Society should not be overlooked. 194 MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES ON THE WHOLE BOOK (1) Tx-tfT3^- [London.] (2)^ + 2xy = 2x(l+x 2 ). [London.] (6) tan y -5- + tan x = cos y cos 3 a5. [London.] (4) ^ 2a; l + (l) 2 - £ Won -] (5) (1 ~ x2 )£-xy = x 2 y\ [London.] (6) (D 2 + 4:)y = sm2x. • [London.] (7) (LP-D 2 + 3D + 5)y = x* + e*cos2x. [London.] (8) (a?!) 3 + x 2 D z ) y = l+x + x*. [London.] (9) cosa;sincc-^ = y + cosa;. [London.] (10) ~=x + y + 2cost, dt [London.] (11) y = ^(^|) 3 + l. [London.] (13) (D 4 + 8D 2 + 16)?/ = a;cos2x. [London.] (14) j xHy + I xydx=x s . [London.] (15) (y 2 + yz-z)dx + (x 2 + xz-z)dy + (x + y-xy)dz = 0. [London.] (16) (2X 3 - y* - z z ) yz dx + (2?/ 3 - z 3 - a^za; (% + (22 3 -xP-fflxydz^O. [London.] (17) xp-yq + {x 2 -y 2 )=0. [London.] (18) (* + 2y-«)p + (3y-«)g' = a! + y. [London.] 195 196 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS | (19) ^*«+ 2J IfS^ L0 - [L ° nd °"- ] (20) p (x + p) + q (y + q) = z. [London.] (21) r + s=p. « [London.] (22) z-\px-qy=p 2 \x\ [London.] (23) r-x = t-y. [London.] (24) z=px + qy-sxy. [London.] (25) z(rt-s 2 )+pqs=0. [London.] (26) x 2 r + 2xys + yH = xy. [London.] (27) rq (q + 1) - s (2pq +p + q + 1) + tp {p + 1) = 0. [London. ] (28) f = xy 2 p + x*p 2 . [Math. Trip. ] d 2 y /dy\ 2 m ^L_^iy. + x z«y _0. [Math. Trip.] (31) (zp + x) 2 + (zq + y)* = l. ^ P^th. Trip.] (32) Find a solution of the equation ^J - 3 £ + 2y = e 3 * which shall vanish when x=0 and also when z=log 6 2. [Math. Trip.] (33) Solve the equation ^^K^ + i^ + X^x^Acospt. at* at Show that, for different values of p, the amplitude of the particular integral is greatest when p 2 = \ 2 -n 2 , and prove that the particular integral is then (A/2k\) cos (pt - a), where tan a => p/K. [London. J (34) Solve the equation -=-| + -j- tan x + y cos 2 x = (too (LOO by putting z = sin x. J 2 F d*V d 2 V _ , , . ., (35) (i) Assuming a solution of ^2 + -^2+"^" =0 to be ot the form F(r + z), where r 2 =x 2 + y 2 + z 2 , obtain the function F ; and by integrating with respect to z, deduce the solution V = z log (r + z)-r. (ii) Assuming a solution of ^-^^^ to be of the form # ^' where g=x/y/t, obtain the function ; and deduce a second solution by differentiating with respect to a?. [London.] (36) Obtain a rational integral function 7 of x, y, z which satisfies the condition d*V &y d 2 V W* + dy 2 + dz 2 ' and is such as to have the value Az* at points on the surface of a sphere of unit radius with its centre at the origin. [Math. Trip.] MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 197 (37) Show that a solution of Laplace's equation V 2 w=0 is u = ( A cos nd + B sin n6) e -A * J n (Xr), where r, 0, z are cylindrical co-ordinates and A, B, n, X are arbitrary- constants. {London.] (38) Show that J n (r) (a n cos nd + b n sin n6), where r and 6 are polar co-ordinates and a n and 6 W are arbitrary constants, is a solution of the equation gzy Q2y !h* + !W +V==0 ' [London.] (39) Show how to find solutions in series of the equation du _ 2 d 2 u dt~ a dx~ 2 ' and solve completely for the case in which, when x=0, u = a-^~ = cosht. [London.] (40) Obtain two independent solutions in ascending powers of x of the equation g2 v tjS + faW-Oi and prove by transforming the variables in the equation, or otherwise that the complete solution may be written in the form y = Ax h J h (a; 1 ) + Bx*J_ h (x%), where A and B are arbitrary constants. [London.] (41) Show that the complete solution of the equation d £ + P + Qy + Ry^ 0> where P, Q, R are functions of x, can be obtained by the substitution y^Vx + lfz, if a particular solution, y lt is known. Show that, if two particular solutions y x and y% are known, the complete solution is log (y^S) = J R {y * ~ Vl) dx + const ' Obtain the complete solution of the equation (x 2 -l)^ + x + l-(x* + l)y + (x-l)y2=0, which has two particular solutions, the product of which is unity. (42) Show that the differential equation [London.] has a solution of the form (1 + x) p (l-x)^, where p and q are determinate constants. Solve the equation completely ; and deduce, or prove otherwise, that if 2a is a positive integer n, one solution of the equation is a polynomial in x of degree n. [London.] 198 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (43) Verify that 1 - x 2 is a particular solution of the equation x(l -x 2 ) 2 p{ + (l -x 2 ) (1 + 3x 2 ) \\ + ^{l +z 2 ) y=0, and solve "it completely. By the method of variation of parameters or otherwise, solve com- pletely the equation obtained by writing (1 - x 2 ) 3 instead of zero on the right-hand side of the given equation. [London.] (44) Show that the complete solution of the equation d 2 y n dy _ . where P, Q are given functions of x, can be found if any solution of the equation du HP 1 is known. Hence, or otherwise, solve the equation (l-x*)^ 2 -±xi^ + (x*-3)y=0. [London.] (45) Prove by putting v^vie^ that the complete solution of the (it) (L'7) equation a;-=-2-2w-j-+aw=0, where n is an integer, can be expressed ax ax in the form (A cosx + B sin x)f(x) + (A sin x - B cos x) <j> (x), where /(a;) and <p (x) are suitable polynomials. [London.] (46) If u, v are two independent solutions of the equation f{x)y"'-f'{x)y" + cf>{x)y' + x {x) y = 0, where dashes denote differentiation with regard to x, prove that the complete solution is Au + Bv + Cw, where wzzzu [ vf(x)fa f uf(x)dx J (uv' - u'v) 2 J (uv' - u'v) 2 and A, B, G are arbitrary constants. Solve the equation x 2 (x 2 + 5) y'" - x(7x 2 + 25) y" + (22cc 2 + 40) y' - SOxy =0, which has solutions of the form x n . [London.] (47) Obtain two independent power-series which are solutions of the equation d 2 y dy (x 2 -a 2 )^~ + bx~ + cy = 0, v 'dx 2 dx y and determine their region of convergence. [London.] (48) Prove that the equation . a -.,g +( i-a„*-»,-o MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 199 has two integrals where a « = \I>+T)} ' (49) Form the differential equation whose primitive is A / . co^ajN „/ sinaA y = A [sm x + — J + B (^cos x - — J , where A, B are arbitrary constants. (50) Obtain the condition that the equation Pdx + Qdy = may have an integrating factor which is a function of x alone, and apply the result to integrate (Sxy - 2ay 2 ) dx + (x 2 - 2axy) dy = 0. [London. ] (51) Show that the equations dy 2ax 2 dy _ 2/-x/ + -o 2 17 °> ° ax x i — y £ dx [London.] [London.] a? -y* + 2(xy + 10)^ = 0, [London.] have a common primitive, and find it. (52) Prove that any solution of the equation dx 2, dx is an integrating factor of the equation and conversely that any solution of the latter equation is an integrating factor of the former. Hence integrate the first of these equations completely, it being given that *(?>) * . [London.] (53) If the equation ?| + P-£ + Qy = 0, where P and Q are functions of x, admits of a solution y = Asm(nx + a), where A and a are arbitrary constants, find the relation which connects P and Q. [London.] d 2 v 2u (54) Solve the equation j^-±V = (1 _ x)2 , having given that it has two integrals of the form a + bx , y=i^x e • [London.] 200 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (55) Show that the linear differential equation whose solutions are the squares of those of ^l + p^ + Q y== o may be written ( * +2 p) (g + pg + Sftr) + *g-Q. (56) Show that the total differential equation Sx 2 (y + z) dx + (z 2 - X s ) dy + (y 2 - X s ) dz = satisfies the conditions of integrability, and integrate it. [London.] (57) The operator -=- being represented by D, show that if X is a function of x and <f>{D) a rational integral function of D, <p(D)xX = x<p(D)X + <f>' (D) X. Extend the result to the case in which 1/0 (D) is a rational integral function of D. Solve the differential equation — + 8y = 3k 2 + a;e- 2a! cos x. [London. ] (68) Show that 3 fa!z + ix d\~ 8y = has an integral which is a polynomial in x. Deduce the general solution. [Sheffield.] (59) Show that, if in the equation Pdx + Qdy + Rdz = 0, P, Q, R are homogeneous functions of x,y, z of the same degree, then one variable can be separated from the other two, and the equation, if integrable, is thereby rendered exact. Integrate z 3 {x 2 dx + yHy) + z{xyz 2 + z 4 - (x 2 + y 2 ) 2 } {dx + dy) + (x + y){z 4 - z 2 (x 2 + y 2 ) - (x 2 + y 2 f)dz = 0, obtaining the integral in an algebraic form. [London.] (60) Show that, if the equation Pdx+Qdy + Rdz = is exact, it can be reduced to the form Xdu + judv^O; where X//x is a function of u, v only and u = constant, v = constant are two independent solu- tions of __dx dy dz ?Q_3R~dRdP~dP_dQ' dz dy dx dz dy dx Hence, or otherwise, integrate the equation (yz + z 2 )dx-xzdy + xydz = 0. [London.] (61) Prove that z 2 = 2xy is not included in x + y + V(z 2 - 2xy) =f(x + y + z 2 ), which is the general solution of {2 <y/(z 2 - 2xy) - 2x - l}z<p + {1 + 2y - 2 V(« 2 - 2xy)}zq = x-y, but that it is nevertheless a solution of the equation. [Sheffield.] MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 201 (62) (i) Show how to reduce Riccati's equation -£ > = a (x)+a 1 (x)y + a 2 (x)y 2 to a linear equation of the second order ; and hence or otherwise prove that the cross-ratio of any four integrals is a constant, (ii) Verify that \ + x tan x,\ — x cot x are integrals of and deduce the primitive. [London.] (63) By solving -^= -my, dy in the ordinary way, and eliminating t from the result, prove that the point (x, y) lies on a circle. Also prove this by adding x times the first equation to y times the second. [The equations give the velocities, resolved parallel to the axes, of a point which is describing a circle with angular velocity a>.] (64) Find the orthogonal trajectories of the curves y 2 (a~x)=x 3 . Prove that they reduce to the system r 2 = 6 2 (3 + cos20). [Sheffield.] (65) ~ = ny~mz, -~- = lz- nx, at dz T Tr mx-ly, where I, m, n are constants, prove that Ix + my + nz, x 2 + y 2 + z 2 , are all constant. Interpret these results. (66) A plane curve is such that the area of the triangle PNT is m times the area of the segment APN, where PN is the ordinate, NT the subtangent at any point P, and A the origin ; show that its equation is y im - 1 = a im - 2 x. Show that the volume described by the revolution of the segment APN about the axis of x bears a constant ratio to the volume of the cone generated by the revolution of the triangle PNT. [London.] 2 202 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (67) By using the substitutions cc = rcos0, y = r sin 0, or otherwise, solve the differential equation (x 2 + y 2 ) (xp - y) 2 = 1 + p 2 . Also find the singular solution, and interpret the results geo- metrically. [London.] (68) Show that the equation (x 2 + y 2 - 2xpy) 2 = 4a 2 ?/ 2 (1 - p 2 ) can be reduced to Clairaut's form by making y 2 -x 2 a new dependent variable ; solve it and show that the singular solution represents two rectangular hyperbolas. Verify also that this solution satisfies the given equation. [London.] (69) Prove that the curves in which the radius of curvature is equal to the length intercepted on the normal by a fixed straight line are either circles or catenaries. [London.] (70) Solve the equation y = x-2ap + ap 2 , and find the singular solution, giving a diagram. [London.] (71) A plane curve is such that its radius of curvature p is con- nected with the intercept v on the normal between the curve and the axis of x, by the relation pv = c 2 . Show that, if the concavity of the curve is turned away from the axis of x, y 2 = c 2 sin 2 (p + b, where <f> is the inclination of the tangent to Ox. Obtain the value of a; as a function of <p in the case & = 0; and sketch the shape of the curve. [London.] (72) Show that, if the differential equation of a family of curves be given in bipolar co-ordinates r, r', 6, 0', the differential equation of the orthogonal trajectories is found by writing rdO for dr, r'dO' for dr', -dr for rdd, -dr' for r'dd'. Find the orthogonal trajectories of the curves a b - + - = c, r r c being the variable parameter. [London.] (73) The normal at a point P of a curve meets a fixed straight line at the point 0, and the locus of the middle point of PG is a straight line inclined to the fixed straight line at an angle cot _1 3. Show that the locus of P is a parabola. [London.] (74) Solve the equation 2{p-l)y=p 2 x ; show that the "^-dis- criminant " is a solution of the equation, and is the envelope of the family of curves given by the general solution. [London.] (75) Obtain the differential equation of the involutes of the parabola y 2 = lax, and integrate it. What is the nature of the singular solution ? [London.] MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 203 (76) Prove that if the normals to a surface all meet a fixed straight line, the surface must be one of revolution. [London.] (77) Integrate the partial differential equation px + qy = \/(x 2 + 2/ 2 ) • Give the geometrical interpretation of the subsidiary integrals and of the general integral. [London.] (78) Integrate the differential equation z{x + 2y)^-z(y + 2x)^ = y 2 -x 2 . Find the particular solutions such that the section by any plane parallel to z = shall be (i) a circle, (ii) a rectangular hyperbola. [London.] (79) A family of curves is represented by the equations x 2 + y 2 + 6z 2 = a, 2x 2 + 5y 2 + z 2 + 4xy = ft, where a, (3 are parameters. Prove that the family of curves can be cut orthogonally by a family of surfaces, and find the equation of this family. [London.] (80) Solve b(bcy + axz)p + a(acx + byz)q = ab(z 2 -c 2 ), and show that the solution represents any surface generated by lines meeting two given lines. (81) (i) Solve L~ + RI=E, where L, R, and E are constants. [This is the equation for the electric current 7 in a wire of resistance R and coefficient of self-induction L, under a constant voltage E.] (ii) Determine the value of the arbitrary constant if / = / when C = 0. (iii) To what value does I approximate when t is large ? [Ohm's law for steady currents.] (82) Solve L^ + RI *= E cos pt. at [The symbols have the same meaning as in the last question, except that the voltage E cos pt is now periodic instead of being constant. The complementary function soon becomes negligible, i.e. the free oscillations of the current are damped out. ] (83) Find the Particular Integral of [This gives the charge Q on one of the coatings of a Leyden jar when a periodic electromotive force E cos pt acts in the circuit con- necting the coatings. The Particular Integral gives the charge after the free electrical oscillations have been damped out.] 204 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (84) Show that the equations are satisfied by the trial solution y — mx, provided that m is a root of the quadratic 2 + 3ro_16 + 3ro ~~ 7 ~ 2 + 3m ' and cc is given by 7 -= — (2 +3m) # = 0. Hence prove that two sets of solutions of the differential equations are y = 4x = 4^e 2 ' and y = - 3a; = - 3Be~\ so that the general solution is x = Ae 2t + Be~ f , y^iAe^-SBe-K (85) Use the method of the last example to solve [Equations of this type occur in problems on the small oscillations of systems with two degrees of freedom. The motion given by y = 2x (or by y = - 5a?) is said to be a Principal or Normal Mode of Vibration. Clearly it is such that all parts of the system are moving harmonically with the same period and in the same phase. If y - 2x and y + 5x are taken as new variables instead of x and y, they are called Principal or Normal Coordinates.] (86) Given that L, M, N, R, S are positive numbers, such that LN is greater than M 2 , prove that x and y, defined by L~ + M^ + Rx=0, at at diminish indefinitely as t increases. [Show that x = Ae at + Be bt and y = Ee at + Fe bt , where a and b are real and negative. These equations give the free oscillations of two mutually influencing electric circuits. L and N are coefficients of self-induction, M of mutual induction, and R and S are resistances.] (87) Show (without working out the solutions in full) that the Particular Integrals of the simultaneous equations dx on \t (Lti L^-+M~± + Rx+ =E sin pt, at at j c dt dt J MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 205 are unaltered if in the first equation the term \-dt is omitted and L is replaced by L ^. [This follows at once from the fact that the Particular Integrals are of the form A sin (pt - a). These equations give the currents in two mutually influencing circuits when the primary, which contains a condenser of capacity c, is acted upon by an alternating electromotive force. This example shows that the effect of the condenser can be compensated for by in- creasing the self-induction.] where LN - M 2 is a very small positive quantity, show that the Com- plementary Function for x represents a very rapid oscillation. [These equations occur in Eayleigh's theory of the oscillatory dis- charge of a condenser in the primary circuit of an induction coil with a closed secondary. Notice that the second equation shows that the secondary current is at its maximum when the primary current is at its minimum. See Gray's Magnetism and Electricity, Arts. 489 and 490.] (89) Prove that the Particular Integrals of the simultaneous equations m -z-g = - a(x -X) + k cos pt, M^=-AX + a(x-X) BJc may be written x = -% — rp cos pt, where b = mp 2 - a and B = Mp 2 - (a + A). Hence show that x and X are both infinite for two special values of p. [These equations give the oscillations of the " elastic double pen- dulum." Masses m and M are arranged so that they can only move in the same horizontal fine. A spring connects M to a fixed point of this fine and another spring connects m to M. A periodic force acts upon m, and the solution shows that both masses execute forced vibra- tions whose amplitude becomes very large for two special values of p. Of course this is the phenomenon of Eesonance again. It is important to notice that the values of p that give resonance in this case are not the same as they would be if only one mass were present. This may be applied to the discussion of the " whirling " in a turbine shaft. See Stodola's Steam Turbine.'] 206 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (90) Show that the solution of the simultaneous equations ( i m + M)ia ( ^+2Mb^==-g(m + 2M)e, ibd 2 <f> d 2 where m = M and a = b, may be expressed by saying that 9 and <p are each composed of two simple harmonic oscillations of periods 2irlf x and 2 W2>2> Pi an d V-i being the roots of the quadratic in p 2 , 28a V - 8iagp 2 + 21 g 2 = 0. [These equations give the inclinations to the vertical of two rods of masses m and M and lengths 2a and 26 respectively when they are swinging in a vertical plane as a double pendulum, the first being freely suspended from a fixed point and the second from the bottom of the first. The two oscillations referred to are known as the Principal (or Normal) Oscillations. Similar equations occur in many problems on small oscillations. A detailed discussion of these is given in Routh's Advanced Rigid Dynamics, with special reference to the case when the equation in p has equal roots.] < 91 > SF + *t + *-* dP K dt +Cy ~ {) - [These equations give the motion of the bob of a gyrostatic pen- dulum which does not swing far from the vertical. Notice that if the initial conditions are such that 5 = 0, we get motion in a circle with angular velocity p, while if A =0, we get motion in a circle with angular velocity q in the opposite sense. (For p, q, A, B see the answers.) Similar equations hold for the path of revolving ions in the ex- planation of the Zeemann Effect (the trebling of a line in a spectrum by a magnetic field). See Gray's Magnetism and Electricity, Arts. 565-569.] (92) Given fdx ■ 37 + ax = 0, at dz T dt= hy > x + y + z = c, where a, b, c are constants, obtain a differential equation for z. dz Hence prove that if z — -=- = when t = 0, z = c + =- \be~ at - ae- br ] . a — b [These equations occur in Physical Chemistry when a substance A forms an intermediate substance B, which then changes into a third MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 207 substance C. x, y, z are the " concentrations " of A, B, C respectively at any time t. See Harcourt and Esson, Phil. Trans. 1866 and 1867.] (93) The effect on a simple dynamical system with one degree of freedom of any other dynamical system to which it is linked can be represented by the equation x + 2/j.x + n 2 x = X. If the exciting system of waves is maintained steady so that X = A cos pt, find the value of p for which there is resonance, and prove that if fx exceeds a certain value there is no resonance. Draw curves illustrating both cases. ^ [Math. Trip.] (94) Solve the differential equation x + 2kx + n 2 x = when k 2 < n 2 . In the case of a pendulum making small oscillations, the time of a complete oscillation being 2 sees, and the angular retardation due to the air being taken as -04 x (angular velocity of pendulum), show that an amplitude of 1° will in 10 complete oscillations be reduced to about 40'. [Take log 10 e= -4343.] [Math. Trip.] (95) The motion of a system depends practically on a single co- ordinate x ; its energy at any instant is expressed by the formula \mx 2 + \ex 2 ; and the time-rate of frictional damping of its energy is \kx 2 . Prove that the period (r ) of its free oscillation is \m 16 m 2 / Prove that the forced oscillation sustained by a disturbing force of type A cos pt is at its greatest when p 2 = — -r , and that the amplitude Amt m 8m 2 * of this oscillation is then — ^, while its phase lags behind that of the force by the amount tan -1 -^-. [Math. Trip.] 1 /ds\ 2 (96) Show that the substitution T = -(-=- j reduces d 2 s „/dsy _ to the linear form -=- +2PT=Q. as From {s + a ) d ^ + (^f = { s-a)g, ' ds with the conditions ^- = and s = 2a when t = 0, obtain at ds\ 2 2g, a v (I) , d 2 s a and — = - . dt 2 3 208 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS [This gives the solution of the dynamical problem : "A uniform chain is coiled up on a horizontal plane and one end passes over a smooth light pulley at a height a above the plane ; initially a length 2a hangs freely on the other side. Prove that the motion is uniformly accelerated." See Loney's Dynamics of a Particle and of Rigid Bodies, p.m.] (97) Find a solution of the equation £('£+=*»(*•&)-' of the form (p =f (r) cos 6, given that - -J*- = V cos 6 when r = a or and — -^-=0 when r = oo . or [<p is the velocity-potential when a sphere of radius a moves with velocity 7 in a straight line through a liquid at rest at infinity. See Ramsey's Hydro- Mechanics, Part II. p. 152.] (98) Find a solution of a/ = c2 -rl which shall vanish when x = 0, and reduce to A cos (pt + a) when x = b. [This gives the form of one portion of a stretched string, fixed at both ends, of which a given point is made to move with the periodic displacement A cos (pt + a). The portion considered is that between the given point and one of the ends. See Ramsey's Hydro-Mechanics, Part II. p. 312.] (99) Obtain the solution of Bt 2 \dr 2 r drJ in the form rcj> =f (ct-r) + F(ct + r). [<f> is the velocity-potential of a spherical source of sound in air. See Ramsey, p. 345.] (100) Obtain a solution of ?^ + ?V = dx 2 dy 2 ' such that d(j>ldy=0 when y--h and tp varies as cos (mx-nt) when y = 0. [(p is the velocity-potential of waves in a canal of depth h, the sides being vertical. See Ramsey, p. 265.] (101) Obtain the solution of the simultaneous differential equations dt 2 M dt + P x ~ u > d 2 y _ dx „ _ *\ MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 209 with the initial conditions „ dx . dy n -a, y=0, g-fl, |=0 ? a in the form z = ~ {(q + n) e { ^- n)t + (q-n)e~ i («+»)*}, where z = x + iy and q = \/(p 2 + n 2 ). Show that the solution represents a hypocycloid contained between two concentric circles of radii a and anjq. [This example gives the theory of Foucault's pendulum experiment demonstrating the rotation of the earth. See Bromwich, Proc. London Math. Soc. 1914.] (102) Obtain an approximate solution of Einstein's equation of planetary motion d 2 u m in the following manner : (a) Neglect the small term Smu 2 , and hence obtain u = jp I 1 + e cos (0 _ &)}> as i n Newtonian dynamics. (6) Substitute this value of u in the small term 3mu 2 , and hence obtain d 2 u m 3m 3 6m 3 , x 3m 3 e 2 ^2 + M = p+- F -+ I recos( 9 6- S T) + -2 F -{l+cos2(0- C y)}. (c) Neglect all the terms on the right-hand side of this differential ,. , m , 6m 3 equation except ^ and — e cos (0 - ©). The term in cos (0 - ex) must be retained ; it is of the same period as the complementary function, and therefore produces a continually increasing particular integral. [See the resonance problem Ex. 36 on p. 46.] Hence obtain in f. . 3m 2 1 U = ¥\ 1 + ecos (0- CT )+-p- e 0sin(0-Ern m = ^§ {1 + e cos (0 - ^ - e)} approximately, , 3m 2 _ „ . wnere e = -p-<£ and e 2 is neglected. [This result proves that when the planet moves through one revolu- tion the perihelion (given by <j>-7Z- e = 0) advances a fraction of a revolution given by 4 = -^-. When numerical values are given to the constants it is found that Einstein's theory removes a well-known discrepancy between observed and calculated results on the motion of the perihelion of Mercury. See Eddington, Report on the Relativity Theory of Gravitation, pp. 48-52.] 210 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (103) L(x, y,'x', y') is a function of the variables x, y, x\ y'. X, Y are denned by the equations JL dL *~dx" dy'' If these equations can be solved for x' and y' as functions of X, Y, x, y % and if H{X, Y, x, y) is the function obtained by expressing Xx'+Yy'-L entirely in terms of X, Y, x, y, then prove that S-' ■ ' (1 > dH dL m Prove also that the equation dfdL\ = dL (3) dt\dx') dx K dX dH , ,v is transformed into ~dt~ ~~dx [This is the Hamiltonian transformation in dynamics. Equation (3) is a typical Lagrangian equation of motion in generalised co-ordinates. Hamilton replaces it by the pair of equations (1) and (4). See Routh's Elementary Rigid Dynamics, Chap. VIII. This transformation should be compared with that of Ex. 21 of the miscellaneous set at the end of Chap. XII., where we had two partial differential equations derivable from each other by the Principle of Duality.] (104) Show that Jacobi's method (Art. 140) applied to Hamilton's partial differential equation dz ^j + Hfa, X 2 , ... X n , p v p 2 , ... p n , t)=0 at dx r dH dp r _ dH . leads to -df=dp- / !t--W T ('- 1 ' 2 '-*)' which are the equations of motion of a dynamical system, in Hamilton's form. [See Whittaker's Analytical Dynamics, 2nd ed., Art. 142.] (105) (i) Prove that if u(x, y,z)=a and v(x, y,z) = b are any two integrals of the system of differential equations dx _ dy dz p(x, y, z) ~ q(x, y, z) ~ r(x, y, z)' then i aOvfi.1 1(^. I j^-mfc, y, z), say. thGn pd(y,z) qd(z,x) r d(x,y) K y ' [m is called a multiplier of the system.] MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 211 (ii) Show that m satisfies the partial differential equation ps a o (iii) If n(x, y, z) is any other multiplier of the system, show that d fm\ d (m\ d /m\ „ P di{n) + *Ty{n) +r di{n) =0 > and hence that -j ^"' "' "> =0 identicaUy, so that m/n is a function of u and v, and m/n = c is an integral of the original system of differential equations. (iv) If u{x, y,z) = a can be solved for z, giving z=f(x, y, a), and if capital letters V, P, Q, R, M denote the functions of x, y, a, obtained by substituting this value of z in v, p, q, r, m, then prove that V(x, y,a) = b is an integral of -£ = -| . Prove also that MP=-~~ ay dz and MQ= d **± ( du ox dz . (where ^- is to be expressed in terms of x, y, a\ so that dV=M(Qdx-Pdy)j^. [This suggests that if any integral w = a and any multiplier m are known, then M(Qdx~Pdy) ~ will be a perfect differential, leading to an integral of the system when a is replaced by u(x, y, z). For a proof of this theorem see Whittaker's Analytical Dynamics, 2nd ed., Art. 119. A more general theorem is that if (n-1) integrals of a system of differential equations dx 1 _dx 2 _ _dx n dx Pi~ Pz~'"~ Pn~~P are known and also any multiplier, then another integral can be deter- mined. This is generally referred to as the theorem of Jacobi's Last Multiplier. In Dynamics, where this theorem is of some importance (see Whittaker, Chap. X.), the last multiplier is unity.] (v) Show that unity is a multiplier of dx _ dy dz xz-2y~ 2x-yz~ y 2 -x 2 and x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = a an integral, say u [x, y, z) = a. Show that in this case M{Qdx~Pdy)j~ = d{^xy-y/{a-x 2 -y 2 )} f and hence obtain the second integral xy + 2z = b. . 212 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS n (106) Show that if y= I eP'fty) dt, where a and b are constants, then J a ^(^) 2/+ ^(^) 2/ = e&a: ^ (6)/(6) ~ ea ^ (a)/(a) - [V{* (t)f'(t) + <f>'(t)f(t) - yfr {t )f(t)} dt. J a Hence prove that y will satisfy the differential equation if 0(e)/(«)=«p{J^|(ft} and e bx (f)(b)f(b)=0 = €f tx (ji(a)f{a). Use this method to obtain dt *= A \yvw^) +B if V(« 2 -i) as a solution, valid when a;>0, of d 2 y dy x~ + ~-xy = 0. dx z dx The corresponding solution for the case x<.0 is obtained by taking the limits of the first integral as 1 to oo , instead of -co to - 1. [Exs. 106-108 give some of the most important methods of obtaining solutions of differential equations in the form of definite integrals.] (107) Verify that v = v Q + ^- e-^dz is a solution of ^- = k dv _ d 2 v dt =K dx*' reducing, when t=0, to v + V for all positive values of x and to v - V for all negative values. [v is the temperature at time t of a point at a distance x from a certain plane of a solid extending to infinity in all directions, on the supposition that initially the temperature had the two different constant values v + V and v - V on the two sides of the plane x = 0. Kelvin used this expression for v in his estimate of the age of the earth (see Appendix D of Thomson and Tait's Natural Philosophy). The discovery that heat is continually generated by the radio-active dis- integration of the rocks introduces a new complexity into the problem.] (108) (a) Show that V = I J efa+»y+«/ (s, t) ds dt (the limits being any arbitrary quantities independent of x, y, z) is a solution of the linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients / # d d \ F \dx>dy'dz) V= ° MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 213 if I, m, n are any constants or functions of s and t such that F(l,m,ri) = 0. Extend the theorem to the case when there are n independent variables x, y, z, ... , and (n- 1) parameters s, t, ... . Obtain V= f f ^ C0Bt +y 8int+ ^f(s, t)dsdt as a solution of ~-£ + ~-^- = -*£• IM* lodd.J (6) Show that if F U-, ~-, ~- j P = is a homogeneous linear partial differential equation with constant coefficients a solution is V= I f(lx + my + nz, t) dt, where the limits are any arbitrary quantities independent of x, y, z, and I, m, n are any constants or functions of t such that F(l,m, n)=0. Extend the theorem to the case when there are n independent variables and {n - 2) parameters. [See H. Todd, Messenger of Mathe- matics, 1914.] " f 2 * Obtain 7=1 f{xcoat + y smt + iz, t)dt , . £ W 9 2 F dW ' as a solution of ~-g + -^y + ~^~2~^- [Whittaker's solution of Laplace's equation.] (109) By substituting the trial solution ,.«. • ■, , • dy 1 in the differential equation -j- + y = - , (JLCO CO 0! 1! 2! 3! obtain the series y = — \- -%+ -g + -& + •'» • CO CO 00 a/ Prove that this series is divergent for all values of x. Obtain the particular integral = e~ x [ J -c e x — dx, x and by repeated integration by parts show that f* e x , 0! 1! 2! w! _ f x (n+l)!e« Hence prove that if x is negative the error obtained by taking n terms of the series instead of the particular integral is less than the numerical value of the (n + l) th term. [Such a series is called asymptotic. See Bromwich's Infinite Series, Arts. 130-139.] 214 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (110) Show that if the sequence of functions f n (x) be defined by f Q (x) = a + b(x-c), where a, b, c are constants, and f n (x) = ^y-x)F(t)f n _ 1 (t)dt i then J^/»(aO--JW«-i(*). 00 Hence show that y = ^jf n (x) is a solution of o provided that certain operations with infinite series are legitimate (for a proof of which see Whittaker and Watson's Modern Analysis, p. 189. They give a proof of the existence theorem for linear differential equa- tions of the second order by this method). (111) Prove that the solution of the two simultaneous linear differ- ential equations with constant coefficients f(D)x + F(D)y = 0, <p{D)x + \}s(D)y = (where D stands for d/dt), may be written x = F(D)V, y- -f(D)Y t where V is the complete primitive of {/(D) *<D)-*(D) 0(D)} F~0. Hence show that if the degrees of/, F, 0, y\r in D be p, q, r, s respec- tively, the number of arbitrary constants occurring in the solution will in general be the greater of the numbers (p + s) and (q + r), but if (p + s) = (q + r) the number of arbitrary constants may be smaller, and may even be zero as in the equations {D + l)x + Dy=0, (D + 3)x + (D + 2)y = 0. (112) (a) Prove that if • y=u{x), y = v{x) are any two solutions of the linear differential equation of the first order P(x) yi +Q(x)y = 0, then (vu x - uv^/u 2 = 0, so that v =au, where a is a constant. (6) Prove that if y = u(x), y = v(x), y = w{x) MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES 215 are any three solutions of the linear differential equation of the second order P(x)y 2 +Q{x) yi + R(x)y = 0, then P— (mw 1 -w 1 )+Q(wUi-«Wj)=0 j and P ^{u^-vud+QiwOi-Wh) =°- Hence show that w = au + bv. [By proceeding step by step in this manner we may show that a differential equation of similar form but of the n th order cannot have more than n linearly independent integrals.] (113) Let u, v, w be any three functions of x. Prove that if constants a, b, c can be found so that y=au + bv + cw vanishes identically, then u v w Wj v t w x =0, u 2 v 2 w 2 while conversely, if this determinant (the Wronshian) vanishes, the functions are not linearly independent. Extend these results to the case of n functions. [Consider the differential equation of the second order formed by replacing u, %, u 2 in the determinant by y, y v y 2 respectively. Such an equation cannot have more than two linearly independent integrals. The Wronshian is named after Hoene Wronski, one of the early writers on determinants.] (114) Prove that z = e**^" 1 ^ satisfies the partial differential equation Hence, if J n (x) is defined as the coefficient of t n in the expansion — 00 prove that y=J n (x) satisfies Bessel's equation of order n, [The operations with infinite series require some consideration.] (115) If u x denotes a function of x, and E the operator which changes u x into u x+1 , prove the following results : (i) Ea x = a . a x , i.e. (E-a)a x =0. (ii) E*a x = a?.a x . (iii) E (xa x ) = a (xa x ) +a.a x , i.e. (E-a) (xa x ) =a.a x . (iv) (E-a) 2 {xa x ) = 0. (v) ( p E 2 +p x E + p 2 ) a x = (Pffl 2 +pja+ p 2 ) a x , if the p's are constant. 216 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (vi) u x = Aa x + Eb x is a solution of the linear difference equation Po u x+2 +PiU x+1 +p 2 u x = 0, i.e. (p E 2 + Pl E+p 2 )u x =0, if A and B are arbitrary constants and a and b the roots of the auxiliary equation p m? +p x m +p 2 = Q. (Cf . Art. 25.) Solve by this method (2E 2 + 5E + 2)u x = 0. (vii) u x = (A + Bx) a x is a solution of (E 2 -2aE + a 2 ) u x = 0. Here the auxiliary equation m 2 -2am + a 2 =0 has equal roots. (Cf. Art. 34.) * (viii) u x = r x (P cos xd+Q sin xQ) is a solution of (p E 2 + Pl E+p 2 )u x = if P and Q are arbitrary constants, p±iq the roots of the auxiliary equation p m 2 +p 1 m+p 2 = an <* ^ + iq =r (cos + * sin 0). (Cf. Art. 26.) Solve by this method ( E* - 2 E + 4) u x = 0. (ix) The general solution of a linear difference equation with constant coefficients F(E)=(p E"+p 1 E"-i + ... +Pn _ 1 E+p n )u x =f(x) is the sum of a Particular Integral and the Complementary Function, the latter being the solution of the equation obtained by substituting zero for the function of x occurring on the right-hand side. (Cf. Art. 29.) (x) a x jF(a) is a particular integral of F(E)u x = a x , provided that F(a)={=0. (Cf. Art. 35.) Solve by this method (E 2 + 8E-9)u x = 2 x . [For further analogies between difference equations and differential equations, see Boole's Finite Differences, Chap. XT.] ANSWERS TO THE EXAMPLES CHAPTER I. Art. 5. 5) The tangent to a circle is perpendicular to the line joining the point of contact to the centre. 6) The tangent' at any point is the straight line itself. 7) The curvature is zero. Art. 8. /v»2 /v»3 n/A 1) y = a + ax + a— l +a—i+a,jj + ...=ae a> . /v»2 /v»3 /vA 2) y = a + bx-a— [ -b^- + ajj + ...=aco8X + b&inx. Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter I. »2-Z «3-«3*«2-*-* 2) y = ae* + be-*. (14) 60° and - 60°. y DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (15) Differentiate and put x = l,y = 2. This gives ^ and hence p. (17) (i) a + l=0; (ii) y 2 = x* + 6x+l. CHAPTER II. Art. 14. (1) 6x 2 + 5xy + y 2 -9x-4:y = c. (2) sinsctan?/ + sin(:» + t/) = c. (3) secatan^-e^c. (4) x-y + c = log(x + y). (5) x + y^^cy. (6) y = cx. (7) e*(sinz: + cosa;)=c. (8) a^/ + 4q/ + 4 = 0. (9) ye x = cx. (10) smxcoay=c. Art. 17. (1) (x + y) 3 = c(x-y). (2) a ; 2 + 2 2 / 2 (c + log 2 /)=0. (3) xy* = c(x- yf. (4) ex 2 = y + Vfa 2 + V 2 )- (5) (2a;-</) 2 = c(a; + 2*,-5). (6) (a; + 5i/-4) 3 (3a; + 2*, + l) = c. (7) a;-i/ + c=log(3a;-4*/ + l). (8) 3x-3y + c = 2 \og{3x + &y-l). Art. 21. (1) 2y = (x + a) 5 +2c(x + a) 3 . ■ (2) xy = sin 05 + c cos a. (3) 2/loga; = (logx) 2 + c. (4) x 3 = </ 3 (3 sina) + c). (5) jf(x + ce«) = l. (6) x = y* + cy. (7) aj = er»(c + tany). Art. 22. (1) The parabola y 2 = iax + c. (2) The rectangular hyperbola xy = <?. (3) The lemniscate of Bernoulli r 2 = a 2 sin20. (4) The catenary t/ = A;cosh -r-. (5) arc/ = c 2 . (6) j^-A + A (7) y* = «*. ( 8 ) r2 = ce92 ' (9) log r + 10 2 + J0 3 = c. (10) The equiangular spirals r = ce± e tan a . Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter II. (1) xy = f + c (2) ctf^y + ^W-x 2 ). (3) sin x sin y + e si »* = c. (4) 2* a - 2a*/ + 3y + 2ca% = 0. (5) cxy-y + VW-^)- ( u > ^ + ^ * = c ' (12) tan- 1 (^)+log(a ; /2/) = c. (14) (z 2 -l +y A )e** = c. (15) (i) The Reciprocal Spiral r(0 - a) = c. (ii) The Spiral of Archimedes r = c{6-a). (16) The parabola 3% 2 = 2x. (18) x = y{c-k log *,). ANSWERS ill (19) (i) x 2 + (y-c) 2 = l +C 2 , a system of coaxal circles cutting the given system orthogonally. (ii) r 2 = ce - " 2 . (iii) w 2 = r{c + log(cosec n6 + cot nO)}. (21) log(2a ! 2±^ + ^) + ^tan-i^^=o. CHAPTER III. Art. 28. (1) y = Ae~ x + Be' 3x . (2) y = A cos 2x + B sin 2x. (3) y = Ae~ 3x + Be~* x . (4) y = e 2x (A coax + B sin a?). (5) s-e- 2 '(^cos3« + 5sin30. (6) s = A + Be- il . (7) y = Ae* + Be-* + Ce-**. (8) t^er"-^". (9) y = iicos(2aj-a) + Bcos(3a>-/S). (10) y = 4 cosh (2#- a) + 5 cosh (3a; -/3), or y = Ee 2x + Fe~ 2x + Ge 3 * + He~ 3x . (11) «/ = ^e- 2a! + Be a! 008(^3 -a). (12) y = Ae 2x + -Be- 2 * + Ee~ x cos (aV3 - a) + f e* cos {xy/2. - /3). (13) 6 = a cos tyW- ( u ) ** < 4wc ' (16) Q=^-^ /2Z ^^(^^- X-« -mW*. Art. 29. (1) y = e *{l + A cos x + B since). (2) y = 3 + ^Le* + Be 12 *. (3) «/ = 2sin3cc + ^cos2a; + JBsin2a;. (4) a = 2 ; 6 = 1. (5)a = 6;6=-l. (6)a=-4;y = 2. (7) a = l ; 6 = 2 ; p = l. (8) a = 2. (9) 4e»*. (10) 3e 7 *. (11) -f sin 5a;. (12)^cos 5x -^ sin 5x. (13)2. Art. 34. (1) y = A + Bx + {E + Fx)e- x . (2) y = (^ + Sa; + Ca; 2 )cosa; + (S + .Fa; + 6ra; 2 ) sin a;. (3) «/ = (^ + Ba;)e a! + Scosa; + .Fsinaj. (4) y = A + Bx + Ce x + (E + Fx)e-* x . Art. 35. (1) y = 2& x + e~ Zx {A cos 4a; + B sin 4a;). (2) ?/ = e--P a; (y4cos2a; + -Bsin2a;)+e a!B /{(a + j)) 2 + 5f 2 }. (3) y = (A + 9x)(? x + Be- 3x . (4) y = A + (B + %x)e x + (C + lx)e- x . iv DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (5) y = {A + ax/2p) cosh px + B sinh px. (6) y=A+(B + Cx-2x*)e- Zx . Art. 36. (1) y = 2 sin 2a; - 4 cos 2a; + ^e-*. (2) y = 4 cos 4a; - 2 sin 4a; + Ae* x + 5e 3ar . (3) ?/ = 2 cos x + er* x (A cos 3x + B sin 3a;). (4) y =sin 20a; + e- a! (J. cos 20a; + 5 sin 20a;). Art. 37. (1) y=x 3 -3x* + 6x-6+Ae~ x . (2) y = 6x 2 -6x + A + Be- 2!f . (3) ?/ = 6a: + 6 + (^ + £a;)e 3a! . (4) y = x 3 + 3x 2 + Ex+F + (A + Bx)(? x . (5) ?/ = 24a; 2 + 14a;-5 + ^e- a! + Be 2a! . (6) ^ = 8a^ + 7a; 2 -5a; + ^e- a! + Be 2a! + C. Art. 38. (1) y=^4cosa; + (5 + 2a;)sina;. (2) y = Ae x + (x + 2)e? x . (3) y = ile 2 * + ( B + Ox - 20a; 2 - 20a; 3 - 15a; 4 - 9ar>) e~ x . (4) y={A sin x + (B-x) cos x}e~ x . (5) y = (A + Bx-x 3 ) cos x + {E + Ja; + 3a? 2 ) sin a;. (6) y = ^ + (5 + 3a;)e* + 0e-* + a; 2 + i£cosa; + (i' , + 2a;)sina;. (7) y = {A sin 4a; + (B - a; + a; 2 ) cos 4a;} e 3 *. Art. 39. (1) y=Ax + Bx* + 2x 3 . (2) y=2 +Ax~* cos (3 log x) + Bx~* sin (3 log x). (3) y = 8 cos (log x) - sin (log a;) + Ax~ 2 + Bx cos (\/3 log x - a). (4) y = 4 + log a; + ^a? + Z?a? log a; + £a? (log a?) 2 + Zte (log a?) 3 . (5) y = (1 + 2a;) 2 [{log (1 + 2a;)} 2 + A log (1 + 2a;) + B] . (6) y=A cos {log (1 +x) -a} + 2 log (1 +x) sin log (1 + a?). Art. 40. (1) y = A cos {x-a) ; z = - A sin (a; - a). (2) ^^e^ + Be 3 *; z = 64e 5a! -7.Be 3a! . (3) y = Ae x + B cos (2x-a); z = 2Ae x -B cos (2a? -a). (4) y = e x + A + Be~ 2x ; z = e x + A - Be~ 2x . (5) y = A cos (a; - a) + 45 cos (2a; -f3)+ cos 7a; ; z = A cos (a; - a) + B cos (2a? - /3) - 2 cos 7a;. (6) «/ = - 5Ae Sx - 4:Be ix + 2e~ x + cos 2a; - sin 2a; ; z = Ae 3x + Be* x + 3e~ x + 4 cos 2a; + 5 sin 2x. ANSWERS V Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter III. (1) y = (A + Bx + Cx*)e x + 2(?*. (2) y = {A + Bx + %x*)e-**l\ (3) y = Ae~ 3x + Be~ z $+ Cer x + Etf+ 2e" 2a: (sin x - 2 cos a). (4) y = Ae x + B cos (2x - a)-2e x (i sin 2a; + cos 2a;). (5) y = (^ + Bx + Cx*) er* + {E + x + 2a; 2 ) e 3 *. (6) 2/ = ^ sin (a; - a) + B sinh (3a; -ft) -2 sinh 2a;. (7) y = {A + Bx + 5x 2 ) cosh a; + {E + Fx) sinh a;. (8) ?/ = 3 + 4a; + 2a; 2 + (^ + Ba; + 4a; 2 )e 2a! -fcos2a;. (9) ^ = (^ + JBa; + 3sm2a;-4a;cos2a;-2x 2 sin2a;)e 2ai . (10) 2/ = ^cos(a;-a)+f-icos2a;-ia;cosa; + T 1 ir sin3a;. (11) y = A cos (x- a) + B cos (3a; - ft) - 3x cos a; + a; cos 3a;. (12) ^^^o + ^^ + ^^ + .-.+^-i^-^^ + ^Alog^-^) - (13) 2/ = A + B log x + 2 (log a;) 3 . (14) y = A + Bx~ 1 + fa; 2 . (15) i/^ilx^ + Bcos^logaj-a). (16) y = 4 + £log(a; + l)+{log(a; + l)} 2 + a; 2 + 8a;. (17) x = J.e 3t + Be- 3t + £1 cos t + F sin t - e* ; y = Ae 3t + 25e- 3< + (SE - iF) cos £ + (3.F + iE) sin t - eK (18) a; = Ae n + Be'* cos ( y/2>t - a) ; y = ^e 2 < + £e~ 4 cos (y/U - a + 2tt/3) ; z = ite 2t + -Be-* cos ( V& - a + 4tt/3). (19) x^At + Bt- 1 ; y^Btri-At. (20) a; = At cos (log * - a) + Br 1 cos (log t - ft) ; ?/ = 4* sin (log t - a) - Br 1 sin (log t-ft). (27) (i) (x-l)e 2x ; (ii) |(a; 2 -2a; + l) sin a; + |(z 2 -l) cos a;. (31) y = e 2x + Ae x . (32) */ ^ (sin ax)l{f -a?)+A cos ^a; + B sin ^a;. / / £ -#x (33) ^ile^ + tfe^ + e 6 * !*- fo (loga;-l)*B. J* &•> + &*> 4-* JM/fyK-i)** (35) (iii) */ = ^4 cos (a; - a) - a; cos a; + sin a; log sin a;. (37) (i) Jc/(2phe) ; (ii) zero. (38) y = E cos nx + F sin na; + G cosh ns + # sinh wa;. CHAPTER IV. Art. 42. * ' 3?/ dx' (2) — +-4 = 0. (Laplace's equation in two dimensions.) v ' 9a; 2 9^ 2 vi DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (5) b — + a~ = 2abz. ox dy 1 } X dx +y dy = m ' ( Euler ' s theorem on Homogeneous Functions.) Art. 43. m dH dz t*>\ d * z d2z oh „ dz dz (1) &TW W W + df + M=°- < 3 > i + | = l- Art. 45. (1) y=Ae-Pl*+*>. (2) z = A sin yaj sin pay. (3) z = A cos y(a«-2/). (4) V=Ae-**+a sin */W + f), where p and g are positive. (5) V = C cos (p<jfa; + p 2 ?/ + </ 2 z) . (6) V=Ae~ ri sin (mira/Z) sin (mry/l), where m and n are any integers and^ 2 ==7r 2 (m 2 + w 2 ). Art. 48. q. (1) — (sin x + l sin 3a? + 4 sin 5x + ...). (2) 2 (sin a - i sin 2z + ^ sin 3a; -...). 4 r 2 4 r ~i (4) ^l2^1 sin2x + ^^l sin4:X + ^-i sinQx + -} 2 (5) - [£(1 + e ') sil1 * + f (1 - e") sin 2a; + ^(1 + &>) s i n 3a; + ,V(l-e')sin4a5 + ...]. /c\ ^2 ™ 1 . nir f . . nir mr\ . (6 ) ^TZj ^3 sm Y \* sm -j- - »t cos -J-) sin »». (7) (a) (2), (3), and (6) ; (6) (6). Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter IV. (2) a^~z a" (5) W=7*drV fr)' (7) 7 = V Q e-9 x sin (nt-gx), where y = + y/(n/2K). Q (12) 7 = - (e-« sin a; + ^e~ 9 ^ sin 3x + T £ T <r- 26 **ft ...). (13) Replace x by ttz/Z, t by 7r 2 £/Z 2 , and the factor 8/ir by 8Z 2 /tt 3 . ANSWERS Vll (14) V = — -(e- iKt coa2x + %e-™ Kt cosix + ie- Z6Kt cos6x + ...). 6 (15 ) y = — (e~ Kt sin x + ie~ gKt sin Sx + ^e~ 2BKt sin 5x + ...). 7T [Notice that although F = 100 for all values of x between and 7r, V =0 for x = or ir, a discontinuity.] (16) Write 100 - V instead of V in the solution of (15). (18 ) y = iZo {g-Kjt/4* cos (7rtc/2Z) ? \e~^ H ^ cos (3ira/2?) + ...}. 7T (19) y = _ ( s i n a; C os ««-■}■ sin 3a; cos Svt + -^ sm 5x cos 5trt - . . .). x (22) ^fy = 0; *-/(*-*) + *(* + <!*). CHAPTER V. Art. 52. (I) (y-2x-c){y + 3x-c) = 0. (2) (2y - x 2 - c) (2t/ + 3x 2 - c) = 0. (3) 49(y-c) a = 4cc 7 . (4) (2*/-a; 2 -c)(2a;-*/ 2 -c)=0. (5) (2y-x 2 -c){y-ce x ){y + x-l-ce~ x ) = 0. (6) (y-e*-c)(y + er«-c)=»0. Art. 54. (The complete primitives only are given here. It will be seen later that in some cases singular solutions exist.) (1) a; = 4^ + 4p 3 ; y = 2p 2 + 3p* + c. (2) x^Hp+p- 1 ); y=ip 2 -l?logp + c. (3) {p-lfx = c-p + \ogp\ (p-l) 2 y=p 2 (c-2 + logp)+p. (4) x = %p 2 + 3p + 3log(p-l)+c; y=p s + %p 2 + 3p + 3 log (p-l)+c. (5) x = 2tan- 1 p-p~ 1 + c; y=log (p 3 + p). (6) x=p + ce~ p ; y=ip 2 + c(p + l) e~P. (7) x =2p + op(p* - 1)"* ; y = p 2 - 1 + c (p 2 - l)~K (8) cc==sin^ + c; y=psinp + cosp. (9) cc=tan;p + c; ?/=^tanf> + logcosy. (10) x = log (p + l) -log (p -I) +log p + c ; y=p -log {p 2 -1). (II) a;=y/(l+^ 2 )+tan->; y = c-l/(l +p 2 ). (12) c = l. CHAPTER VI. Art. 58. (1) C.P. (y + c) 2 = x 3 ; cc = is a cusp-locus. (2) C.P. (y + c) 2 = x-2; S.S. x = 2. vi" DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (3) C.P. a? + cy + c 2 =0; S.S. y* = ix i . (4) C.P. c% + cosz)-2csina: + «/-eosa;=0; S.S. */ 2 = l. (5) C.P. (2^ + 3^ + ^-4(^ + ^)3 = 0; rf + y-o is a cusp-locus. (6) C.P. ^-12^ + 8^-12^2 + 16^=0; </ 2 - a; = is a cusp-locus. (7) C.P. <? + 6cxy-2cy*-x(3y*-x)* = 0; y* + x = is a cusp-locus. Art. 65. (1) C.P.^ + c)^^-!)^-^; S.S. x(x~l)(x-2)=0; z = l-l/V3 is a tac-locus and 35 = 1+1/^/3 a tac-locus of imaginary points of contact. (2) C.P. (</ + c) 2 = z(s-l)2 ; S.S. a; = 0; s = l/3 is a tac-locus; s = l is a node-locus. (3) C.P. y2 - 2cx + c 2 = ; S.S. «/ 2 = x\ (4) C.P. a3 2 + c ( a; -3y)+c 2 = 0; S.S. (Sy + x)(y- x)=0. (5) C.P. y-cx*-<?=0; S.S. ^ + 4y=0; a; = is a tac-locus. (6) C.P. y = c(x-c)*; y = is a S.S. and also a particular integral: 27y-4a 3 =0isaS.S. 6 (7) Diff. Eq. pVcos 2 a -2^2/sin 2 a + ?/ 2 -a; 2 sin 2 a=0; S.S. y 2 cos 2 a = a; 2 sin 2 a ; y = is a tac-locus. (8) Diff. Eq. (3 2 -l)^ 2 -2 W -z 2 = 0; S.S. a? + 0* = l; x=0 is a tac-locus. (9) Diff. Eq. (2cc 2 + 1) p* + (a; 2 + 2a;y + y 2 + 2) p + 2y* + 1 =0 ; S.S. x 2 + 6xy + y* = 4: ; » = ?/ is a tac-locus. (10) Diff. Eq. i? 2 (l- a; 2 ) _ (1 _^ )=0 . S.S.*=±landy=±l. Art. 67. (1) C.P. y = cx + <?; S.S. a; 2 + 4*/ = 0. (2) C.P. y-cx + c 3 ; S.S. 27^ 2 + 4a; 3 =0. (3) C.P. 2/ = ex + cos c ; S.S. (y - a; sin- 1 ^) 2 = 1 - a 2 . (4) C.P. 2/ = ca; + V(a 2 c 2 + 6 2 ) ; S.S. a^/a 2 + ^/ 6 2 = L (5) C.P. y=cx-e c ; S.S. y = x(logx-l). (6) C.P. 2/ = ex - sin^c ; S.S. y = V(» 2 - 1) - sin-V(l - V^ 2 ). ( 7 ) l(^-^) 2 =-M 2 ; 2xy = k 2 , a rectangular hyperbola with the axes as asymptotes. (8) (x - yf -2k{x + y) + k* = Q,a, parabola touching the axes. (9) The four-cusped hypocycloid x* + y% = 0. Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter VI. (1) No S.S. ; a; = is a tac-locus. (5) 2y=±3x represent envelopes, y = is both an envelope and a cusp-locus. ANSWERS is: (6) C.P. xy = yc + c?. (7) C.P. x-yc + xytf; S.S. y=0, y + itf^O. (Put y^l/Y ; x = l/X.) (8) (i) Putting p + x = 3t 3 we get 2x = 3(?-t*); 4(fy = 9(5£ 6 + 2* 5 r-5Z 4 )+c. (ii) C.P. y % + 4c 2 = 1 + 2cx ; S.S. cc 2 - 4*/ 2 + 4 = ; y = is a tac-locus. (11) C.P. r = a {1 + cos (6 -a)}, a family of equal cardioids inscribed in the circle r = 2a, which is the S.S. The point r=0 is a cusp- locus. CHAPTER VII. Art. 70. (1) y = logseca;*aa; + &. (2) x = a + y + blog (y-b). (3) ay = cos {ax + b). (4) x =log {sec (ay + 6) + tan (ay + &)} + c. (5) y = x 3 + axlogx + 6a5 + c. (6) y= -e x + ae 2ai + bx n - z + cx n -s+...+hx + k. (7) The circle (x - af + (y - bf = F. The differential equation ex- presses that the radius of curvature is always equal to A;. (9) V(! + Vi) = ty 2 ; the catenary y-b = k cosh {(x - a)Jk}. Art. 73. (1) y = x(a log sb + 6). (2) y = ax cos (2 log x) +bx sin (2 log x). (3) y = x(a\ogx + bf. (4) y- a; 2 (a log x + &) 2 . Art. 74. (l)y=±coth^. (2) y=-log(l-»). (3) y = sin- 1 a;. ^^y(i){^wi + ^-^}- (5) (i) The conic u = ^/^ + (1/c - /j./h 2 ) cos ; (ii) cu = cos 0V(! -mA 2 ) or coshOVC^M 2 .- 1 )' according as /x^ 2 . Art. 75. (1) y = a{x 2 + l)+be- x . (2) y = a(s-l) + &<!-*. (3) y = a{x-l)+be-* + x\ (4) y^l+e"^ 2 . (5) y = e 2 *. Art. 77. (2) y = x s + ax-blx. (3) y = (x z + ax)e x + bx. (4) y = e 2a! + (ac» 3 + 6)e a! . (5) «/ = ax 3 + bxr 3 . (6) y = ax i + b sin x. Art. 80. (1) y = ( a - x) cos x + (b + log sin x) sin x. (2) y= j a -log tan (t +x ) f cos 2a; + & sin 2x - X DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (3) y={a-er* + log(l+er x )}e x + {b-log(l+e*)}(r x . (4) y = ax + bar 1 + (1 - i~i) e *. (5) y = ae* + (6 - ») e 2 * + ce 3 *. Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter VII. (1) y=ae*'»-b. (2) y = a + log(z* + &). 2x n+1 x n x n ~^- (3) ^(¥TI)! +2 V! +a2 (^^! + &xM " 2 + c ^ 3 + -" + ^ + ^ (4) y = -3 2 -" cos {3a; - fa(n - 2)} + a cos a; + 6 sin x + cx n ~ 3 + ... +7ix + k. (5) */ = ax + &loga;. (6) y = ae x + b{a?-l)#*. x 1 (7) y = a cos wa; + 6 sin na; + - sin nx - -s cos wa5 log sec rac. WW 20 (8) y(2a; + 3) = aloga; + & + e a; . (9) (i) y = T/(ax + b); (ii) t/ = V(«loga; + &). (10) «/ = (a cos x + bsmx + sin 2a;) e* 2 . (12) y = x 2 z. (14) /=-! (17) (i) y = ae* 2 + &r<* - sin a; 2 . (Put 2 = a; 2 .) (ii) y(l + x 2 ) = a(l - a; 2 ) + 6a?. (Put a; =tan 2.) (18) S?- 2 ^ 2 * 1 -^); 2/ = sin 2 a; + ^cosV2 sin 3 + a). (19) y = a cos {2(1 + x) e~ x } + 6 sin {2 (1 + x) e~ x } + {l+x) e~ x . CHAPTEE VIII. Art. 83. (1) y = 2 + x + x 2 -^x i --£rx 5 ; exact solution y = 2 + x + x*. (2) «/ = 2a; -2 log a;--| (log a;) 3 ; exact value y=x + ~. (3) y = 2 + x 2 + x 3 + ^x 5 + ^ u x 6 ; z = 3x 2 + fa; 4 + f x 5 + & x 1 + T \x 8 . (4) y = 5 + x + T V a* + J-a; 6 + ^a; 7 + T \x 9 ; (5) 2/ has the same value as in Ex. 4. Art. 87. (1) 2-19. (2) 2-192. (3) (a) 442; (6) 4-118. (4) Errors 0-0018 ; 0-00017 ; 0-000013 ; Upper limits 0-0172 ; 0-00286 ; 0-000420. Art. 89. 1-1678487; 1-16780250; 1-1678449. ANSWERS XI CHAPTER IX. Art. 95. (1) u = {i-|j+^-...}-oobV*; «-**{l-fj+£ r ...}=smV*- L „ 3a; 2 3x* 3a 4 3k 5 1 i n . < 3 > ^-{ i; § a+ ^ + 5fo^ + -}- (1 - x) ' 4; ..J, 8 8.11 „ 8.11.14 - \ ^T + io^ioTTs* + io-i3TT6^ + -J- < 4) M = a;W { 1 "4(IT^ ;g2 + 4. 8(l + 1 n)(2 + n) a?t 1 6 | "4.8.12(l+w)(2 + w)(3 + w) a; + "J To get v from u change n into - n. If w is multiplied by the constant z~^r, ^, the product is called Bessel's function 2 n l (w + 1) of order n and is denoted by J n (x). Art. 96. (1) and (4), all values of x. (2) and (3), |a>|< 1. Art. 97. (1) u={l + x + l^ + ^ + l^^ + ...}; v = u\ogx + {-2x-x 2 -%j-x 3 ...}. (2) ^ = {i-^ 2 +^ ra ^- 22 J 2 62 ^ + ...|; w is called Bessel's function of order zero and is denoted by J (x). (3) u={l-2x + l ] x*-^x* + ...y, «-«tegaj+|2(2-i)aj-|(2 + l-*)^ + ^(2+i + *-l)a?-...}. if-, 13 ~2 1 - 3 - 5 - 7 ^ 1.3.5.7.9.11 6 \. (4) t ,- a; »|i+ — g*+ 42 82 g 4 + ___-__ a ^ + ...| t « = t« log a; + 2» 4 |^(l +^ -i)» a + 1 ^;ffl 7 d+i-*+i+»-i)« t + -)}- P.D.E. P2 Xll (1) u -u. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Art. 98. .6 1 _ a^.i y fi ■*■ 4 + 2 3 .4.6 X 2 3 . 42.6. 8 .8 + v = u log CC + X -H 2 3 . 4 2 . 6 2 . 8 . 10 1 . -...}; + 11 22 ^2 2 .4 2 2 2 .4 2 .6 2 31 jc" }• 2 2 . 4 2 . 6 2 . 8 2 (2) u = x + 2x* + 3x 3 + ... =<b(1 -a;)" 2 ; v = wloga; + l+a; + a; 2 + ...=Mloga; + (l-a;)- 1 . (3) w={1.2x 2 + 2.3a^ + 3.4x 4 + ...}; v = ^loga;+{-l+a; + 3a; 2 + 52: 3 + 7a? 4 + ...}. (4) M = {2a; + 2aj 2 -a; 3 -jc 4 + |a; 5 ...}; v = u log «+{l -sc-Sa^-a^ + ^c 4 ...}. Art. 99. (1) «/ = a {l-a; 2 -iic 4 -ia; 6 ...} + a 1 a; = a jl-|a;log — -[■+«!*. (2) y -o {l-^ a< i + w < ,> - 2 )^; 1 )(" + 3 )^^.} lfli L • (**-l)(" + 2) ;c , | (n-l)(n-3)(n + 2)(n + 4 ) j;K 1 [For solutions in powers of 1/a; see No. 7 of the Miscellaneous Examples at the end of Chapter IX.] W »-*{ 1 -S^i* , + 0^7 . r 12 1 I 3.4.7.8.11.12 + ""J + a 4 a: "4T5 a;5 + 4.5.8.9 a;9 ~4.5.8.9.12.13 c 13 + ...j. (4) y = a {l - fr* - T \x 3 + ^V^- ..} + a t {x- i-x 3 - ^a; 4 + ^xK . .}. Art. 100. (2) y = ax 2 (l+2x). (1) * 4 S + * 3 i +(1 - w2 * 2) ^ a (3) ?/ = x 2 (1 + 2») {a + b f a;- 2 (1 + 2x)-*£dx}. (5) 2 e-and[.e-log Z+z; 2 {l-I(l+i). + I(l+l + ^ 2 -...|], where z = 1/x ANSWERS Xlll Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter IX. ,(, 3 9 9 27 , \ (1) u = x-*-[l+^x + -^x i + -^xS+...j; (13 9 . 27 , \ V = \T\ + T\ X+ T\ X + iof + "'J ; ifl 3 9 2 27 3 \ (2) ^^ji+p^+jY^^ + p 22 3a ^+-j; v = ulogx + 2 J -p»-p72" 2 \} + i) x% ~12.2 2 .3 2 ( 1+ 2 + 3/ a:;3_ -J ; w = w (log sc) 2 + 2 (« - u log x) log x CHAPTER XI. Art. 113. (1) xja = yjb — z; straight lines through the origin. (2) lx + my + nz = a; x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = b; circles. (3) y = az; x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = bz; circles. (4) x 2 - y 2 = a ; x 2 - z 2 = 6 ; the intersections of two families of rect- angular hyperbolic cylinders. (5) x-y = a(z-x) ; (x-y) 2 (x + y + z) = b. (6) x 2 + y 2 +z 2 = a; y 2 - 2yz - z 2 = b ; the intersections of a family of spheres with a family of rectangular hyperbolic cylinders. (7) V( m2 + n2 ) • ( 8 ) Tne hyperboloid y 2 + z 2 - 2x 2 = 1 . , (9) (» 2 + «/ 2 ) (* tan-V®) a = «V. (10) I/a; = \\y + 1/2 = 1/z + 2. Art. 114. (1) y - Sx = a ; 5z + tan (y - 3x) = &e 5a! . (2) 2/ + a; = a; log {z 2 + (y + x) 2 } - 2x = b. (3) xy = a; (z 2 + xy) 2 -x i = b. (4) y = ax; log(z-2x/y)-x = b. Art. 116. (1) a; 2 + 2/ 2 +z 2 = c 2 ; spheres with the origin as centre. (2) x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = ex ; spheres with centres on the axis of x. (3) xyz = c 3 . X1V DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (4) yz + zx + xy = <*; similar conicoids with the origin as centre. (5) x-cy = ylogz. (6) x 2 + 2yz + 2z 2 = (? ; similar conicoids with the origin as centre. Art. 117. (1) y = cxlogz. (2) afy-cse*. (3) ( x + y + z 2 )( #? ==c (4) y(x+z)=c(y + z). (5) (t/ + z)/x + (x + z)/y = c. (6) ny~mz = c(nx - Iz). The common line is z/Z = y/m = zjn. Art. 120. (3) z = ce 2 ». (4) a; 2 ;2 + 4==0 Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter XI. (1) y = ax; s*-xy = b. (2) x*fz = a; x* + f = bx 2 y 2 . (3) y + z = ae*; y 2 -z 2 = b. (4) y = sina> + <*/(l + z 2 ). (5) a; 2 + a^ 2 + a; 2 2 = « + c. (6) f(y)=ky ; a* = cy». (8) dx/x = dy/2y = dz/3z. (9) y + ^Se"- 8 ; ^_^ sa3m (10) (i) a; 2 + y 2 +z 2 = c (a; + y + 2 ; ); (ii) a; 2 - a*/ + y 2 = cz ; (iii) y 2 -yz-xz = cz 2 . (14) a?2/ = ce 2: sinw. CHAPTER XII. Art. 123. (1) <p(x/z,y/z)=0. (2) <f>(lx + my + nz, x 2 + y 2 +z 2 ) = 0. (3) 0{y/». (^ 2 + 2/ 2 + 2 2 )/*} = 0. (4) (z 2 - y 2 , a 2 - z 2 ) = 0. (5) <j>{{x -y) 2 (x + y + z), (x - y)l(z - x)} = 0. (6) 0{a 2 + y 2 + «*, y2 _ 2 ^ _ ^ = (7) [y - 3a, e- 5a! {52 -f tan (y - 3x)}] = 0. (8) <p{y + x, log (z 2 + y 2 + 2ya; + z 2 ) - 2x} = 0. (9) y* = 4xz. (10) a(a;»-^) + &(x a -2«)+c = 0. (12) <p(x 2 + y 2 , z) = 0; surfaces of revolution about the axis of z. Art. 126. (1) <t>{z + x ly X! + x 2 , a5 1 + cc 3 )=0. (2) <f>{z, xfx^ 1 , xfxz~\ x^xf^^O. (3) tfriz-XjXz, x x + x 2 + x 3 , x<p z ) = 0. (4) ct>(2z + x 2 , x 2 -x 2 , x 2 -x 2 )=0. (5) ^Wz-x 2 , 2x z -x 2 , 2x z ~x 2 )=Q); special integral z = 0. (6) 0{2-3» lf z-3z 2 , 2 + 6V(«-a?i-aj a -a; 8 )}=:0; special integral z=x x + x 2 + x 3 . ANSWERS xv Art. 129. (1) z = {2b 2 + l)x + by + c. (2) z = xcosa + ysma + c (3) z = ax + yloga + c. (4) z = a?x + ar 2 y + c. (5) z = 2:cseca + 2ytana + c. (6) * = *(l+a)+y(l+l/«)+e. Art. 130. (1) az ^ + ^ + 6 )i. (2) * - ± coBh{(* + ay + 6)/V(l + « 2 )>- (3) gi _„■«(* + ay + &)■, OT z = &. (4) z 2 (l+a 3 ) = 8(z + ay + &) 3 . (5) (z + a)e*+«v = b. (6) z = 6e«*+«X Art. 131. (1) 3z = 2{x + a)% + Zay + Sb. (2) 2az = a¥ + y 2 + 2ab. (3) az = ax* + a?x + e"y + ab. (4) (2z-ay 2 -26) 2 = 16aa;. (5) 2 = a(ea! + e2 /) +6 . (6) az = a?x + asmx + 8iny + ab. Art. 133. (1) z== -2-]ogxy. (2) d* = xy-*-tf. (3) 8z 3 = -27*V- (4)zz=-y. (5)«-0. (6) z 2 = l. (7) , = 0. Art. 136. (1) 4z = -y 2 . (4) A particular case of the general integral, representing the surface generated by characteristics passing through the point (0, -1,0). Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter XII. (1) z = ax + by - a 2 b ; singular integral z 2 = x 2 y. (2) zx = ax + by- a 2 b ; singular integral z 2 = y. (3) ^>{xy,{z 2 + xy) 2 -x i }=0. (4) z = 3x 3 -3ax 2 + a 2 x + 2y i -4:ay s + 3a 2 y 2 -a?y + b. (5) z = ax x + b log <c 2 ' + (a 2 + 26) ajg" 1 + c. (6) 2 = 0{(;»i + x 3 )/x 2 , a?! 2 - x 3 2 }. (7) 3a(:z + ay + 6) = (1 + a 3 ) log z, or z = 6. z = is included in z = b, but it is also a singular integral. (8) z (1+ a 2 + 6 2 ) = (»! + «a; 2 + bx 3 + c) 2 . (9) 9 (z^e 4 %z-^,z4-e 4 *3)=0. (10) z = ax-(2 + 2>a + \a 2 )y + b. {l\)z 2 = ax 2 -{2 + 2>a + \a 2 )y 2 + b. {12) z 2 = {I +a 2 )x 2 + ay 2 + b. (13) z = atam(x + ay + b), oi z = b. z = is a singular integral, but it is also included in z = b. (14) z 2 = aa*+ &y 2 - 3a 3 + b 2 . Singular integral z 2 = ± 2a?/9 - y*/4. (15) e-a; + y-l±2V{(*-l)(y-l)}- < 16) * 2 -^ = c - xvi DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (17) <f>(z/x, zjy) = ; cones with the origin as vertex. (18) x z + y 2 + z 2 = 2xcosa + 2ysma+c; spheres with centres on the given circle. (19) xyz = c. (This is the singular integral. The complete integral gives the tangent planes.') (20) The differential equation (z-px-qy)(l-l/p-l/q) = has no singular integral, and the complete integral represents planes. CHAPTER XIII. Art. 139. (1) y 2 {(x-a) 2 + y 2 + 2z} = b. (2) z 2 = 2ax + a 2 y 2 + b. (3) z = ax + bev{y + a)- a . (4) z % = 2{cfi + \)x i + 2ay + b. (5) z = ax + Za 2 y + b. (6) (z 2 + a 2 ) z = $(x + ay + b) 2 . (7) z = a? + aa;+!(t/ + a) 3/2 + &. (8) z = ax + by + a 2 + b 2 . Art. 141. (1) z = a x x x + a 2 aj 2 + (1 - a x 3 - a 2 2 ) x 3 + a z- (2) z — a 1 x 1 + a 2 x 2 ± sin" 1 (a x a 2 x 3 ) + a 3 . (3) z = a 1 log x x + a 2 log x 2 ±,x 3 y/{a x + a 2 ) + a 3 . (4) 2z = a x x x 2 + a 2 cc 2 2 + a 3 x 3 2 - 2 {a x a 2 a 3 ) x i z log # 4 + a 4 . (5) 2(a 1 a 2 a 3 ) 1/ ' 3 log 2 = a x x x 2 + a$c£ + a 3 « 3 2 + 1. (6) ia x z = 4a x 2 log oj 3 + 2a 1 a 2 (aj 1 - x 2 ) - (a?! + x 2 ) 2 + ia x a 3 . (7) (1 + a x a 2 ) log 2 = (a x + a 2 ) (cc x + a x x 2 + a 2 x 3 + a 3 ). (8) z= -(a 1 + a 2 )x 1 + (2a 1 -a 2 )x 2 + (-a 1 + 2a 2 )x 3 - ±{x x 2 + cc 2 2 + ic 3 2 ) ± %{x x + x 2 + x 3 - 2a x 2 + 2a x a 2 - 2a 2 2 } 3 / 2 + a 3 . Art. 142. (1) z=±(x x + x 2 ) 2 + log x z + a. (2) No common integral. (3) z = x x 2 + x 2 2 + x 3 2 + a, or z = x x 2 + 2x 2 x 3 + a. (4) z = a (x x + 2x 2 ) + b log # 3 + 2ab log a? 4 + c. (5) z = a (3a?! + x£ - # 3 3 ) +6. (6) No common integral. (7) 2 = a(x 1 -cc 4 )+&(a; 2 -a;3) + c, or z = a(x x -2x 2 ) +b{2x 3 - xj +c. (8) 2 = ^>(3a; 1 + a; 2 3 -a; 3 3 ). (9) 2 = ^»(a; 1 -aj 4 , cc 2 -a; 3 ), or 2 = <£ (a?! - 2# 2 , 2# 3 -a; 4 ). Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter XIII. (1) z 2 = a x log x x - a x a 2 log a^ + aalog^s + ^V (2) No common integral. (3) z = a 1 loga; 1 + a 2 cc 2 + (a 1 + a 2 )a; 3 ±-v / { a i( a i + 2a 2) a:; 4 3 } + a 3' ANSWERS xvn (4) o = % log x 1 + a 2 x 2 + K + o 2 ) x 3 ± VK («i + 2a 2) z*} + l- (5) 2log^ = C ±K 2 + ^ 2 + ^3 2 ). ( 6 ) z 3 = *i 3 + *2 3 + % 3 + c - (7) 4z + x* + x* + x<? = 0. (10) z = <j>(x 1 x 2 , x 2 + x s + x iy x&). (11) (iii) 3z = a; 1 3 - 305^2+0. CHAPTER XIV. Art. 144. (1) Z = a ? + X f(y) + F(y). (2) z=\ogx\ogy+f(x) + F(y). (3) , = _ J_ sin ^ + ^(aj) + *(*). (4) z = *Y +/(y) log * + F(y). (5) *-rin(* + s0 + -/(*) + .W W *= -«*+/(*) + «•"' W (7) ^(aJ + ^a-l. (8) z = y* + 2xy + 2y + ax* + bx + c. (9) «-(<* + «■)'• (10) . = ^ + 2/(1-^) Art. 145. (1) 2 = J 1 (y + a0 + * , 2 (y + 2a0 + * , sfo + 3 *)- (2) z=f(y-2x) + F(2y-x). (3) *-/(* + *) + *■(*-*). (4) The conicoid 4a; 2 - 8a# + 2/ 2 + 8x - iy + z=0. Art. 146. (1) z =f {2y -3x)+xF(2y-3x). (2) z-f(f>y + 4x)+xF(f>y + 4x). (3) «=/(y + 2aO+a>J? , (y + 2a>) + 0fo). (4) z(2z + y) = 3x. Art. 147. (1) 2 = aJ» + 2a% +f{y + x) + xf{y + x). (2) z = 2(y*-x*)+Ay + 2x) + F{2y + x). (3) F= -2^Y. Art. 148. (1) z = e x +*y +f(y + x) +xF(y + x). ■ (2) z = x*(3x + y) +f{y + 3x) +xF{y + 3x). (3) z = -x*cos(2x + y)+f{y + 2x) + xF(y + 2x) + <f>(y). (4) z = xe a: -3' + /(?/-a;) + -F(2?/ + 3a;). (5) V = (a + y) 3 +f{y + ix) + F{y -ix). (6) 2 = 2a; 2 log(a; + 22/)+/(2 ? / + a;)+a;^(2 ? / + a;). Art. 149. (1) z = xsiny +f{y -x) +xF{y -x). (2) z = :z 4 + 2a%+/(s/ + 5a;) + 2' , (2/-3 : z). (3) z = smx-ycosx+f{y-3x) + F(y + 2x). (4) 2 = sina;«/+/(2/ + 2x) + i , (2/-a;). XVlll DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (5) z = ±ta,nxta,ny+f(y + x) + F(y-x). (6) y = xlogt + t log x +f(t + 2x) + F(t- 2x). Art. 150. (1) z=f(x) + F(y)+<?*<f>(y + 2x). (2) z = e-*{f{y -x)+xF{y- x)}. (3) V = I;A^ {x+ht \ (4) z=f{y + x)+e-*F{y-x). (5) z = 2^ ( * + ^> + SBe^ 2 ^. (6) z = 2^e ra(a,COSa+2 ' sina ''. (7) z = e*^ + 2a;) + 24 e^ 2 ^} (8) 2 = l+e-*{(^-a;)2_l}. Art. 151. (1) z = \#*-v + e *f{y + x) + e 2 *F(y + x). (2) z = l+x-y-xy + e x f(y) + e-yF{x). ( 3 ) * = ins {sin (a? - 3y) + 9 cos {x -3y)} + 2Me*<*+fa>. (4) z = x +f(y) + e~ x F(y + x). • (5) y = &e x+z + TZAe**™ *+* ten •. (6) z = e 2 4c 2 tan (y+3x)+xf(y + 3x) + F(y + 3x)}. Art. 152. (1) y 2 r-2ys + t=p + 6y. (2) pt-qs=pq 3 . (3) r + 3s + * + (tf-s 2 ) = l. W H( r -0 -fa> 2 ~f)s + (py -qx){rt -s 2 ) =0. (5) 2?r + 9t-2??(rf-8*)»l. (6) gr + (zgf-2>)s-z^=0. Art. 154. (!) »=>f(y + Bmx) + F(y-fonz). (2) z=f(x + y) + F(xy). (3) y-yl r ( x + y + z) = <p(x) ! or z=/(a;) + .F(a; + y + z). (4) 2 =/(* + tan y) + F(x - tan y). (5) z =f{x 2 + y 2 ) + F(y/x) + xy. (6) y=f{x + y + z)+xF(x + y + z). (7) 3z = 4a% - x 2 if> - 6 log y - 3. Art. 157. (1) p + x-2y=f(q-2x + 3y); X=~i (2) p-x=f(q-y); \ = oo. (3) p-e*=f{q-2y) \ X = oo. (4) p-y=f{q + x)\ p + y=F(q-x); X=±L (5) p-y=f(q-2x) ; p-2y = F(q-x); \= -1 or -£. (6) px-y=f(qy-x); A=-a;or -y. (7) z^ - a; =/(2jr -y); \ =>z/p 2 or z/g- 2 . Art. 158. (1) z = aa5 + 6t/-|a32 + 2a;i/-f2/ 2 + c; = |x 2 (1 + 3m 2 ) + (2 + 3m) a;*/ + nx + <f>(y + ma;) = 2xy - \[x 2 + 3y 2 ) +nx + \Js(y + mx). ANSWERS XIX (2) z = l{a? + tf)+ax + by + c', z = i{x* + y 2 )+nx + yfr{y + mx). (3) z = e x + y 2 + ax + by + c; z=e x + y 2 + nx + \ls{y + mx). (4) x=l(a-(3); y = W(/8)-0'(a)>; «=a»y+M0(a)-^(0)}+0y. (5) z = /3-a; y = (p'(a)-\fr'(/3) ; z = xy-<p(a)+is(P)+Py. (6) a + y/m + ma; - n log a? = (a;™?/) ; the other method fails. (7) z 2 = « 2 + </ 2 + 2aa; + 2&</ + c; 2 2 = sc 2 + 2/ 2 + 2wic + ^(«/ + ma;). (8) 2z = y 2 -x*. « Miscellaneous Examples on Chapter XIV. (1) z = xhf + xf(y) + F(y). (2) z = e*+2/+/(a;) + 2%). (3) yz=y log y-f(x)+yF{x). (4) z=/(a; + ?/)+a;.F(a: + y)-sin(2a; + 3?/). (5) 3 =/(</ + log a?) + xF{y + log »). (6) z = a; + #+/(a*/) + .F(z 2 i/). (7) s-logte + yJ./^-^ + J^-jf). (8) iz = 6xy-3x 2 -5y* + 4:ax + 4by + c; 4z = 6xy-3x*- 5y 2 + 2nx + 2\fr{y + mx). (9) 3z = 3c±2(x + a) s ' 2 ±2{y + b) 3 V. (10) mz + sin y + m 2 sin a; - wma = m0 (2/ + mx). (11) 2a>=«-/3; 2y=xf,'(l3)-<j>'(a); ' 2z = Zx 2 -6xy-ly z + <l>{a)-is(fi)+2(3y. (12) z^ + ^ + ^ + y + l) 2 . (13) z = a?-xy + y*. (20) pa + <?y =f(p* + q 2 ) ; py-qx= F{q/p). Miscellaneous Examples on the Whole Book. (1) (x*-y 2 ) 2 = cxy. (2) y = x 2 + ce~ x \ (3) 2 sec a; sec ?/ = a: + sin a; cos a; + c. (4) (a^ + c) 2 = 4(a; 2 + ?/)(2/ 2 -ca;). (5) \+xy = y(c + svnr x x)^/{\-x 2 ). (6) y = (A - £») cos 2x + B sin 2k. ( 7 \ „ = ?L _ ^ + J8 + L xe *{ 8 m 2x - cos 2») + Ae~ x + Be* cos (2a; + a). x ' v 5 25 125 16 (8) t/=il + Ba; + Ca;loga; + loga; + |a;(loga;) 2 + Jai 2 . (9) y + sec a; = c tan a;. (10) a; = ^e 2t + Be~ 2t - f (cos * - sin t) ; y = Ae 2t - 3Be~ 2t - & cos t. (11) a; 2 / 3 = («/-l) 2 / 3 + c. (12) y = acosec(b-x). (13) y = (A + Bx + ^ sm2x + \E + Fx- ~j cos2x. (14) 2a*/ = 3a; 2 + c. (15) z + xy = c(x + y-xy). (16) x s + y 3 +z 3 = cxyz. (17) z=f{xy)-\x 2 -\y 2 . (18) (a? - y) e ( * " g)/(a: " y) =/{(* -3y + z)/(x - yf). (19) (z + x) 2 = (z + 2y)f(y/x).. (20) 2: = ax 4 % + a 2 + Z> 2 ; singular integral 4z + a; 2 + */ 2 = 0. (21) z = e*f(x-y) + F(y). XX DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (22) z = ax 2 + by + 4:a 2 ; singular integral 1 6z + x*=0. (23) z=f(x + y) + F(x-y)+\(a* + tf). (24) z = xf(y)+yF(x). (25) cz = (x + a)(y + b). (26) z = ±xy+f(y/x)+xF(y/x). (27) z=f(z + x) + F(z + y). (28) y (x + c) = c 2 sc ; singular solutions ?/ = and y + 4x 2 = 0. (29) a*/ 4 = (a? + b) 5 . (30) y = A cos f ^) + B sin (-^\ (31) as 2 + 2/ 2 +2: 2 = 2(a;cosa + ?/sina + c). (32) y = e x -\ e 2x + ^e 2x . (33) x = e~ Kt (a cos \t + b sin \t) + C cos (pt- a), * where = A/y/{(K* + X 2 - 2> 2 ) 2 + 4/c V}, tan a = 2/c^/(/c 2 + X 2 - p 2 ), and a and & are arbitrary constants. (34) y = A cos (sin x) + B sin (sin x). (35) (i) F = Alog(r+z) + B; (ii) = A [ e-W** d£+B; ^ = 4- e~*^<*K J ox yt (36) V = A{± + f (3z 2 - r 2 ) + JL (35^ _ 30^2 + 3^ where r 2 = x 2 + y 2 + z 2 . (39) w = G(l+- + ^-i+^ r -5 + ...)cosh« \ a 4! a 4 5!a & / 2T^ + 3T^ + 6T^ + 7!^ + "> inl1 ^ (41) y-x = c(xy-l) er x . (42) y = (1 + x) a ~ b (l - x) a+b {A + B I (1 + iC )-«+&-i(i _ x )-a-b-i & x y If 2a is an integer, the integral can be evaluated by putting z = (l +x)J(\ -x). (43) (i) y = (l-x 2 )(A + Blogx); (ii) y = (l -x 2 )(x + A + Biogx). (44) (1 - x 2 ) y = (a + b f e~ x2 dx) e** 2 - [Put log y = f (m - |P) ete. w = a; is a solution of the differential equation in«,] Un\ fM = 1 (2^-2) x 2 (2n- 2) (2n-4) (2n -6) * 4 . V '- Mj (2w-l)2! (2w-l)(2w-2)(2n-3)4l "" ' (2w- 2) (2^- 4)^ * (aJ, - aJ ~(2n-l)(2n-2)3! + "*' (46) y = 4a! B + Ba? + ^(a» + l), replacing 0/6 by #. -. c f x Y c{c + 2(b + l)}/xY c{c + 2 (6 + 1 )}{c + 4 (6 + 3)} fx\ 6 + 6! W + '" ; V = \a) + ~^T W + 5! W + •" ' both converge within the circle \x\ < |o|. ANSWERS XXI (50) ^ \ =- - ^ \ must be a function of x alone ; x z y - ax 2 y 2 -= c. ' Q\dy dx) (51) x 2 + y 2 + 2bxy = 2ax. (52) uve w = a I v 2 e w dx + b, where v = QJP and w = I v dx, (53) Pn cot (nx + a) +Q = n 2 . (54) y{\ - x) = A (3 - 2*) e 2 « + 5(1 - 2a) e" 2 * (56) x z + yz = c(y + z). (57) «/ = ^le- 2a; + e a! (Bcosa;\/3 + Osina!;v /3 ) + t« 2 + 2TBTir e ~ 2a! { 157a! ( 6 cos » + 11 sin a;) + 3 (783 cos x - 56 sin x)}. (58) y = (3 + 4a; 2 ){/l + Bf(3 + 4a; 2 )- 2 e-^ 2 ^}. (59) z i (x + y) i (x 2 + y 2 + z 2 )=c(x 2 + y 2 -z 2 ). (60) a;z = c(*/+z). . ^ 1 du .... 1 x(c + tana?) (62) (i) Put jf- ss i (") »-2-T^to^' [See Ex. 41 for method.] (65) If a particle P moves so that its velocity is proportional to the radius vector OP and is perpendicular to OP and also to a fixed line OK, then it will describe with constant speed a circle of which OK is the axis. (67) r 2 sin 2 (6 + a) = 1 ; singular solution r 4 = 1 . (68) y 2 - x 2 = ex + 2a 2 + a\Z(ia 2 - c 2 ) ; singular solution */ 2 - x 2 = ± lay. (70) ia(y - c) = (a; - c) 2 ; singular solution y = x-a. (71) sc + a = c cos + c log tan |0. (72) a cos + b cos 6' = Jc. (74) 2c?/ = (a; + c) 2 ; singular solution y(y - 2x) = 0. (75) x+py + ap 2 =0; (y + ap)-y/(p 2 + l) = c + asmh.- 1 p, x\/(p 2 + 1) + p (c + a sinh- 1 ^) = 0. There is no singular solution. The y-discriminant y 2 = ±ax represents the cusp-locus of the involutes. (77) y = ax, z = b + y/(x 2 + y 2 ); z = ^(x 2 + y 2 ) +f(y/x). The subsidiary integrals represent a family of planes through the axis of z and a family of paraboloids of revolution with the axis of z as axis ; the general integral represents a family of surfaces each of which contains an infinite number of the parabolas in which the planes and paraboloids intersect. (78) x 2 + y 2 + z 2 =f{x 2 + y 2 + (x + y) 2 }; x 2 + y 2 + z 2 = c 2 ; z 2 = xy. (79) (2x-y) 7 = c 5 z(x + 2y). (80) (ax - by)l(z + c) =f{(ax + by)j(z - c)}. xxii DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (81) (i) I-B/R + Ae-*/*; (ii) A = I -E/R; (iii) I-E/R. (82) I = acoB(pt-e)+Ae-* t / L ,wheie a=E/i/(IP + tfpZ), ta,ne=Lp/R, and A is arbitrary. (83) Q = a sin (p* - e), where tan e = (GLp 2 - l)/pCR and a = EC/V{(CLp* - 1)2 +i9 2C 2 i2 2 }- (85) x = A cos (t-a) + B cos (3t- /3) ; y=2Acos(t-a)-5Bcoa(3t-p) (86) a and 6 are the roots of \ 2 (LN -M 2 )+\(RN + LS) + RS = 0. (91) x=A cos (pt-ct) + Bcos {qt-fi), y=A sin fort -a) -J? sin (qt-0), where 2^ = <y/(4c 2 + K 2 )+ K ,2q = V(4c 2 + /c 2 ) - K . (92) — + (a + 6) - + a&z = obc. (93) ^ = y'(w 2 -2 / a 2 ) makes the amplitude of the particular integral a maximum, provided 2/a 2 does not exceed w 2 . (94) x = Ae~ kt cos (p< - e), where jp = -y^ 2 - & 2 )- (97) = J Fa 3 /- 2 cos 0. (98) y sin (pb/c) = A sin (yx/c) (cos pi + «), (100) <p = C cosh m(y + h) cos (ma; - w£). (115) (vi) t« fl , = 4(-2)* + B(-i)«; (viii) ^ = 2*(>cos™+0sin^); (x) Hb = 4(-9)«+;B+^.' INDEX (The numbers refer to the pages.) Ampere, xvi, 183. Angstrom's determination of diffusivity, 58. Approximate methods, 5, 94, 209. Arbitrary constants, 2, 50, 126, 127, 214. Arbitrary functions, 49, 137, 147, 172. Asymptotic series, 213. Auxiliary equation, xv, 26, 174, 216. Bar, vibrating, 190. Bateman, 194. Bernoulli, xv, 12, 18. Bernoulli's equation, 18. Bessel, 110. Bessel's equation, 114, 116, 118, 120, 215. Boole, xv. Boundary conditions, 53, 56. Briot and Bouquet, xvi. Brodetsky's graphical method, vi, 5. Bromwich, 209. Cauchy, xvi, 121, 124. Cayley, xv. c-discriminant, 67, 155. Change of variables, 40, 61, 79, 85, 91, 93, 119, 120, 164. Characteristics, 6, 97, 158. Charpit, xvi, 162. Charpit's method, 162. Chemistry, 206. Ohrystal, xvi, 150. Clairaut, xv, 76. Clairaut'a form, 76, 79. Common primitive, 10. Complementary function, 29, 87, 175, 216. Complete integral, 153. Complete primitive, 4. Conditions of integrability, 139, 144, 191, 193 Conduction of heat, 52, 53, 57, 58, 59, 60, 212. Confocal conies, 23, 79. Conjugate functions, 24, 189. Constant coefficients, xv, 25, 49, 173, 178, 212, 214, 216. Constants, arbitrary, 2, 50, 126, 127, 214. Convergence, xvi, 112, 124. Corpuscle, path of a, 48. Cross-ratio, 201. Cusp-locus, 68, 73. D'Alembert, xv, 25, 44, 49. Darboux, xvi. Definite Integrals, solution by, 212, 213. Degree, 2. Depression of order, 81. Developable surface, 189. Difference equations, 216. Difficulties, special, of partial differen- tial equations, 51. Diffusion of salt, 60. Discriminant, 67, 71, 155. Duality, 160, 161, 189, 210. Dynamics, 2, 24, 28, 36, 46, 47, 50, 61, 85, 86, 190, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211. Earth, age of, 60, 212. Einstein, 209. Electricity, 24, 29, 46, 48, 58, 59*134, 203, 204, 205, 206. Elimination, 2, 49, 50, 179. Envelope, 66, 71, 146, 155. Equivalence, 92. Euler, xv, 12, 25, 49. Exact equations, 12, 23, 91, 191. Existence theorems, 121, 214. Factorisation of the operator, 86. Falling body, 24, 86. XXUl XXIV DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (The numbers refer to the pages.) Falling chain, 208. Finite differences, 215, 216. First order and first degree, ordinary, 12, 133 ; partial, 147, 151. First order but higher degree, ordinary, 62, 65 ; partial, 153, 162, 165. Fontaine, xv. Forsyth, 150, 194. Foucault's pendulum, 209. Fourier, 54. Fourier's integral, 60. Fourier's series, 54. Frobenius, xvi, 109. Frobenius' method, 109, 127. Fuchs, xvi. Functions, arbitrary, 49, 137, 147, 172. Gauss, 110. General integral, xvi, 137, 147, 149, 157. General solution, 4. Geometry, 5, 19, 65, 133, 137, 146, 173, 188, 189. Goursat, xvi, 172, 194. Graphical methods, 5, 8. Groups, xvi, 120, 194. Hamilton's equations, 210. Heat, 52, 53, 57, 58, 59, 60, 212. Heaviside, 58, 61. Heun, 94. Heun's numerical method, 104. Hill, M. J. M., vi, xv, xvi, 65, 150, 155, 192, 194. Homogeneous equations, xv, 14, 40, 44, 83, 144, 171, 173, 213. Homogeneous linear equations, 40, 44, 171, 173. Hydrodynamics, 208. Hypergeometric equation, 119, 120. Hypergeometric series, 92, 119. Indicial equation, 109, 111. Initial conditions, 4, 28, 53. Inspection, integration by, 12, 172. Integrating factor, xv, 13, 17, 22, 23, 91, 199. Integrability, 139, 144, 191, 193. Integral equation, 96. Intermediate integral, 181. Invariant, 92. Jacobi, xvi, 165. Jacobi's Last Multiplier, 211. Jacobi's method, 165, 193, 210. Kelvin, 58, 60, 212. Klein, xvi. Kutta, 94, 104, 108. Kutta's numerical method, 104. Lagrange, xv, 49, 81, 162. Lagrange's dynamical equations, 210. Lagrange's linear partial differential equation, xvi, 147, 151, 158, 192. Laplace, xvi. Laplace's equation, 51, 189, 190, 196, 197, 213. Last multiplier, 211. Laws of algebra, 30. Legendre, 110. Legendre's equation, 117, 120. Leibniz,' xv. Lie, v, xvi, 194. Linear difference equations, 216. Linear equations (ordinary), of the first order, 16, 214; of the second order, 86, 87, 88, 109, 127, 214, 215; with constant coefficients, xv, 25, 214. Linear equations (partial), of the first order, xvi, 50, 147, 151, 158, 192; with constant coefficients, 49, 173, 178, 212. Linearly independent integrals, 216. Lines of force, 24, 134. Lobatto, xv. Maxwell's equations, 59. Mechanics, see Dynamics. Membrane, vibrating, 190. Monge, xvi, 172. Monge's method, 181, 183. Multipliers, 135, 210, 211. Newton, xv. Node-locus, 68. Non-integrable equations, 142. Normal form, 91, 92. Normal modes of vibration, 204, 206. Number of linearly independent inte- grals, 216. Numerical approximation, 94. One integral used to find another, 87- 136. Operator D, 30, 44, 86, 174, 214. Operator 0, 44. Orbits, planetary, 86, 209. Order, 2. Orthogonal trajectories, xv, 20, 23, 138, 189. Oscillations, xv, 2, 28, 29, 36, 46, 47, 48, 50, 61, 190, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207. INDEX XXV (The numbers refer to the -pages.) Page, 194. Particular integral, xv, 4, 29, 33, 44, 87, 175, 178, 216. p-discriminant, 71, 155. Pendulum, 28, 206, 207, 209. Perihelion of Mercury, 209. Physics, see Conduction of heat, Cor- puscle, Diffusion, Dynamics, Electri- city, Hydrodynamics, Potential, Ra- dium, Resonance, Telephoned aporisa- tion, and Vibrations. Picard, xvi, 94, 121. Picard's method, xvi, 94, 122. Poincare, xvi. Poisson's bracket expression (-F.-Fj), 166. Poisson's method, 189. Potential, 134, 190. Power series, xv, xvi, 4, 109, 124. Primitive, 4. Radium, 24. Reduction of order, 81. Regular integrals, 110, 118. Resonance, 37, 46, 205. Riccati, 110. Riccati's equation, 119, 201. Riemann, vi, 194. Runge, xvi, 94, 99, 100. Runge's numerical method, 99. Schwarz, xvi, 92. Schwarzian derivative, 92. Schlesinger, 194. Second integral found by using a first, 87, 136. Separation of the variables, xv, 13. Series, solution in, xv, xvi, 4, 109, 124. Shaft, rotating, 47. Simple harmonic motion, 2, 85, 204, 206. Simultaneous equations, 42, 59, 133, 168,171/214. Singular integral, 155. - Singular point, 7. Singular solution, xv, 4, 65. Solid geometry, 133, 137, 146, 173, 188, 189. Solving for p, x, or y, 62. Special integral, 137, 150, 192. Standard forms, 153. String, vibrating, xv, 50, 61, 190, 208. Subsidiary equations, 147, 164, 166. Substitutions, 40, 61, 79, 85, 91, 93, 119, 120, 164. Symbolical methods, xv, 33, 44, 45, 61, 175, 178, 214. Tac-locus, 72. Taylor, xv. Telephone, 58. Todd, 213. Total differential equations, 137. Transformations, 40, 61, 79, 85, 91, 93, 119, 120, 164. Transformer, electrical, 48. Vaporisation, 24. Variation of parameters, 88, 93. Vibrations, xv, 2, 28, 29, 36, 46, 47, 48, 50, 61, 190, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207. Wada, xvi. 5, 8, 9. Weber, 194. Whittaker and Watson, 214. Whittaker's solution of Laplace's equa- tion, 51, 213. Wronski, 215. Wronskian, 215. x absent, 82. y absent, 82. Zeemann effect, 206. GLASGOW : PRINTED AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS BT ROBERT MACLEHOSE AND CO. LTD. ■ Uniform with this Volume- BELL'S MATHEMATICAL SERIES. ADVANCED SECTION. General Editor : WILLIAM P. MILNE, M.A., D.Sc., Professor of Mathematics, Leeds University. A FIRST COURSE IN NOMOGRAPHY. By S. Brodetsky, M.A., B.Sc, Ph.D., Reader in Applied Mathematics at Leeds University. Demy 8vo. 10s. net. Graphical methods of calculation are becoming of ever greater importance in theoretical and industrial science, as well as in all branches of engineering practice. Nomography is one of the most powerful of such methods, and the object of this book is to explain what nomograms are and how they can be constructed and used. The book caters for both the practical man who wishes to learn the art of making and using nomograms, and the student who desires to understand the underlying principles. Mechanical World : ' An exceptional amount of attention is now being given to nomography, and in particular to the application of the methods to the construction of the alignment charts which have become very popular of late. The book before us gives a very satisfactory elementary account of the method of constructing such charts, and of the principles underlying their formation. . . . The diagrams are clearly drawn, and the examples well chosen.' A FIRST COURSE IN STATISTICS. By D. Caradog Jones, M.A., F.S.S., formerly Senior Lecturer in Mathematics, University of Durham, late Scholar of Pembroke College, Cambridge. Demy 8vo. 15s. net. Scottish Educational Journal : ' An admirable introduction. . . . Mr. Jones has done his work well. He explains the special terminology of the subject clearly, and deals squarely with all the difficulties. We trust his valuable book will have a very large circulation. It deserves it.' THE ELEMENTS OF NON-EUCLIDEAN GEOMETRY. By D. M. Y. Sommer- ville, M.A., D.Sc, Professor of Mathematics, Victoria University College, Wellington, N.Z. 7s. 6d. net. Nature : * An excellent text-book for all students of Geometry.' Mathematical Gazette ; ' A useful and stimulating book.' ELEMENTARY VECTOR ANALYSIS. With Application to Geometry and Physics. By C. E. Weatherburn, M.A., D.Sc, Lecturer in Mathematics and Theoretical Physics, Ormond College, University of Melbourne, University Evening Lecturei? in Pure Mathematics. Demy 8vo. 12s. net. LONDON : G. BELL AND SONS, LTD. BELL'S MATHEMATICAL SERIES FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES. General Editor : WILLIAM P. MILNE, M.A., D.Sc, Professor of Mathematics Leeds University ; formerly Mathematics Master at Clifton College. A FIRST COURSE IN THE CALCULUS. By W. P. Milne, M.A., D.Sc and G. J. B. Westcott, M.A., Head Mathematics Master, Bristol Grammar School formerly Scholar at Queen's College, Oxford, and University Mathematical Exhibitioner. Crown 8vo. Complete, 8s. 6d., or Part L, Third Edition 4s. ; Part II., 5s. * PRACTICAL MATHEMATICS. By A. Darin, M.A., B.Sc, Headmaster, Staf- ford Secondary School, Technical Institute, Old Trafford. Crown 8vo PartL ' 5s - [Part II. In the Press. COMMERCIAL ARITHMETIC AND ACCOUNTS. Bv A. Risdon Palmer, B.A., B.Sc, Head of the Professional Side, The Polytechnic, Regent Street, London and James Stephenson, M.A., M.Com., B.Sc. (Econ.), Head of the Com-' mercial Department and Lecturer in Commerce, Technical College, Cardiff. Part I., 3rd Edition, Part II., 2nd Edition, 4s. net each, or with Answers, 4s. 6d* net each. Also in one Vol.^ 7s. net ; with Answers, 8s. net. Answers, separately. Part I., 6d. net. Part II., Is. net. Parts I. and II., Is. 6d. net. A " SHILLING " ARITHMETIC. By John W. Robertson, M.A., B.Sc, Senior Mathematics Master, Central School, Aberdeen, and Lecturer at Aberdeen Technical College. 6fch Edition, Is. 9d. ; or with Answers, 2s. 3d. ARITHMETIC. By F. W. Dobbs, M.A., and H. K. Marsden, M.A., Assistant Masters at Eton College. Part I., 3rd Edition, 4s. Part II., 3s. 6d. Answers to Revision Papers. Is. net. ARITHMETIC. By H. Freeman, M.A., sometime Scholar at Christ's College Cambridge ; formerly Mathematics Master at Haberdashers' Aske's School' Crown 8vo. Seventh Edition. With or without Answers, 3s. 6d. ARITHMETIC FOR PREPARATORY SCHOOLS. By Trevor Dennis, M.A., Hulme Grammar School, Manchester, formerly Headmaster, Lady Manners' School, Bake well. Crown 8vo. 4s. 6&. ; .or with Answers, 5s. (Also issued in two parts, bound in limp cloth : Part I., 2s. 6d. ; Part II., 2s. 6d.) PROBLEM PAPERS IN ARITHMETIC FOR PREPARATORY SCHOOLS. By T. Cooper Smith, M.A., Mathematics Master, St. Peter's Court, Broad- stairs. 2nd Edition. 2s. 6d. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY. By H. Leslie Reed, M.A., Royal College, Colombo, formerly Mathematics and Science Master, Westminster School. 4th Edition. 5s. STATICS. By R. C. Fawdry, M.A., B.Sc, Head of the Military and Engineering Side, Clifton College. Crown 8vo. 6s. Part L, 6th Edition, 3s. ; Part II.. 4th Edition, 3s. DYNAMICS. By R. C. Fawdry, M.A., B.Sc. Crown 8vo. 6s. Part I., 3rd Edition, 3s. ; Part II., 3s. STATICS AND DYNAMICS. First Parts. By R. C. Fawdry, M.A., B.Sc. Crown 8vo. 6s. The First Parts of these two books have been issued bound together, in response to requests received from many teachers. CO-ORDINATE GEOMETRY (PLANE AND SOLID) FOR BEGINNERS. By R. C. Fawdry, M.A., B.Sc. 5s. PLANE AND SOLID GEOMETRY. By V. Le Neve Foster, M.A., Eton College. Vol. I. 2s. 6d. Vols. II. -III. 3s. net. Complete, 7s. 6d. [In the Press. THE ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY OF THE STRAIGHT LINE AND THE CIRCLE. By John Milne, M.A., Lecturer in Method at Glasgow Training College for Teachers. Crown "8vo, 5s. 6d. EXAMPLES IN PHYSICS. By H. Sydney Jones, M.A., Headmaster, Barn- staple Grammar School. Crown 8vo. 6s. LONDON : G. BELL AND SONS, LTD.